Siemens HB 480 Series Instruction manual

Relays, Timers, & Temperature Controllers
Table of Contents
Latching Relay
General Information
!
• Bulletin 700-HJ Magnetic Latching Relay ...Web‡
• Contact Switching Data................................Web‡
• Surge Suppression Solutions.......................Web‡
Power Relays
• Low Energy Selection Criteria......................Web‡
• Bulletin 700-HG Power Relay.......................Web‡
General Purpose Relays
• Bulletin 700-HHF Flange Mount Power
Relay..............................................................Web‡
1
• Bulletin 700-HA Tube Base Relay ................Page 9-9
2
• Bulletin 700-HB Square Base Relay ............Page 9-20
DIN Rail Mounted Timing Relays
• Bulletin 700-HD Flange Mount Square
Base Relay ....................................................Page 9-26
• Bulletin 700-FE Economy Timing Relay ......Page 9-62
• Bulletin 700-HF Square Base Relay.............Page 9-29
• Bulletin 700-FS High Performance Timing
Relay..............................................................Page 9-66
Interposing/Isolation Relays
Socket Mounted Timing Relays
• Bulletin 700-HC Miniature "Ice Cube"
Relay..............................................................Page 9-34
• Bulletin 700-HNC Miniature Timing Relay ...Page 9-73
• Bulletin 700-HNK Ultra-Slim Timing Relay ..Page 9-78
• Bulletin 700-HK "Slim Line" Relay ...............Page 9-39
• Bulletin 700-HR Dial Timing Relay...............Page 9-84
• Bulletin 700-HL Terminal Block Relay .........Page 9-45
• Bulletin 700-HS Timing Relay ......................Web‡
• Bulletin 700-HP PCB "Pin" Style Relay .......Page 9-58
• Bulletin 700-HT Timing Relay.......................Web‡
3
4
5
• Bulletin 700-HV Timing Relay.......................Web‡
‡Information for this product line is available on the Industrial
Controls Catalog website: www.ab.com/catalogs.
Digital Timing/Counting Relays
• Bulletin 700-HX Multifunction Digital
Timing Relay .................................................Page 9-96
• Bulletin 700-HXM Preset Counter/Timing
Relay..............................................................Page 9-106
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
9-1
Relays, Timers, & Temperature Controllers
Table of Contents
NEMA Heavy-Duty Industrial Relays
!
• Bulletin 700-P Heavy-Duty Relay.................Page 9-115
• Bulletin 700S-P Heavy-Duty Safety Control
Relay..............................................................Page 9-128
1
• Bulletin 700-ZP Self-Monitoring Relay
Assembly.......................................................Web‡
• Bulletin 700-N Industrial Relays...................Page 9-131
2
• Bulletin 700-R, -RM Sealed Switch Relays .Page 9-136
• Bulletin 700-RTC Solid-State Timing Relay.Page 9-141
• Bulletin 700-PS Solid-State Timing Relays .Page 9-145
3
• Bulletin 849/849A Pneumatic Timing Relay Web‡
IEC Industrial Relays
• Bulletin 700-CF Control Relay......................Page 9-147
4
• Bulletin 700S-CF Safety Control Relay........Page 9-157
• Bulletin 700-K Control Relay ........................Page 9-162
5
Solid-State Relays
• Bulletin 700-SA Tube Base Relay ................Page 9-170
• Bulletin 700-SC “Ice Cube” Relay................Page 9-174
• Bulletin 700-SF Square Base Relay.............Page 9-179
6
• Bulletin 700-SH “Hockey Puck” Relay ........Page 9-183
• Bulletin 700-SK “Slim Line” Relay ...............Page 9-191
7
Single-Loop Temperature Heater
Controllers
• Bulletin 900-TC Digital Temperature
Controller.......................................................Page 9-195
8
• Bulletin 900-CONV Interface Converter.......Page 9-213
• Bulletin 900 900Builder™ Lite Software ......Page 9-217
9
‡Information for this product line is available on the Industrial
Controls Catalog Web site: www.ab.com/catalogs.
10
11
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
9-2
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
Bulletin 700
Relays, Timers & Temperature Controllers
Product Overview
0
1
Bulletin No.
Type
Features
700-HA
700-HB
700-HD
700-HF
General-Purpose Relay
General-Purpose Relay
General-Purpose Relay
General-Purpose Relay
2
Square-base
Plug-in quick connect solder
terminals
Optional push-to-test and LED
3
Pin-style terminals
Standard ON/OFF flag
indicator
Electrical schematic on face
Clear cover for visual
inspection
Optional Push-to-test and
manual override
Optional LED
Blade-style quick connect
terminals
Standard ON/OFF flag
indicator
Electrical schematic on face
Clear cover for visual
inspection
Optional push-to-test and
manual override
Optional LED
Flange-mounted
Blade-style quick connection
terminals
Clear cover for visual
inspection
4
Contact Ratings
Contact Form
Contact Type
DPDT, 3PDT
DPDT, 3PDT
DPDT, 3PDT
DPDT, 3PDT, 4PDT
Single
Single
Single
Single
AgNi, AgNi + Gold
AgCdO
AgCdO
AgCdO
700-HA: 10 A
-HAX: 6 A
15 A
15 A
10 A
700-HA 10V 5 mA
700-HAB 5V 5 mA
700-HAX 6V 1mA
10V 10 mA
10V 10 mA
5V 100 mA
Coil Voltage
AC: 6, 12, 24, 48, 110, 120, 208,
230, 240, 277V
DC: 6, 12, 24, 36, 48, 60, 80,
110, 125, 140, 220V
AC: 6, 12, 24, 120, 240V
DC: 6, 12, 24, 48, 110V
AC: 6V, 12V, 24V, 120V, 208V,
240V
DC: 6V, 12V, 24V, 48V, 110V
AC: 6V, 12V, 24V, 120V, 240V
DC: 6V, 12V, 24V, 48V, 110V
Permissible Coil
Voltage Variation
80…110% of Nominal Voltage at
50 Hz
80…110% of Nominal Voltage at
60 Hz
80…110% of Nominal Voltage at
DC
80…110% of Nominal Voltage at
50 Hz
80…110% of Nominal Voltage at
60 Hz
80…110% of Nominal Voltage at
DC
80…110% of Nominal Voltage at
50 Hz
80…110% of Nominal Voltage at
60 Hz
80…110% of Nominal Voltage at
DC
85…110% of Nominal
Voltage at 50 Hz
85…110% of Nominal
Voltage at 60 Hz
80…110% of Nominal
Voltage at DC
Pole-to-pole: 2000V
Contact-to-coil: 2000V
Contact-to-frame: 2000V
Pole-to-pole: 2500V
Contact-to-coil: 4000V
Contact-to-frame: 2500V
Pole-to-pole: 2500V
Contact-to-coil: 4000V
Contact-to-frame: 2500V
Pole-to-pole: 1500V AC
Contact-to-coil: 1500V AC
Contact-to-frame: 1500V AC
100 000 minimum
100 000 minimum
100 000 minimum
200 000 minimum, 500 000
minimum (DPDT)
Certifications
CE, cULus, cURus, CSA, Lloyds
CE, cULus, cURus, CSA, Lloyds
CE, UR, CSA, Lloyds
CE, UR, CSA
Socket Cat. No(s).
700-HN100, 700-HN101, 700HN125, 700-HN126, 700-HN204,
700-HN205
700-HN153,
700-HN154
—
700-HN116, 700-HN138, 700HN139
page 9-9
page 9-20
page 9-26
page 9-29
Contact Material
Max. operating
current under
resistive load
Min. permissible
load
5
6
Coil Ratings
7
8
Electrical Ratings
Dielectric
Withstand Voltage
Electric Service
Life (cycles)
Reference
Page Number
9
10
11
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
9-3
Bulletin 700
Relays, Timers, & Temperature Controllers
Product Overview
0
1
Bulletin No.
Type
2
Features
3
700-HC
700-HK
700-HL
700-HP
Interposing/Isolation Relay
Interposing/Isolation Relay
Interposing/Isolation Relay
Interposing/Isolation Relay
Blade-style terminals
Standard ON/OFF flag
indicator
Electrical schematic on face
Clear cover for visual
inspection
Optional push-to-test and
manual override
Optional LED
Optional pilot light
Retainer clip (comes with
socket)
Low switching capacity
Push-to-test & manual override
Ideal for PLC Interfaces
Built-in Coil Surge Protection
Fully Assembled Relay/Sockets
PCB “Pin Style” mounting
Standard LED
5 mm pin spacing
Relay or Solid-state Output
Optional: Leakage Current
Suppression Solution
Contact Ratings
4
Contact Form
Contact Type
Contact Material
5
Max. operating
current under
resistive load
Min. permissible
load
DPDT, 4PDT
SPDT
1 N.O. (SSR)
SPDT, DPDT
DPDT
Single
Single
Single
Single
AgNi, AgNi + Gold
AgNi, AgNi + Gold
AgSnO
AgNi, AgNi + Gold
10 A (DPDT)
7 A (4PDT)
8 A (DPDT), 16 A (SPDT)
6 A (SPDT), 2 A (SSR DC output),
1 A (SSR AC output)
8A
10V, 10 mA (Gold), 5V, 10 mA or
25V, 2 mA (Silver)
5V 60 mA (Silver), 5V 10 mA
(Gold)
12V 6 mA (72 mW) Silver
8V, 2.5 mA (20 mW) Gold
5V 5 mA (50 mW) Gold,
5V 5 mA (300 mW) Silver
AC: 6, 12, 24, 120, 240V
DC: 6, 12, 24, 48, 110V
AC: 6, 12, 24, 120, 240V
DC: 6, 12, 24, 48, 110V
AC: 12, 24, 48, 110, 120, 230,
240V
DC: 12, 24, 48, 125, 230, 240V
AC: 6, 12, 24, 120, 240V
DC: 6, 12, 24, 48, 110V
80…110% of Nominal Voltage at
50 Hz
80…110% of Nominal Voltage at
60 Hz
80…110% of Nominal Voltage at
DC
80…110% of Nominal Voltage at
50 Hz
80…110% of Nominal Voltage at
60 Hz
73…110% of Nominal Voltage at
DC
85…110% of Nominal Voltage at
50 Hz
85…110% of Nominal Voltage at
60 Hz
80…110% of Nominal Voltage at
DC
80…110% of Nominal Voltage at
50 Hz
80…110% of Nominal Voltage at
60 Hz
73…150% of Nominal Voltage at
DC
Pole-to-pole: 1000V
Contact-to-coil: 2000V
Contact-to-frame: 2000V
Pole-to-pole: 1500V AC
Contact-to-coil: 1500V AC
Contact-to-frame: 1500V AC
Pole-to-pole: 1000V AC
Contact-to-coil: 4000V
Contact-to-frame: 1500V
Pole-to-pole: 2000V
Contact-to-coil: 5000V
100 000 minimum
100 000 minimum
100 000 minimum
100 000 minimum
CE, cULus, cURus, CSA, Lloyds
CE, UL, UR, CSA
CE, cURus, cULus, ABS
CE, cULus, cURus, CSA, Lloyds
700-HN103, 700-HN128, 700HN104
700-HN121, -HN221
700-HN122, -HN222
700-HN223, -HN224
—
700-HN123, -HN230
page 9-34
page 9-39
page 9-45
page 9-58
Coil Ratings
6
7
Coil Voltage
Permissible Coil
Voltage Variation
Electrical Ratings
8
Dielectric
Withstand Voltage
Electric Service
Life (cycles)
Reference
9
Certifications
Socket Type
Page Number
10
11
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
9-4
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
Bulletin 700
Relays, Timers & Temperature Controllers
Product Overview
0
1
Bulletin No.
Type
Features
700-HG
700-HHF
700-HJ
Power Relay
Power Relay
Magnetic Latching Relay
Panel mount with screw terminals
Optional magnetic blowouts for switching
DC loads
Optional snap action switch
Flange mounted
Optional LED
2
Socket mounted
Ideal for lighting applications
Contact Ratings
Contact Form
SPST-N.O.-DM, SPDT,
DPST-N.O., DPDT
SPST-NO-DM, DPDT, 3PDT
3
SPDT, DPDT (Single or Dual Coil)
Contact Type
Single
Single
Single
Contact Material
AgCdO
AgCdO
AgCdO
40 A
20 A (3PDT), 25 A (DPDT), 30 A (SPDT)
10 A
10V 50 mA
10V 50 mA
10V 100 mA (3PDT)
10V 50 mA
AC: 24V, 120V, 240V, 277V, 480V
DC: 12V, 24V, 48V, 110V, 220V, 250V
AC: 24V, 120V, 240V
DC: 6V,12V, 24V
AC: 24V, 120V, 240V
DC: 12V, 24V
85…110% of Nominal Voltage at 50 Hz
85…110% of Nominal Voltage at 60 Hz
80…110% of Nominal Voltage at DC
85…110% of Nominal Voltage at 50 Hz
85…110% of Nominal Voltage at 60 Hz
80…110% of Nominal Voltage at DC
85…110% of Nominal Voltage at 50 Hz
85…110% of Nominal Voltage at 60 Hz
80…110% of Nominal Voltage at DC
Pole-to-pole: 2200V AC
Contact-to-coil: 2200V AC
Contact-to-frame: 2200V AC
Pole-to-pole: 2200V AC
Contact-to-coil: 2200V AC
Contact-to-frame: 2200V AC
Pole-to-pole: 1500V AC
Contact-to-coil: 1500V AC
Contact-to-frame: 1500V AC
100 000 minimum
100 000 minimum
100 000 minimum
CE, UL, CSA
CE, UR, CSA
CE, UR, CSA
—
—
700-HN153
700-HN154
Web‡
Web‡
Web‡
Max. operating
current under
resistive load
Min. permissible
load
4
Coil Ratings
Coil Voltage
Permissible Coil
Voltage Variation
5
Electrical Ratings
Dielectric
Withstand Voltage
Electric Service
Life (cycles)
6
7
Reference
Certifications
Socket Cat. No(s).
Page Number
8
‡ Information for this product line is available on the Industrial Controls Catalog website: www.ab.com/catalogs.
9
10
11
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
9-5
Bulletin 700
Relays, Timers, & Temperature Controllers
Product Overview
0
1
Bulletin No.
2
Type
3
Features
700-FE
700-FS
700-HR52, -HRP,
-HRS, -HRT, -HRV
700-HRM/-HRC
700-HRF
DIN Rail Timer
DIN Rail Timer
Multifunction Timer
On-Delay Timer
Twin Timer
Dial timing relays
5 A contact rating
Multiple programmable
timing ranges
Tube base pin style
terminals
Multi-voltage inputs
Timed contacts and
instantaneous contacts
Transistor outputs
Single function and
multi-function
7 different operating
modes
Dial timing relays
5 A contact rating
Multiple programmable
timing ranges
Tube base pin-style
terminals
Multi-voltage inputs
Timed contacts and
instantaneous contacts
Transistor outputs
Single function and
multi-function
SPDT or DPDT or
2 N.O. + 1 common
DPDT Timed, Transistor
SPDT
Timed/Instantaneous
DPDT Timed, Transistor
SPDT
Timed/Instantaneous
DPDT Timed
On-delay
Off-delay
One shot
Repeat cycle-pulse
Fleeting off-delay
Pulse converter
11 Different timing modes
On-Delay
Off-Delay
One Shot
Repeat Cycle Off Start
Repeat Cycle On Start
Signal On/Off-Delay
On-Delay One Shot
On-Delay
Repeat Cycle Off Start
Repeat Cycle On Start
0.05 s…10 hr
0.05 s…60 hr
0.05 s…300 h
0.05 s…300 h
0.05 s…300 h
12V DC
24V…48V DC
24V…240V AC
12…48V DC
24…48V AC
100…240V AC
100…125V DC
12…48V DC
24…48V AC
100…240V AC
100…125V DC
12V DC
24V AC/DC
48…125V DC
100…240V AC
Only 17.5 mm wide
5 A contact rating
Multifunction or single
function
No additional socket
required
4
5
Control Outputs:
Time Limit
Instantaneous
Operation Modes:
6
Time Range
7
Supply Voltage
Contact Rating at
120V AC
Certifications
8
Socket Cat. No(s).
Page Number
1 N.O. or SPDT timed
24V AC/DC
110…240V AC
24…48V AC/DC
24…240V AC
Only 22.5 mm wide
8 A contact rating
Multifunction or single
function
No additional socket
required
Optional:
Star-delta timing
function
True off-delay timing
function
Hazardous location
certification
5A
8A
5A
5A
5A
CE, cULus
CE, cULus
cURus, CE, C-Tick
cURus, CE, C-Tick
cURus, CE, C-Tick
DIN Rail or panel mount
DIN Rail or panel mount
700-HN100 OR 700HN101
700-HN125 OR 700HN126
700-HN100
700-HN125
700-HN100
700-HN125
page 9-62
page 9-66
page 9-84
page 9-84
page 9-84
9
10
11
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
9-6
Independent ON and
OFF settings
14 time ranges
8-pin models available
Dial timing relays
UL508
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
Bulletin 700
Relays, Timers & Temperature Controllers
Product Overview
0
1
Bulletin No.
Type
Features
Control Outputs:
Time Limit
Instantaneous
Operation Modes:
Time Range
Supply Voltage
Contact Rating at
120V AC
Certifications
700-HRY
700-HRQ
700-HNC
700-HNK
Star-Delta Timer
True Off-Delay Timer
Miniature Timer
Ultra-Slim Timer
A wide star-time range (up to
120 s)
Star-delta transfer time range
(up to 0.5 s)
UL Recognized
Dial timing relays
Long power Off-delay times
11-pin and 8-pin models are
available
UL Recognized
Four different operating modes DIN Rail mount with socket
Pin configuration same as
Bulletin 700-HC relay
2
Ultra-slim timing relay
Four different operating modes
Three operating voltages
DIN Rail mount with socket
Pin configuration same as
Bulletin 700-HK relay
SPST (Star, Delta) Timed
SPST - NO Instantaneous
DPDT Timed
4PDT
SPDT, DPST-NO
Star-Delta
True OFF-delay Timer
True OFF-delay Timer w/reset
On-Delay
One Shot
Repeat Cycle Off Start
Repeat Cycle On Start
On-Delay
One Shot
Repeat Cycle Off Start
Repeat Cycle On Start
0.5 s…120 s
0.05 s…12 min.
0.1 s…10 h
0.1 s…10 h
100…120V AC
200…240V AC
48V DC
24V AC/DC
100…240V AC
100…125V DC
12V DC
24V AC/DC
48…125V DC
100…240V AC
12V DC
24V DC
24V AC
5A
5A
5A
5A
cURus, CE, C-Tick
cURus, CE, C-Tick
cURus, CSA, CE, C-Tick
cURus, CE, ACA
Socket Cat. No(s).
700-HN100
700-HN125
700-HN100 OR 700-HN101
700-HN125 OR 700-HN126
700-HN103
700-HN128
700-HN121
700-HN122
Page Number
page 9-84
page 9-84
page 9-73
page 9-78
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
9-7
Bulletin 700
Relays, Timers, & Temperature Controllers
Product Overview
0
1
Bulletin No.
2
Type
3
Features
700-HT
700-HV
700-HX
700-HXM
Tube Base Timing Relay
Repeat-Cycle Timing Relay
Digital Timer
Digital Counter/Timer
Digital timer
5 A contact rating
Negative transmissive LCD
display
10 functions or modes
Environmentally friendly—flash
memory, no battery
NEMA B300 rated
NEMA 4/IP66
DIN Rail or panel mount
capable
World’s smallest compact
preset timer
Built-in prescaling for counter
operation
Finger protection terminal block
to meet VDE0106/P100
Panel surface compatible with
NEMA 4/IP66
Six-language instruction manual
provided
Environmentally friendly—flash
memory, no battery
Negative transmissive LCD
display
DPDT
SPDT
SPDT
On-Delay
Off-Delay
Repeat Cycle
Signal On-Delay 1 and 2
Signal Off-Delay
One Shot
Repeat Cycle Off Start
Repeat Cycle On Start
Signal On/Off-Delay
Power On-Delay 1 and 2
Twin Timer Cumulative
On-Delay
Repeat Cycle
Signal Off-Delay
One Shot
Accumulative
On/Off-duty AdjustableRepeat Cycle
Counter Multi Mode
0.1 s…30 min.
0.1 s…30 min.
0.05 s…300 h
0…9999 h
12V DC
24V DC
24V AC
120V AC
240V AC
24V DC
24V AC
120V AC
240V AC
12…24V DC
24V AC
100…240V AC
24V DC
10 A
10 A
5A
5A
Pin-style terminals
Single range or fixed timers
Available as ON- or OFFDelays
Pin-style terminals
Single-range timer
Repeat cycle
4
5
6
Control Outputs:
Time Limit
Instantaneous
Timing Operation
Modes:
Time Range
7
8
Supply Voltage
Contact Rating at
120V AC
Certifications
Socket Cat. No(s).
Page Number
9
DPDT
UR, UL, CSA, CE
UR, UL, CSA, CE
cURus, CE, C-Tick
cURus, CE, C-Tick
700-HN100 OR 700-HN101
700-HN125 OR 700-HN126
700-HN100
700-HN125
700-HN100
700-HN125
—
Web‡
Web‡
page 9-96
page 9-106
‡ Information for this product line is available on the Industrial Controls Catalog website: www.ab.com/catalogs.
10
11
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
9-8
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
Bulletin 700-HA
General Purpose Relays
Product Overview/Product Selection
Bulletin 700-HA — Tube Base Relay
Table of Contents
10 A contact rating
DPDT, 3PDT
Pin-style terminals
Standard ON/OFF flag indicator
Options: LED, push-to-test and manual override, socket-mounted
surge suppressor module, or multi-function timer
Contact choices: standard silver nickel, bifurcated silver nickel, or
bifurcated with gold plating
0
Product Selection ...... this page
Accessories.................. 9-11
1
Specifications.............. 9-9
Approximate
Dimensions................... 9-17
2
3
Product Selection
Bulletin 700-HA Tube Base Relay with PIN Terminals (Single Contact) —
Mechanical ON/OFF Indicator included1
Wiring Diagrams
Description
DPDT
2-pole
2 Form C
Single AgNi Contact
Contact Rating
U.S./Canada
International
10 A
B300
Input
Sockets
3PDT
3-pole
3 Form C
Single AgNi Contact
700-HN125
700-HN100
700-HN204
10 A
B300
Input
Sockets
700-HN126
700-HN101
700-HN205
Coil Voltage
Cat. No.‡§
6V AC
700-HA32A06
12V AC
700-HA32A12
24V AC
700-HA32A24
120V AC
700-HA32A1
240V AC
700-HA32A2
277V AC
700-HA32A27®
6V DC
700-HA32Z06
12V DC
700-HA32Z12
24V DC
700-HA32Z24
36V DC
700-HA32Z36
48V DC
700-HA32Z48
60V DC
700-HA32Z60
80V DC
700-HA32Z80
110V DC
700-HA32Z1
125V DC
700-HA32Z01
140V DC
700-HA32Z3
220V DC
700-HA32Z2®
6V AC
700-HA33A06
12V AC
700-HA33A12
24V AC
700-HA33A24
120V AC
700-HA33A1
240V AC
700-HA33A2
6V DC
700-HA33Z06
12V DC
700-HA33Z12
24V DC
700-HA33Z24
48V DC
700-HA33Z48
60V DC
700-HA33Z60
80V DC
700-HA33Z80
110V DC
700-HA33Z1
125V DC
700-HA33Z01
140V DC
700-HA33Z3
220V DC
700-HA33Z2®
1 For Time Module and Surge Suppressor Module, see page 9-12.
LED Option: Add suffix (-4) to the selected Bulletin 700-HA Relay Cat. No., except for the 240V AC Units, add (-4L).
‡ Push-to-test, Manual Override, and LED Option: Add suffix (-3-4) to the selected Bulletin 700-HA Relay Cat. No., except for the 240V AC units, add (-3-4L).
§ Push-to-test and Manual Override option: Add suffix (-3) to the selected Bulletin 700-HA relay.
® LED not available for 220V DC and 277V AC coils.
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
9-9
Bulletin 700-HA
General Purpose Relays
Product Selection
0
Bulletin 700-HAX Tube Base Relay with PIN Terminals (Bifurcated Contacts with Gold Overlay) —
Mechanical ON/OFF Indicator Included1
Wiring Diagrams
Description
Contact Rating
U.S./Canada
International
1
DPDT
2-Pole
2 Form C
Bifurcated AgNi
Contacts with Gold
Overlay
2
6A
Input
3
Sockets
700-HN125
700-HN100
700-HN204
4
3PDT
3-Pole
3 Form C
Bifurcated AgNi
Contacts with Gold
Overlay
5
6A
Input
6
Sockets
700-HN126
700-HN101
700-HN205
Coil Voltage
Cat. No.‡§
6V AC
700-HAX2A06
12V AC
700-HAX2A12
24V AC
700-HAX2A24
120V AC
700-HAX2A1
240V AC
700-HAX2A2
277V AC
700-HAX2A27♣
6V DC
700-HAX2Z06
12V DC
700-HAX2Z12
24V DC
700-HAX2Z24
36V DC
700-HAX2Z36
48V DC
700-HAX2Z48
110V DC
700-HAX2Z1
125V DC
700-HAX2Z01
140V DC
700-HAX2Z3
6V AC
700-HAX3A06
12V AC
700-HAX3A12
24V AC
700-HAX3A24
120V AC
700-HAX3A1
240V AC
700-HAX3A2
6V DC
700-HAX3Z06
12V DC
700-HAX3Z12
24V DC
700-HAX3Z24
48V DC
700-HAX3Z48
110V DC
700-HAX3Z1
125V DC
700-HAX3Z01
140V DC
700-HAX3Z3
1 For Time Module and Surge Suppressor Module, see page 9-12.
7
LED Option: Add suffix (-4) to the selected Bulletin 700-HAX Relay Cat. No., except for the 240V AC Units, add (-4L).
‡ Push-to-test and LED Option: Add suffix (-3-4) to the selected Bulletin 700-HAX Relay Cat. No., except for the 240V AC units, add (-3-4L).
§ Push-to-test and Manual Override option: Add suffix (-3) to the selected Bulletin 700-HA relay.
♣ LED not available.
8
9
10
11
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
9-10
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
Bulletin 700-HA
General Purpose Relays
Accessories
Accessories
Description
Pkg. Qty.
Cat. No.
Screw Terminal Tube Base Socket — Panel or DIN Rail Mounting; Guarded Terminal
Construction. 8-Pin for use with DPDT Bulletin 700-HA Relays, -HX Timing Relays, -HT (On-Delay)
and -HRM, -HRC and -HV (Repeat Cycle) Timing Relays.
10
700-HN100
0
1
Cat. No. 700-HN100
Screw Terminal Tube Base Socket — Panel or DIN Rail Mounting; Open Style Construction. 8Pin for use with DPDT Bulletin 700-HA Relays, -HT (On-Delay) and -HRM, -HRC, and -HV (Repeat
Cycle) Timing Relays. No retainer clip required.
10
Screw Terminal Tube Base Sockets — Panel or DIN Rail Mounting; Guarded Terminal
Construction. 11-pin for use with 3PDT 700-HA relays.
10
700-HN101
Screw Terminal Tube Base Sockets — Panel or DIN Rail Mounting; Open Style Terminal
Construction. 11-pin for use with 3PDT 700-HA relays. No retainer clip required.
10
700-HN126
4
8-Pin Socket — Can Be Used With or Without Timing Attachment or Surge Suppressor
Screw Terminal Tube Base Sockets — panel or DIN Rail mounting. Guarded terminal construction.
Used with DPDT Bulletin 700-HA Relays.
10
700-HN204
5
11-Pin Socket — Can Be Used With or Without Timing Module or Surge Suppressor. Screw
Terminal Tube Base Sockets — panel or DIN Rail mounting. Guarded terminal construction.
Used with 3PDT Bulletin 700-HA relays.
10
700-HN205
DIN (#3) symmetrical hat rail
35 x 7.5 x 1 m
10
700-HN125
2
Cat. No. 700-HN125
3
Cat. No. 700-HN101
Cat. No. 700-HN126
Cat. No. 700-HN205
6
199-DR1
7
Cat. No. 199-DR1
8
9
10
11
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
9-11
Bulletin 700-HA
General Purpose Relays
Accessories
Description
0
1
2
3
Pkg. Qty.
Cat. No.
Diode Surge Suppressor1
Voltage Range: 6…220V DC used with 700-HN204 and 700-HN205 socket
10
700-ADR
Diode with LED Surge Suppressor1
Voltage Range: 6…24V DC used with 700-HN204 and 700-HN205 socket
10
700-ADL1R
Diode with LED Surge Suppressor1
Voltage Range: 28…60V DC used with 700-HN204 and 700-HN205 socket
10
700-ADL2R
Diode with LED Surge Suppressor1
Voltage Range: 110…220V DC used with 700-HN204 and 700-HN205 socket
10
700-ADL3R
Varistor with LED Surge Suppressor1
Voltage Range: 6…24V AC used with 700-HN204 and 700-HN205 socket
10
700-AV1R
Varistor with LED Surge Suppressor1
Voltage Range: 110…240V AC used with 700-HN204 and 700-HN205 socket
10
700-AV3R
RC Surge Suppressor1
Voltage Range: 6…24V AC/DC used with 700-HN204 and 700-HN205 socket
10
700-AR1
RC Surge Suppressor1
Voltage Range: 110…240V AC/DC used with 700-HN204 and 700-HN205 socket
10
700-AR2
Timing Module
On-Delay or One-Shot selectable voltage range: 12…24V AC/DC
used with sockets that accept plug-in accessory modules.
Timing Module
On-Delay or One-Shot selectable voltage range: 110…125V AC
used with sockets that accept plug-in accessory modules.
4
700-AT3
On-Delay
U (A1/A2)
LED & R
700-AT3A1
t
1
One-Shot
Timing Module
On-Delay or One-Shot selectable voltage range: 230…240V AC
used with sockets that accept plug-in accessory modules.
5
U (A1/A2)
LED & R
t
700-AT3A2
Multi-Function Multi-Range Time Module1
Voltage range 12…240V AC 50/60 Hz and 12…240V DC, with a voltage variation of 85…110%.
Repeat accuracy of ±1%. Reset time <50 ms. Refer to [T-301977] for Specifications.
6
Eight Timing Modes
Seven Timing Ranges as follows:
7
8
9
Cat. No. 700-HT3
10
1. 1 s
0.05 s…1 s
2. 10 s
0.5 s…10 s
3. 100 s
5 s…100 s
4. 10 min
0.5 min…10 min
5. 100 min
5 min…100 min
6. 10 hours
0.5 h…10 h
7. 100 hours
5 h…100 h
8. LED Indicator
1 Suppressors and Time Modules easily plug into sockets (Cat. Nos. 700-HN204 and 700-HN205). For use with Bulletin 700-HA relays.
11
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
9-12
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
1
700-HT3
Bulletin 700-HA
General Purpose Relays
Accessories
Description
Pkg. Qty.
Cat. No.
0
Retainer Clip for Cat. Nos. 700-HN100, -HN101, -HN204, and -HN205
Sockets with Bulletin 700-HA Relays1
Secures relay in socket.
10
700-HN157
Sample Retainer Clips
1492-MS5X12
1
2
1492-MS6X9
1492-MS6X12
1492-MS8X9
Relay Identification Snap-in Markers‡
Snap-in markers fit on top of product covers. Squares slip into molded slot
on top of product cover.
1492-MS8X12
3
1492-MP-Blank
4
5
Snap-in markers
Pre-Printed Identification Tags — contains 10 sheets of pre-printed and
blank tags. Each sheet contains 13 sets of the markings CR…9CR, TR…9TR,
M…9M, F, R, 1S, and 117 blank tags. Tags are peel-off with sticky backing for
easy placement on relays.
5
10
700-N40
6
Blank Identification Tags — contains 10 sheets of blank identification tags
for customer specialized printing. Each sheet contains 546 blank tags. Tags
are peel-off with sticky backing for easy placement on relays.
10
700-N41
7
1 See Bulletin 700-HA Relay, Socket, and Retainer Clip Reference Chart below.
‡ For pre-printed marker cards, turn to the following 1492 sections (tab 12, under IEC Terminal Block Accessories): 1492-SM5X12_, 1492-SM6X9_,1492SM8X9_,1492-SM8X12_,1492-MP_.
Relay Type
Socket
Retainer Clip
700-HA32
700-HAB2
700-HAX2
700-HN100
700-HN125
700-HN204
700-HN200
700-HN157
Not Required§
700-HN157
700-HN157
700-HA33
700-HAB3
700-HAX3
700-HN201
700-HN101
700-HN126
700-HN205
700-HN157
700-HN157
Not Required§
700-HN157
8
9
10
§ Design of these sockets holds the relays securely and does not require retainer clips.
11
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
9-13
Bulletin 700-HA
General Purpose Relays
Specifications
Cat. No. 700-HA…
0
1
Electrical Ratings
Pilot Duty Rating
NEMA B300
Rated Thermal
Current (Ith )
HA = 10 A – 120V, 240V
HAX = 6 A – 120V, 240V
Rated Insulation Voltage (Ui)
Contacts
2
3
250V IEC – 300V UL/CSA
Inductive
Make
Hp
120V AC
30 A
3A
1/3
240V AC
15 A
1.5 A
1
General Purpose
10 A, 240V AC
Resistive
10 A, 30V DC
Min. Low Energy Permissible Load
HA = 10V, 5 mA
HAX = 5V, 2 mA
Permissible Coil Voltage Variation
Pickup: 80…110% of Nominal Voltage at 50 Hz
80…110% of Nominal Voltage at 60 Hz
80…110% of Nominal Voltage at DC
Coil Consumption ±10%
4
AC Coils
50 Hz
60 Hz
Inrush
3.3 VA
2.85 VA
Sealed
2.2 VA
1.9 VA
DC Coils
1.3 W
20% of nominal V AC
Must Dropout Voltage
5
Break
10% of nominal V DC
50 MΩ (700-HA and 700-HAB)
30 MΩ (700-HAX)
Max. Contact Resistance
Design Specification/Test Requirements
Electrical
Pole-to-Pole
6
1000V
Contact to Coil
3600V
Contact to Frame
4000V
Electrical Life (Operating)
100 000 min.
Mechanical
7
Degree of Protection
(Open Type) IEC 529
IP 40
Mechanical Life Cycles (AC/DC)
> 20 x 106/ 50 x 106
Switching Frequency Operations
3600/HR
Coil Voltages
8
Operating Time
See Product Selection
Max. Pickup
10 ms
Max. Dropout
10 ms
Endurance
5G
Maximum Operating Rate
Vibration
9
Shock
4 Ops/s
Operational
2.5 G
Endurance
50 G
Operational
9G
Operating
AC/DC
–40…+70 °C
Storage
AC/DC
–40…+100 °C
Environmental
10
Temperature
Altitude
2000 m (6560 ft)
Insulating Material
Molded High-Dielectric Material
Construction
11
12
13
Enclosure
Transparent Dust Cover
Contact Material
700-HA:
10 A– AgNi
700-HAX:
6 A–Bifurcated/Gold Plating AgNi
Terminal Markings on Socket
In accordance with EN50 0005
Sockets
8-Pin Socket — 700-HN100, -HN125, -HN204
11-Pin Socket — 700-HN101, -HN126, -HN205
Certifications
cURus Recognized (File No. E3125, Guide NLDX2/NLDX8), cULus Listed when used with
Bulletin 700-HN sockets noted above (File No. E3125, Guide NLDX/NLDX7), CE Marked, CSA
Certified, UR Certified (File 229473)
Standards
UL508, CSA C22.2 No. 14, EN 61810-1, EN 60255-23
1 Performance Data – See this catalog, Important- 3.
NEMA Rating Chart is in publication 700-SG003*
www.ab.com/catalogs
9-14
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
Bulletin 700-HA
General Purpose Relays
Specifications
700-HA Relay Performance Graphs
k Reduction Factor
Cycles
Max. Switching Current (A)
0
Load (kVA)
1
Voltage DC (V)
Contact life vs. AC1 load at 1,800 cycles/h
Breaking capacity for DC1 load at 1,800 cycles/h.
2
COS
Load reduction factor vs. cos φ
A = load applied to one contact
B = load applied to two contacts in series
C = load applied to three contacts in series
3
Time Module Cat. No. 700-HT3
Electrical Ratings
Operating Voltage Range
12…240V AC (50/60 Hz) 12…240V DC
Power Consumption
0.1 W (12V)
1.0 W (230V)
Degree of Protection of Input (B1) Terminal
IP 20 (Guarded Terminal)
Input Terminal Wire Range
1.0 x 0.2 mm2…2.5 mm2 (24 AWG…14 AWG)
2.0 x 0.2 mm2…1.5 mm2 (24 AWG…16 AWG)
Input Terminal Torque Range
0.45…0.8 Nm (4…7 lb-in.)
4
Mechanical
LED Indicator
Red
Repeat Accuracy
±1%
Recovery Time
<50 ms
Selectable Timing Ranges
Three DIP switches, seven ranges (set from 5…100% of range):
1 s, 10 s, 100 s, 10 min, 100 min, 10 h, 100 h
Selectable Timing Modes
Three DIP switches, eight modes:
1. Power On–Delay
2. Power On One-Shot
3. Power On Repeat Cycle, On Start
4. Signal On-Delay and Signal Off-Delay
5. Signal Off-Delay
6. Signal On-One-Shot
7. Signal Off-One-Shot
8. Signal On and Signal Off Watchdog Monitor
Adjustable Trimmer Scale Accuracy
5
6
7
8
±5% of Time Range
Environmental
Temperature
Operating
Storage
–20 °C…+50 °C (–4 °F…+122 °F)
9
–55 °C…+85 °C (–67…+185 °F)
Altitude
2000 m (6560 ft)
Enclosure
Gray Plastic Housing
Mounting with Socket Only
8- or 11-Pin Socket with Module Plug
Sockets
700-HN204 (8-Pin with Plug)
700-HN205 (11-Pin with Plug)
Certifications
cURus Recognized (File No. E14843, Guide NRNT2/NRNT8), CE Marked
Standards
UL508, CSA C22.2 No. 14, EN 61810-1, EN 60255-23
Construction
10
11
1 Performance Data - See this publication, Important 3.
At constant voltage and temperature.
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
9-15
Bulletin 700-HA
General Purpose Relays
Specifications
0
1
Timing Charts, Cat. No. 700-HT3 Multi-Function Time
Module (t = Time Range 0.05 s…100 h)
Cat. No. 700-HT3 Timing Modes, Time Description, Timing
Charts, and DIP Switch Selections
5. Signal Off-Delay
Terms:
U is Power Input
R is Relay Output
S Signal, +A1 Socket, B1 Timer
t is the resulting Time Delay (Red LED)
1. Power On-Delay
Apply power (U) to timer. Relay contacts (R) change state after time
delay (t) is complete. Contacts return to their shelf state when power
is removed. Terminal B1 is not used in this mode.
Apply power (U) to timer. When the signal (S) is closed, the relay
contacts (R) change state immediately. When the signal is opened,
the time delay (t) begins. If the signal is closed before the time delay
is complete, the time delay is reset and the relay remains energized.
When the time delay is complete, the contacts return to their shelf
state. Contacts return to their shelf state when power is removed.
2
6. Signal On One-Shot
3
4
5
6
2. Power On One-Shot
Apply power (U) to timer. Relay contacts (R) change state
immediately and the time delay begins. When the time delay (t) is
complete, contacts return to their shelf state. Contacts return to
their shelf state when power is removed. Terminal B1 is not used in
this mode.
Apply power (U) to timer. When the signal (S) is closed, the relay
contacts (R) change state immediately and the time delay (t) begins.
After the time delay begins, opening or closing the signal will not
reset the time delay. When the time delay is complete, the contacts
return to their shelf state. Contacts return to their shelf state when
power is removed.
7. Signal Off One-Shot
3. Power On Repeat Cycle, On Start
Apply power (U) to timer. Relay contacts (R) change state
immediately and the time delay (t) begins. When the time delay is
complete, the contacts return to their shelf state for time delay (t)
(time on = time off). This cycle will repeat until the power is
removed. Terminal B1 is not used in this mode.
Apply power (U) to timer. When the signal (S) is closed and then
opened, the relay contacts (R) change state immediately and the
time delay (t) begins. After the time delay begins, opening or closing
the signal will not reset the time delay. When the time delay is
complete, the contacts return to their shelf state. Contacts return to
their shelf state when power is removed.
4. Signal On-Delay and Signal Off-Delay
8. Signal On and Signal Off Watchdog Monitor
Apply power (U) to timer. When the signal (S) is closed the time
delay (t) begins, after the time delay is complete the relay contacts
(R) change state. Opening the signal starts the time delay, after the
time delay is complete the contacts return to their shelf state. If the
signal is closed or opened before the time delay is complete, the
time delay is reset. Contacts return to their shelf state when power
is removed.
Apply power (U) to timer. When the signal (S) is closed, the relay
contacts (R) energize immediately and the time delay (t) begins. If
the signal is opened before the time delay is complete, the relay
remains energized and the time delay is reset. When the time delay
is complete the contacts return to their shelf state. If the signal is
opened after the time delay is complete, the relay contacts energize
immediately and the same time delay begins. Continuous cycling of
the signal at a rate that is faster than the time delay will cause the
relay contacts to remain energized. Contacts return to their shelf
state when power is removed.
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
9-16
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
Bulletin 700-HA
General Purpose Relays
Approximate Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Approximate Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.
0
1
54.1
(2-1/8)
2
3
4
32.8
(1-3/10)
36.5
(1-9/20)
Bulletin 700-HA Relay
5.2
(13/64)
6.2
(15/64)
50
(1-63/64)
12.5
(1/2)
1.0
(0.04)
35.0
(1.38)
5
27.0
(1.06)
6
7.5
(0.3)
1000
(39-3/8)
7
Cat. No. 199-DR1 DIN Mounting Rail Series B
Cat. No. 199-DR4 DIN Mounting Rail Series B Has No Mounting Holes
8
Cat. No.
A
B
C
D
Approx. Shipping Wt.
199-DR1
35
(1-3/8)
27
(1-1/16)
7.5
(19/64)
1.02
(1/64)
1.85 kg
(4.07 lb) (10/pkg)
199-DR4
35
(1-3/8)
27
(1-1/16)
15
(19/32)
2.3
(3/32)
3.68 kg
(8 lb) (5/pkg)
9
10
11
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
9-17
Bulletin 700-HA
General Purpose Relays
Approximate Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Approximate Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.
0
24.6
(31/32)
40.1
(1-37/64)
20.8
(53/64)
30.0
(1-3/16)
26
(1-1/32)
1
24.9
(63/64)
65.0
(2-35/64)
54.9
(2-5/32)
51.1
(2-1/64)
4.2
(5/32)
2
38.0
(1-1/2)
#4–40
M3
3
Cat. No. 700-HN100
4
33.0
(1-19/64)
Panel Mounting
14.7
(37/64)
Cat. No. 700-HN125
Wire Size: 2 x 2.5 mm2
Single Wire – Up to #12 AWG
Double Wire – 2 x 2.5 mm2 (#2-14 AWG… #2-20 AWG)
(Either Solid or Stranded)
Strip Length: 9 mm (3/8 in.) – Torque: 0.8 N•m (7 lb•in)
Wire Size: 2 x 2.5 mm2
Single Wire – Up to 12 AWG
Double Wire – 2 x 2.5 mm2 (#2–14 AWG…#2–20 AWG)
(Either Solid or Stranded)
Strip Length: 9 mm (3/8 in.) – Torque: 0.8 N•m (7 lb•in)
5
6
30
(1-3/16)
59.2
(2-1/3)
26
(1-1/32)
7.9
(0.31)
7
24.6
(31/32)
20.8
(53/64)
26.9
(1.06)
65.0
(2-35/64)
54.9
(2-5/32)
4.2
(5/32)
8
51.1
(2-1/64)
38.0
(1-1/2)
#4-40
M3
9
Cat. No. 700-HN101
Panel Mounting
Cat. No. 700-HN126
mm2
10
52.3
(2.06)
Wire Size: 2 x 2.5
Single Wire – Up to #12 AWG
Double Wire – 2 x 2.5 mm2 (#2–14 AWG…#2–20 AWG)
(Either Solid or Stranded)
Strip Length: 9 mm (3/8 in.) – Torque: 0.8 N•m (7 lb•in)
Wire Size: 2 x 2.5 mm2
Single Wire – Up to #12 AWG
Double Wire – 2 x 2.5 mm2 (#2–14 AWG…#2–20 AWG)
(Either Solid or Stranded)
Strip Length: 9 mm (3/8 in.) – Torque: 0.8 N•m (7 lb•in)
11
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
9-18
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
Bulletin 700-HA
General Purpose Relays
Approximate Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Approximate Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.
33.5
(1.32)
0
33.5
(1.32)
26.9
(1.06)
26.9
(1.06)
11.0
(0.43)
77.5
(3.05)
3.2
(0.13)
1
11.0 (0.43)
20.4
(0.80)
20.4
(0.80)
77.5
(3.05)
49.7
(1.96)
3.2 (0.13)
35.5
(1.40)
16.8
(0.66)
21.6
(0.85)
16.8
(0.66)
49.7
(1.96)
38.0
(1.50)
38.0
(1.50)
35.5
(1.40)
2
21.6
(0.85)
4.0 (0.16)
4.0 (0.16)
Cat. No. 700-HN204
Cat. No. 700-HN205
Wire Size: 2 x 2.5 mm2
Single Wire – Up to #12 AWG
Double Wire – 2 x 2.5 mm2 (#2–14 AWG… #2–20 AWG)
(Either Solid or Stranded)
Strip Length: 9 mm (3/8 in.) – Torque: 0.8 N•m (7 lb•in)
Wire Size: 2 x 2.5 mm2
Single Wire – Up to #12 AWG
Double Wire – 2 x 2.5 mm2 (#2–14 AWG …#2–20 AWG)
(Either Solid or Stranded)
Strip Length: 9 mm (3/8 in.) – Torque: 0.8 N•m (7 lb•in)
3
4
38.0
(1.50)
5
54
(2.13)
6
6.3
(0.25)
10.5
(0.41)
7
Cat. No. 700-HT3
mm2
Wire Size: 2 x 1.5
(#2 – 16 AWG…#1–20 AWG)
(Either Solid or Stranded)
Strip Length: 9 mm (3/8 in.) – Torque: 0.8 N•m (7 lb•in)
8
9
10
11
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
9-19
Bulletin 700-HB
General Purpose Relays
Product Overview/Product Selection
Table of Contents
Bulletin 700-HB — Square Base Relay
15 A contact rating
DPDT, 3PDT
Blade-style quick connect terminals
Standard ON/OFF flag indicator
Options: LED, push-to-rest, and manual override
Faston 187 (4.8 x 0.5 mm)
0
1
2
Product Selection ...... this page
Accessories.................. 9-22
Specifications.............. 9-23
Approximate
Dimensions................... 9-25
Product Selection
Bulletin 700-HB Square Base Relay with Blade Style Quick Connect/Solder Terminations —
Mechanical ON/OFF Indicator Included
Wiring Diagrams
3
Description
Contact Rating
U.S./Canada
Coil Voltage
Cat. No.1§
6V AC
700-HB32A06
12V AC
700-HB32A12
24V AC
700-HB32A24
34
120V AC
700-HB32A1
31
240V AC
700-HB32A2
6V DC
700-HB32Z06
12V DC
700-HB32Z12
International
32
4
DPDT
2-Pole
2 Form C
Single AgCdO
Contact
15 A
B300
5
Input
Sockets
6
3PDT
3-Pole
3 Form C
Single AgCdO
Contact
7
700-HN154
700-HN153
15 A
B300
Input
Cat. No 700-HB…
8
Sockets
700-HN154
700-HN153
24V DC
700-HB32Z24
48V DC
700-HB32Z48
110V DC
700-HB32Z1
6V AC
700-HB33A06
12V AC
700-HB33A12
24V AC
700-HB33A24
120V AC
700-HB33A1
240V AC
700-HB33A2
6V DC
700-HB33Z06
12V DC
700-HB33Z12
24V DC
700-HB33Z24
48V DC
700-HB33Z48
110V DC
700-HB33Z1
1 LED Option: Add suffix (-4) to the selected Bulletin 700-HB Relay Cat. No., except for the 240V AC Units, add (-4L).
Push-to-test, Manual Override, and LED Option: Add suffix (-3-4) to the selected Bulletin 700-HB Relay Cat. No., except for the 240V AC units, add (-3-4L).
§ Push-to-test and Manual Override option: Add suffix (-3) to the selected Bulletin 700-HB relay.
9
10
11
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
9-20
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
Bulletin 700-HB
General Purpose Relays
Accessories
Pkg. Qty.
Cat. No.
Diode Surge Suppressor
Voltage Range: 6…220V DC used with 700-HN153 socket
Description
10
700-ADR
Diode with LED Surge Suppressor
Voltage Range: 6…24V DC used with 700-HN153 socket
10
700-ADL1R
Diode with LED Surge Suppressor
Voltage Range: 28…60V DC used with 700-HN153 socket
10
700-ADL2R
Diode with LED Surge Suppressor
Voltage Range: 110…220V DC used with 700-HN153 socket
10
700-ADL3R
Varistor with LED Surge Suppressor
Voltage Range: 6…24V AC used with 700-HN153 socket
10
700-AV1R
Varistor with LED Surge Suppressor
Voltage Range: 110…240V AC used with 700-HN153 socket
10
700-AV3R
RC Surge Suppressor
Voltage Range: 6…24V AC/DC used with 700-HN153 socket
10
700-AR1
RC Surge Suppressor
Voltage Range: 110…240V AC/DC used with 700-HN153 socket
10
700-AR2
Timing Module
On-Delay or One-Shot selectable voltage range:
12…24V AC/DC used with sockets that accept
plug-in accessory modules.
700-AT3
On-Delay
1
2
3
U (A1/A2)
Timing Module
On-Delay or One-Shot selectable voltage range:
110…125V AC used with sockets that accept
plug-in accessory modules.
LED & R
t
1
700-AT3A1
One-Shot
4
U (A1/A2)
Timing Module
On-Delay or One-Shot selectable voltage range:
230…240V AC used with sockets that accept
plug-in accessory modules.
LED & R
t
700-AT3A2
5
Multi-Function Multi-Range Time Module
Voltage range 12…240V AC 50/60 Hz and 12…240V DC, with a voltage variation of 85…110%.
Repeat accuracy of ±1%. Reset time <50 ms. For use with 700-HN153 socket. Refer to page 9-23
for Specifications.
Eight Timing Modes
Seven Timing Ranges:
Cat. No. 700-HT3
0
1. 1 s
0.05 s…1 s
2. 10 s
0.5 s…10 s
3. 100 s
5 s…100 s
4. 10 min.
0.5 min…10 min
5. 100 min.
5 min…100 min
6. 10 hours
0.5 hr…10 hr
7. 100 hours
5 hr…100 hr
6
1
700-HT3
7
8
8. LED Indicator
Screw Terminal Socket — Panel or DIN Rail Mounting. Guarded Terminal Construction
11-blade socket for use with Bulletin 700-HB relays. This socket has coil and contact separation
as well as the ability to use optional plug-in modules ( 700-A__ accessories, LED, surge
suppression, timing modules).
10
700-HN153
Screw Terminal Base Socket — Panel or DIN Rail Mounting. Open Style Construction
11-blade for use with Bulletin 700-HB relays.
10
700-HN154
DIN (#3) symmetrical hat rail
35 x 7.5 x 1 m
10
199-DR1
Retainer Clip for Cat. No. -HN154 open terminal socket with 700-HB relays1
Secures relay in socket. Order must be for 10 clips or multiples of 10.
10
700-HN156
Retainer Clip for Cat. No. 700-HN153 Sockets with 700-HB Relays1. Secures relay in socket.
Order must be for 10 clips or multiples of 10.
10
700-HN158
9
Cat. No. 700-HN153
10
Cat. No. 700-HN154
11
Cat. No. 199-DR1
Sample Retainer Clips
1
12
See Bulletin 700-HB square base relay socket and retainer clip reference chart (see page 9-22).
www.ab.com/catalogs
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
9-21
13
Bulletin 700-HB
General Purpose Relays
Accessories
Description
Pkg. Qty.
Cat. No.
1492-MS5X12
0
1492-MS6X9
Relay Identification Snap-in Markers‡
Snap-in markers fit on top of product covers. The following are blank cards. Squares
slip into molded slot on top of product covers.
1
1492-MS6X12
1492-MS8X9
100
1492-MS8X12
Snap-in markers
2
3
1492-MP-Blank
Pre-Printed Identification Tags — contains 10 sheets of pre-printed and blank tags.
Each sheet contains 13 sets of the markings CR…9CR, TR…9TR, M…9M, F, R, 1S,
and 117 blank tags. Tags are peel-off with sticky backing for easy placement on relays.
10
700-N40
Blank Identification Tags — contains 10 sheets of blank identification tags for
customer specialized printing. Each sheet contains 546 blank tags. Tags are peel-off
with sticky backing for easy placement on relays.
10
700-N41
4
‡ For pre-printed marker cards, turn to the following 1492 sections of publication A115: 1492-MS5X12_, 1492-MS6X9_, 1492-MS8X9_ , 1492-MS8X12_,
1492-MP_.
5
Relay Type
Socket Cat. No.
700-HN153
700-HN154
700-HB
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
9-22
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
Retainer Clip Cat. No.
700-HN158
700-HN156
Bulletin 700-HB
General Purpose Relays
Specifications
Specifications
0
Cat. No. 700-HB…
Electrical Ratings
NEMA B300
Pilot Duty Rating
Rated Thermal
Current ( Ith )
15 A – 120V, 240V
Rated Insulation Voltage (Ui)
Inductive
Contacts
1
250V IEC-300V UL/CSA
Make
Break
Hp
2 -Pole
3 -Pole
2 -Pole
120V AC
60 A
30 A
6A
3A
3/4
240V AC
30 A
15 A
3A
1.5 A
2
General Purpose
3 -Pole
2
15 A, 240V AC
Resistive
15 A, 30V DC
Min. Low Energy Permissible Load
3
1000 mW (10V, 10 mA)
80…110% of Nominal Voltage at 50 Hz
Permissible Coil Voltage Variation
80…110% of Nominal Voltage at 60 Hz
80…110% of Nominal Voltage at DC
Coil Consumption
±10%
AC Coils
50 Hz
60 Hz
Inrush
3.3 VA
2.85 VA
Sealed
2.2 VA
4
1.9 VA
DC Coils
1.3 W
25% of VA
Max. Allowable Leakage
5
10% of W
Max. Contact Resistance
50 mΩ
Design Specification/Test Requirements
Electrical
Dielectric Withstand Voltage
Pole-to-Pole
1500V
Contact to Coil
6000V
Contact to Frame
6
4000V
Mechanical
Degree of Protection
(Open Type) IEC 529
> 10 x 106/30 x 106
Mechanical Life Cycles (AC/DC)
Switching Frequency Operations
3600/HR
Coil Voltages
Operating Time
(ms)
See Overview/Product Selection
Pickup
20 ms
Dropout
4 ms
Maximum Operating Rate
Vibration
Shock
7
IP 40
8
4 Ops/s
Endurance
5G
Operational
1.5 G
Endurance
50 G
Operational
9
15 G
Environmental
Temperature
Operating
AC/DC
–40…+70 °C
Storage
AC/DC
–40…+100 °C
Altitude
10
2000 m (6560 ft)
Construction
Insulating Material
Molded High Dielectric Material
Enclosure
Contact Material
AgCdO
Terminal Markings on Socket
In accordance with EN50 0005
Sockets
Certifications
11
Transparent Dust Cover
700-HN153, -HN154
cURus Recognized (File No. E3125, Guide NLDX2/NLDX8), cULus Listed when used with Bulletin 700-HN sockets
noted above (File No. E3125, Guide NLDX/NLDX7), CE Marked, CSA Certified, UR Certified (File No. 229473)
Standards
12
UL508, CSA C22.2 No. 14, EN 61810-1, EN 60255-23
1 Performance Data – See this catalog, Important- 3.
NEMA Rating Chart is in publication 700-SG003*
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
9-23
Bulletin 700-HB
General Purpose Relays
Specifications
Technical Data
Cycles
0
1
2
3
Load (kVA)
Maximum Switching Current (A)
Contact life vs AC1 load at 600 cycles/h.
4
5
6
Voltage DC (V)
7
Breaking capacity for DC1 load at 600 cycles/h.
Load applied to 1 contact.
A = for N.O. types
B= other types
Reduction Factor
8
9
10
(Highly Resistive)
COS
(Inductive)
Load Reduction factor vs cos φ
11
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
9-24
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
Bulletin 700-HB
General Purpose Relays
Approximate Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Approximate Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.
60.9
(2.40)
35.8
(1.41)
38.2
(1.50)
0
30.25
(1.19)
27.0
(1.06)
40
(1.57)
1
34.3
(1.35)
Ø 3.2
(0.13)
51.4
(2.02)
91.3
(3.59)
35.4
(1.39)
95.3
(3.75)
2
46.3
(1.82)
21.6
(0.85)
Bulletin 700-HB Relay
49.5
(1.95)
Cat. No. 700-HN153
Wire Size: 2 x 2.5 mm2
Single Wire – Up to #12 AWG
Double Wire – 2 x 2.5 mm2 (#2–14 AWG… #2-20 AWG)
(Either Solid or Stranded)
Strip Length: 9 mm (3/8 in.) – Torque: 0.8 N•m (7 lb•in)
4
5
38.0
(1.50)
25.6
(1.01)
35.4
(1.40)
3
32.0
(1.26)
35.5
(1.40)
6
84.85
(3.34)
54
(2.13)
84.3
(3.32)
7
6.3
41.5
(1.63)
(0.25)
10.5
(0.41)
4.0
(0.16)
Cat. No. 700-HN154
Wire Size: 2 x 2.5 mm2
Single Wire – Up to #12 AWG
Double Wire – 2 x 2.5 mm2 (#2–14 AWG… #2–20 AWG)
(Either Solid or Stranded)
Strip Length: 9 mm (3/8 in.) – Torque: 0.8 N•m (7 lb•in)
8
Cat. No. 700-HT3
Wire Size: 2 x 1.5 mm2 (#2–16 AWG…#1–20 AWG)
(Either Solid or Stranded)
Strip Length: 9 mm (3/8 in.) – Torque: 0.8 N•m (7 lb•in)
9
10
11
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
9-25
Bulletin 700-HD
General Purpose Relays
Product Overview/Product Selection
Table of Contents
Bulletin 700-HD — Flange Mount Square Base Relay
0
Flange-mounted/panel-mounted
15 A contact rating
DPDT, 3PDT
Blade-style quick connect terminals (0.187 x 0.020)
Solder terminals (no socket required)
1
Product Selection ...... this page
Accessories.................. this page
Specifications.............. 9-27
Approximate
Dimensions................... 9-28
2
Product Selection
3
Wiring Diagrams
Description
Contact Rating
U.S./Canada
4
International
32
34
DPDT
2-Pole
2 Form C
AgCdO Contacts
5
31
15 A
Input
6
3PDT
3-Pole
3 Form C
AgCdO Contacts
7
15 A
Input
8
Coil Voltage
Cat. No.
6V AC
700-HD32A06
12V AC
700-HD32A12
24V AC
700-HD32A24
120V AC
700-HD32A1
208V AC
700-HD32A20
240V AC
700-HD32A2
6V DC
700-HD32Z06
12V DC
700-HD32Z12
24V DC
700-HD32Z24
48V DC
700-HD32Z48
110V DC
700-HD32Z1
6V AC
700-HD33A06
12V AC
700-HD33A12
24V AC
700-HD33A24
120V AC
700-HD33A1
208V AC
700-HD33A20
240V AC
700-HD33A2
6V DC
700-HD33Z06
12V DC
700-HD33Z12
24V DC
700-HD33Z24
48V DC
700-HD33Z48
110V DC
700-HD33Z1
Accessories
Description
Pkg. Quantity
9
Relay Identification Snap-in Markers1
Snap-in markers fit on top of product covers.
The following are blank cards. Squares slip
into molded slot on top of product covers.
10
100
1492-MS6X9
1492-MS6X12
1492-MS8X9
1492-MS8X12
1492-MP-Blank
11
12
13
Cat. No.
1492-MS5X12
Pre-Printed Identification Tags — contains
10 sheets of pre-printed and blank tags. Each
sheet contains 13 sets of the markings
CR…9CR, TR…9TR, M…9M, F, R, 1S, and
117 blank tags. Tags are peel-off with sticky
backing for easy placement on relays.
10
700-N40
Blank Identification Tags — contains 10
sheets of blank identification tags for
customer specialized printing. Each sheet
contains 546 blank tags. Tags are peel-off
with sticky backing for easy placement on
relays.
10
700-N41
1 Performance Data – See this catalog, Important- 3
For pre-printed marker cards, turn to the following 1492 sections of publication A115: 1492-MS5X12_, 1492-MS6X9_, 1492-MS8X9_, 1492-MS8X12_,
1492-MP_.
www.ab.com/catalogs
9-26
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
Bulletin 700-HD
General Purpose Relays
Specifications
Specifications
0
Cat. No. 700-HD…
Electrical Ratings
Pilot Duty Rating
NEMA B300
Rated Thermal Current ( Ith )
15 A‡ – 120V
15 A‡ – 240V
Rated Insulation Voltage (Ui)
250V IEC-300V UL/CSA
Make
Inductive
Contacts
1
Break
Hp
2-Pole
3-Pole
2-Pole
3-Pole
120V AC
60 A
30 A
6A
3A
3/4
240V AC
30 A
15 A
3A
1.5 A
2
General Purpose
15 A, 240V AC
Resistive
15 A, 30V DC
3
Min. Low Energy Permissible Load
1000 mW (10V, 10 mA)
Permissible Coil Voltage Variation
80…110% of Nominal Voltage at 50 Hz
80…110% of Nominal Voltage at 60 Hz
80…110% of Nominal Voltage at DC
Coil Consumption
±10%
2
AC Coils
50 Hz
60 Hz
Inrush
3.3 VA
2.85 VA
Sealed
2.2 VA
1.9 VA
DC Coils
4
1.3 W
Maximum Contact Resistance
50 mΩ
5
20% of Nominal V AC
10% of Nominal V DC
Must Dropout Voltage
Design Specification/Test Requirements
Electrical
Dielectric Withstand Voltage
Pole-to-Pole
1500V
Contact to Coil
6000V
Contact to Frame
6
4000V
Mechanical
Degree of Protection
(Open Type) IEC 529
> 10 x 106 / 30 x 106
Mechanical Life Cycles (AC/DC)
Switching Frequency Operations
3600/HR
Coil Voltages
Operating Time
7
IP 40
See Overview/Product Selection
Pickup
20 ms
Dropout
4 ms
Maximum Operating Rate
8
4 Ops/s
Minimum Low Energy Permissible Load
1000 mN (10V, 10mA)
9
Environmental
Temperature
Operating
–40…+70 °C
Storage
–40…+100 °C
Altitude
2000 m (6560 ft)
10
Construction
Insulating Material
Molded High Dielectric Material
Enclosure
Transparent Dust Cover
Contact Material
Silver Cad. Ox.
Terminal Markings
Certifications
In accordance with EN50 0005
cURs Recognized (File No. E3125, Guide NLDX2/NLDX8), CSA Certified (File No. 229473), CE Marked, UR
Certified
Standards
11
UL 508, CSA C22.2 No. 14, EN 61810-1, EN 60255-23
1 Performance Data – See this catalog, Important- 3
12
NEMA Rating Chart is on page 19 of publication 700-SG003*
‡ 3-pole relays have a 20 A maximum total current rating for all three poles.
Note: Bulletin 700-HD wiring terminals are the quick connect/solder type 4.7 x 0.5 mm (0.187 x 0.020 in.) termination.
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
9-27
Bulletin 700-HD
General Purpose Relays
Specifications/Approximate Dimensions
Cycles
Maximum Switching Current (A)
0
1
2
Voltage DC (V)
Load (kVA)
3
Breaking capacity for DC1 load at 600 cycles/h.
Contact life vs AC1 load at 600 cycles/h.
Load applied to 1 contact.
A = for N.O. types
B= other types
Reduction Factor
4
5
6
(Highly Resistive)
COS
Load Reduction factor vs cos φ
7
(Inductive)
Approximate Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Approximate Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.
35.9
(1.41)
8
9
63
(2.48)
68
(2.67)
10
11
38.2
(1.50)
Bulletin 700-HD Relay
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
9-28
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
Bulletin 700-HF
General Purpose Relays
Overview/Product Selection
Table of Contents
Bulletin 700-HF — Square Base Relay
10 A contact rating
DPDT, 3PDT, 4PDT
Plug-in quick connect solder terminals
Options: LED, push-to-test operator
Product Selection ...... this page
0
Accessories.................. 9-30
Specifications . . . . . 9-31
Approximate
Dimensions................... 9-32
1
Standards Compliance and
Certifications
See Specification table in this
section, page 9-31 .
Product Selection
Square Base with Quick Connect/Solder Style Terminations
Description
DPDT
2-pole
2 Form C
AgCdO Contacts
Contact
Rating
3
Wiring Diagrams
U.S./Canada
International
10 A
Input
Socket
700-HN116
3PDT
3-pole
3 Form C
AgCdO Contacts
700-HN116
10 A
Input
Socket
4PDT
4-pole
4 Form C
AgCdO Contact
700-HN138
700-HN138
10 A
Input
Socket
2
700-HN139
700-HN139
Coil Voltage
Cat. No.
1
6V AC
700-HF32A06
12V AC
700-HF32A12
24V AC
700-HF32A24
120V AC
700-HF32A1
240V AC
700-HF32A2
6V DC
700-HF32Z06
12V DC
700-HF32Z12
24V DC
700-HF32Z24
48V DC
700-HF32Z48
110V DC
700-HF32Z1
6V AC
700-HF33A06
12V AC
700-HF33A12
24V AC
700-HF33A24
120V AC
700-HF33A1
240V AC
700-HF33A2
6V DC
700-HF33Z06
12V DC
700-HF33Z12
24V DC
700-HF33Z24
48V DC
700-HF33Z48
110V DC
700-HF33Z1
6V AC
700-HF34A06
12V AC
700-HF34A12
24V AC
700-HF34A24
120V AC
700-HF34A1
240V AC
700-HF34A2
6V DC
700-HF34Z06
12V DC
700-HF34Z12
24V DC
700-HF34Z24
48V DC
700-HF34Z48
110V DC
700-HF34Z1
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1 Pilot Light Option: Add suffix (-4) to the selected Bulletin 700-HF Relay Cat. No. except for the 240V AC units, add (-4L).
Manual Operator and LED Option: Add suffix (-1-4) to the selected Bulletin 700-HF Relay Cat. No., except for the 240V AC units, add (-1-4L).
11
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
9-29
Bulletin 700-HF
General Purpose Relays
Accessories
Accessories
0
1
2
Description
Pkg. Quantity
Cat. No.
Pre-Printed Identification Tags — contains 10
sheets of pre-printed and blank tags. Each sheet
contains 13 sets of the markings CR…9CR,
TR…9TR, M…9M, F, R, 1S, and 117 blank tags.
Tags are peel-off with sticky backing for easy
placement on relays.
10
700-N40
Blank Identification Tags — contains 10 sheets
of blank identification tags for customer
specialized printing. Each sheet contains 546
blank tags. Tags are peel-off with sticky backing
for easy placement on relays.
10
700-N41
1 Performance Data – See this catalog, Important- 3.
3
For pre-printed marker cards, turn to the following 1492 sections of this publication: 1492-MS5X12_, 1492-MS6X9_, 1492-MS8X9_, 1492-MS8X12_,
1492-MP_.
4
Description
Pkg. Qty.
Cat. No.
Screw Terminal Socket — Panel or DIN Rail Mounting 8-blade miniature socket for
use with DPDT HF relays.
10
700-HN116
Screw Terminal Socket — Panel or DIN Rail Mounting
11-blade socket for use with 3PDT Bulletin 700-HF relays.
1
700-HN138
Screw Terminal Socket — Panel or DIN Rail Mounting, Guarded Terminal
Construction
14-blade socket for use with 4PDT Bulletin 700-HF relays.
1
700-HN139
DIN (#3) symmetrical hat rail
35 x 7.5 x 1 m
10
199-DR1
Retainer Clip for Cat. Nos. 700-HN103, -HN104 and -HN128 Sockets with 700-HC
Relays and Cat. Nos. 700-HN116 Sockets with Bulletin 700-HF DPDT Relays‡
Secures relay in socket. Order must be for 10 clips or multiples of 10.
10
700-HN114
Retainer Clip for Cat. Nos. 700-HN138 and -HN139 Sockets with Bulletin 700-HF
3PDT and 4PDT Relays‡
Secures relay in socket. Order must be for 10 clips or multiples of 10.
10
700-HN140
Cat. No 700-HN116
5
Cat. No. 700-HN138
6
7
Cat. No. 700-HN139
8
Cat. No 199-DR1
9
Sample Retainer Clips
‡ Bulletin 700-HF Square Base Relay, Socket, and Retainer Clip Reference
10
11
Relay Type
Cat. No. Socket
700-HF32
700-HN116
700-HN114
700-HF33
700-HN138
700-HN140
700-HF34
700-HN139
700-HN140
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
9-30
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
Cat. No. Retainer Clip
Bulletin 700-HF
General Purpose Relays
Specifications
Specifications1
0
Cat. No. 700-HF…
Electrical Ratings
Pilot Duty Rating
C300
Rated Thermal Current ( Ith )
10 A
Rated Insulation Voltage (Ui)
250V IEC,
300 UL/CSA
Contacts
1
Inductive
Make
Break
Hp
120V AC
29 A
2.9 A
1/2
240V AC
14 A
1.4 A
1/3
General Purpose
10 A, 240V AC
Resistive
10 A, 30V DC
Min. Low Energy Permissible Load
2
5V, 100 mA
85…110% of Nominal Voltage at 50 Hz
85…110% of Nominal Voltage at 60 Hz
80…110% of Nominal Voltage at DC
Permissible Coil
Voltage Variation
AC Coils
50 Hz
60 Hz
Inrush
2.4 VA
2.1 VA
Sealed
1.6 VA
3
1.4 VA
Coil Consumption ±10%
4
0.9 W (Bul. No. 700-HF32)
1.4 W (Bul. No. 700-HF33)
1.5 W (Bul. No. 700-HF34)
DC Coils
25% of VA
Max. Allowable Leakage
10% of W
5
Design Specification/Test Requirements
Dielectric
Withstand
Voltage
Pole-to-Pole
1500V AC
Contact to Pole
1500V AC
Contact to Frame
1500V AC
6
Mechanical
Degree of Protection
Open Type (Sockets)
Mechanical Life Operations
30 x 106
Switching Frequency Operations
3600/hr
Coil Voltages
7
See Product Selection
Pickup
Operating Time at
Nominal Voltage at 20 °C
15 ms
Dropout
15 ms
Maximum Operating Rate
4 Ops/s
Shock (Mechanical Durability)
100 G
Shock (Malfunction Durability)
20 G
8
Environmental
Operating
–30…+55 °C
(–22…+131 °F)
Storage
–55…+85 °C
(–67…+185 °F)
Temperature
Altitude
9
2000 m (6560 ft)
Construction
Insulating Material
Molded High-Dielectric Material
Enclosure
10
Transparent Dust Cover
Contact Material
Silver Cad. Ox.
Terminal Markings on Socket
In accordance with EN50 0005
8-Blade Socket (DPDT)
Cat. No. 700-HN116
11-Blade Socket (3PDT)
Cat. No. 700-HN138
14-Blade Socket (4PDT)
Cat. No. 700-HN139
Sockets
11
CSA Certified (File No. 75088), UL Recognized (File No. E3125, Guide NLDX 2),
CE Marked
Certifications
Standards
12
UL 508, CSA 22.2 No. 14, EN/IEC 60255-1
1 Performance Data – See this catalog, Important- 3.
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
9-31
Bulletin 700-HF
General Purpose Relays
Approximate Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions
0
1
Approximate Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Approximate Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.
33.5
(1-21/64)
33.5
(1-21/64)
28.2
(1-7/64)
2
28.2
(1-7/64)
36.1
(1-27/64)
21.8
(55/64)
36.1
(1-27/64)
31.3
(15/64)
Bulletin 700-HF Relay (DPDT)
Bulletin 700-HF (3PDT)
3
4
6.2
(15/64)
50
(1-63/64)
5.2
(13/64)
33.5
(1-21/64)
28.2
(1-7/64)
12.5
(1/2)
1.0
(0.04)
35.0
(1.38)
1000
(39-3/8)
36.1
(1-27/64)
27.0
(1.06)
7.5
(0.3)
41.6
(1-41/64)
5
Bulletin 700-HF (4PDT)
6
7
Cat. No. 199-DR1 DIN Mounting Rail Series B
Cat. No. 199-DR4 DIN Mounting Rail Series B Has No Mounting Holes
Cat. No.
A
B
C
D
Approx.
Shipping Wt.
199-DR1
35
(1-3/8)
27
(1-1/16)
7.5
(19/64)
1.02
(1/64)
1.85 kg
(4.07 lb) (10/pkg)
199-DR4
35
(1-3/8)
27
(1-1/16)
15
(19/32)
2.3
(3/32)
3.68 kg
(8 lb) (5/pkg)
30.0
(1-3/16)
7.9
(5/16)
8
9
65.5
(2-37/64)
48
(1-57/64)
4.3
(11/64)
10
11
4.0
(5/32)
25.1
(63/64)
25.9
(1-1/64)
12
Cat. No. 700-HN116
Wire Size: 2 x 2.5 mm2
Single Wire – Up to #12 AWG
Double Wire – 2 x 2.5 mm2 (#2–14 AWG… #2–20 AWG)
(Either Solid or Stranded)
Strip Length: 9 mm (3/8 in.) – Torque: 0.8 N•m (7 lb·in)
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
9-32
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
Bulletin 700-HF
General Purpose Relays
Approximate Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Approximate Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.
0
27.5
(1-3/32)
3
2
1
6
5
4
1
35.5
(1-13/32)
78.5
(3-3/32)
68.0
(2-11/16)
9
8
2
7
3
7.6
(5/16)
37.1
(1-15/32)
4
30
(1-3/16)
Cat. No. 700-HN138
Wire Size: 2 x 2.5 mm2
Single Wire – Up to #12 AWG
Double Wire – 2 x 2.5 mm2 (#2–14 AWG… #2–20 AWG)
(Either Solid or Stranded)
Strip Length: 9 mm (3/8 in.) – Torque: 0.8 N•m (7 lb·in)
5
6
36
(1-3/16)
4
8
3
2
7
6
1
7
5
35.5
(1-13/32)
68.0
(2-11/16)
78.5
(3-3/32)
12
11
10
14
8
9
9
7.6
(5/16)
13
45.5
(1-25/32)
30.0
(1-3/16)
10
Cat. No. 700-HN139
Wire Size: 2 x 2.5 mm2
Single Wire – Up to #12 AWG
Double Wire – 2 x 2.5 mm2 (#2–14 AWG… #2–20 AWG)
(Either Solid or Stranded)
Strip Length: 9 mm (3/8 in.) – Torque: 0.8 N•m (7 lb·in)
11
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
9-33
Bulletin 700-HC
Interposing/Isolation Relays
Product Overview/Product Selection
0
1
2
3
Bulletin 700-HC — Miniature Ice Cube Relay
Table of Contents
7 or 10 A contact ratings
2PDT or 4PDT
Standard ON/OFF flag indicator
Blade-style terminals
Choice of standard silver nickel contacts, or silver nickel with goldplated contacts for low-energy applications
Product Selection ...... this page
Options: LED, push-to-test with manual override option
Tungsten UL Approvals
4-Pole: 5A @ 24V DC
2-Pole: 10A @ 24V DC
Standards Compliance and
Certifications
Accessories.................. 9-35
Specifications.............. 9-37
Approximate
Dimensions................... 9-38
See Specification table in this
section, page 9-37.
Product Selection
Bulletin 700-HC Miniature Square Base with Blade Terminals
Wiring Diagrams
Description
Contact Rating
U.S./Canada
International
4
2PDT
2-Pole
2 Form C
Contacts:
10 A = AgNi
Contacts
5
10 A
C300
R300
Low energy rating;
(10V, 10 mA)
100 mW
6
7
7A = AgNiAu
Gold Plated
Contacts
700-HN103
700-HN104
7A
Low energy rating;
(5V, 10 mA or 25V,
2 mA) 50 mW
8
Input
4PDT
4-Pole
4 Form C
Contacts:
9
7A = AgNi
Silver Contacts
10
Cat. No.
1
12V DC
700-HC22Z12
24V DC
700-HC22Z24
24V AC
700-HC22A24
120V AC
700-HC22A1
240V AC
700-HC22A2
Input
700-HN128
4PDT
4-Pole
4 Form C
Contacts:
Coil Voltage
7A
C300
R300
Low energy rating;
(10V, 10 mA)
100 mW
700-HN128
6V AC
700-HC14A06
12V AC
700-HC14A12
24V AC
700-HC14A24
120V AC
700-HC14A1
240V AC
700-HC14A2
6V DC
700-HC14Z06
12V DC
700-HC14Z12
24V DC
700-HC14Z24
48V DC
700-HC14Z48
110V DC
700-HC14Z1
6V AC
700-HC24A06
12V AC
700-HC24A12
24V AC
700-HC24A24
120V AC
700-HC24A1
240V AC
700-HC24A2
6V DC
700-HC24Z06
12V DC
700-HC24Z12
24V DC
700-HC24Z24
700-HN103
48V DC
700-HC24Z48
700-HN104
110V DC
700-HC24Z1
1 LED Option: Add suffix (-4) to the selected Bulletin 700-HC Relay Cat. No. except for the 240V AC units, add (-4L).
11
Push-to-Test and LED Option: Add suffix (-3-4) to the selected Bulletin 700-HC Relay Cat. No., except for the 240V AC units, add (-3-4L).
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
9-34
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
Bulletin 700-HC
Interposing/Isolation Relays
Accessories
Accessories
Pkg. Qty.
Cat. No.
Diode with LED Surge Suppressor
Voltage Range: 6…24V DC
used with 700-HN104 socket
Description
10
700-ADL1
Diode with LED Surge Suppressor
Voltage Range: 28…60V DC
used with 700-HN104 socket
10
700-ADL2
Diode with LED Surge Suppressor
Voltage Range: 110…220V DC
used with 700-HN104 socket
10
700-ADL3
Varistor with LED Surge Suppressor
Voltage Range: 6…24V AC
used with 700-HN104 socket
10
700-AV1R
Varistor with LED Surge Suppressor
Voltage Range: 110…240V AC
used with 700-HN104 socket
10
700-AV3R
RC Surge Suppressor
Voltage Range: 6…24V AC/DC
used with 700-HN104 socket
10
700-AR1
RC Surge Suppressor
Voltage Range: 110…240V AC/DC
used with 700-HN104 socket
10
700-AR2
Timing Module
On-Delay or One-Shot selectable voltage
range: 12…24V AC/DC used with sockets
that accept plug-in accessory modules.
Timing Module
On-Delay or One-Shot selectable voltage
range: 110…125V AC used with sockets that
accept plug-in accessory modules.
Timing Module
On-Delay or One-Shot selectable voltage
range: 230…240V AC used with sockets that
accept plug-in accessory modules.
0
1
2
3
4
700-AT3
On-Delay
U (A1/A2)
LED & R
t
1
700-AT3A1
5
One-Shot
U (A1/A2)
LED & R
t
700-AT3A2
6
Screw Terminal Socket — Panel or DIN Rail Mounting; Guarded Terminal
Construction.Ith = 10 A per pole. 14-blade miniature socket for use with Bulletin 700-SC
Relays.
10
Screw Terminal Socket — Panel or DIN Rail Mounting; Guarded Terminal Construction
Ith = 10 A per pole. 14-blade miniature socket for use with Bulletin 700-SC relays. This
socket has coil and contact separation as well as the ability to plug in optional plug in
modules (700-A__ accessories: LED, Surge Suppression, Timing Modules)
10
700-HN104
Screw Terminal Base Socket — Panel or DIN Rail Mounting; Open-Style Construction
Ith = 10 A per pole. 14-blade miniature socket for use with Bulletin 700-SC Relays.
10
700-HN128
700-HN103
7
Cat. No. 700-HN103
8
Cat. No. 700-HN104
9
Cat. No. 700-HN128
10
DIN (#3) symmetrical hat rail
35 x 7.5 x 1 m
10
199-DR1
Retainer Clip for Cat. Nos. 700-HN103, -HN104 and -HN128 Sockets with 700-HC
Relays. Secures relay in socket. 1
10
700-HN114
Plastic Retainer and Ejection Lever
For use with the 700-HN104 Sockets for 700-HC relays.
Built-in ability to accept 1492 Snap-in Markers
10
700-HN124
Cat. No. 199-DR1
11
12
Sample Retainer Clips
1 See Bulletin 700-HC Miniature Square Base Relay, Socket, and Retainer Clip Reference Chart
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
9-35
Bulletin 700-HC
Interposing/Isolation Relays
Accessories
Description
0
Relay Identification Snap-in Markers
Snap-in markers fit on top of product covers. Squares slip into molded slot on top of
product cover.
1
Pkg. Qty.
Cat. No.
5
1492-MS5X12
5
1492-MS6X9
5
1492-MS6X12
5
1492-MS8X9
5
1492-MS8X12
100
1492-MP-Blank
Pre-Printed Identification Tags — contains 10 sheets of pre-printed and blank tags. Each
sheet contains 13 sets of the markings CR…9CR, TR…9TR, M…9M, F, R, 1S, and 117
blank tags. Tags are peel-off with sticky backing for easy placement on relays.
10
700-N40
Markers — Used for terminal identification
50
700-N41
Snap-in markers
2
3
4
Relay Type
5
700-HC
Socket Cat. No.
Retainer Clip Cat. No.
700-HN103
700-HN114
700-HN128
700-HN114
700-HN104
700-HN114 or 700-HN124
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
9-36
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
Bulletin 700-HC
Interposing/Isolation Relays
Specifications
Specifications
0
Cat. No. 700-HC…
Electrical Ratings
Pilot Duty Rating NEMA C300, R300
Rated Thermal
Current (Ith)
7 A and 10 A
Rated Insulation Voltage (Ui)
Contacts
1
250V IEC – 300V UL/CSA
Inductive
700-HC_4
Hp
700-HC22
Hp
120V AC
15 A
1.5 A
1/8
15 A
1.5 A
1/3
240V AC
7.5 A
0.75 A
1/3
7.5 A
0.75 A
3/4
General Purpose
7 A, 277V AC
10 A, 277V AC
Resistive
7 A, 30V DC
10 A, 24V DC
100 mW (10V, 10 mA) - Silver Contacts
50 mW (5V, 10 mA or 25V, 2 mA) - Gold Contacts
Min. Low Energy Permissible Load
80…110% of Nominal Voltage at
50 Hz
Permissible Coil Voltage Variation
Pickup:
20% of Nominal Voltage at AC
80…110% of Nominal Voltage at
60 Hz
Must Dropout
Voltage:
AC Coils
3
10% of Nominal Voltage at DC
80…110% of Nominal Voltage at
DC
Coil
Consumption
±10%
2
4
50 Hz
60 Hz
Inrush
2.2 VA
1.6 VA
Sealed
1.3 VA
1.1 VA
DC Coils
5
1.0 W
20% of VA (AC)
Max. Allowable Leakage
10% of W (DC)
Design Specification/Test Requirements
Electrical
Dielectric Withstand Voltage
Pole-to-Pole
1000V
Contact to Coil
3600V
Contact to
Frame
3600V
Electrical Life (Cycles)
6
7
100 000 minimum
Mechanical
Degree of Protection
(Open Type) IEC 529
IP 20 (Guarded Terminal Sockets)
20 x 106 (AC) 50 x 106 (DC)
Mechanical Life Cycles
Switching Frequency Operations
Operating Time (ms)
8
1800/HR
Coil Voltages
See Product Selection
Max. Pickup
10
Max. Dropout
3
Maximum Operating Rate
9
8 cycles/s
Environmental
–30…+55 °C
Operating
(–22…+131 °F)
Temperature
(–67…+185 °F)
Altitude
2000 m (6560 ft)
Insulating Material
Molded High Dielectric Material
Enclosure
Transparent Dust Cover
11
AgNi (700-HC2)
AgNi + 5 μm All (700-HC1)
Contact Material
Terminal Markings on Socket
In accordance with EN50 0005
Sockets
Certifications
10
–55…+85 °C
Storage
700-HN103, -HN128, -HN104
cURus Recognized (File No. E14843, Guide NRNT2/NRNT8), cULus Listed when used with Bulletin 700HN103, -HN104, and -HN128 sockets (File No. E14843, Guide NRNT/NRNT7), CE Marked, LR Certified
Standards
12
UL 508, CSA 22.2 No. 14, EN/IEC 60947-4-1, EN/IEC 60947-5-1
1 Performance Data – See this catalog, Important 3.
NEMA Rating Chart is in publication 700-SG003_-EN-P.
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
9-37
Bulletin 700-HC
Interposing/Isolation Relays
Approximate Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions
0
Approximate Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Approximate Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.
37.2
(1.46)
36.7
(1.44)
1
5.6
(0.22)
6.1
(0.24)
2
27.7
20.7
(1.09)
(0.82)
Bulletin 700-HC Relay (Four-Pole)
20.7
27.7
(0.82)
(1.09)
Bulletin 700-HC Relay (Two-Pole)
27.0
(1.06)
60.9
(2.40)
3
21.5
(0.85)
4
35.6
(1.40)
76.0
(2.99)
3.2
(0.13)
18.9
(0.74)
5
34.9
(1.37)
32.0
(1.26)
35.5
(1.40)
2.5
(0.10)
6
Cat. No. 700-HN104
Single Wire: 0.2 mm2…2.5 mm2 (#24 AWG…14 AWG)
Double Wire: 2 x 0.2 mm2…2 x2.5 mm2 (2 x 24 AWG…2 x 14 AWG)
Wire Type: solid or stranded, copper only
Strip Length: 7 mm (9/32 in.), Torque: 0.5 N•m (4.4 lb•in)
7
30.0
(1-3/16)
6.1 (15/64)
Panel Mounting
8
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
24.9
(57/64)
21.1
(53/64)
28.9
(1-9/64)
24.5
(31/32)
9
67.0
(2-5/8)
4.2
(5/32)
10
14
11
12
#4-40
M3
30.0
(1-11/64)
12
13
13
11
10
62.0
(2-15/64)
65.0
(2-9/16)
9
26.0
(1-1/64)
Cat. No. 700-HN103
Cat. No. 700-HN128
Single Wire: 0.2 mm2…2.5 mm2 (#24 AWG…14 AWG)
Double Wire: 2 x 0.2 mm2…2 x 1.5 mm2 (2 x 24 AWG…2 x 16 AWG)
Wire Type: Solid or Stranded, Copper only
Strip Length: 8 mm (5/16 in.), Torque: 0.5 N•m (4.4 lb•in)
Wire Size: 2 x 1.5mm2 (#2-16 AWG…#1-20 AWG)
(Either Solid or Stranded)
Strip Length: 9 mm (3/8 in.) – Toque: 0.8 N•m (7 lb•in)
www.ab.com/catalogs
9-38
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
Bulletin 700-HK
Interposing/Isolation Relays
Product Overview/Product Selection
Bulletin 700-HK — “Slim Line” Relay
Table of Contents
8 A/16 A contact ratings
DPDT/SPDT
Plug-in blade-style terminals
Retainer clip with sockets
Options: LED, push-to-test and manual override, socket-mounted
surge suppressor module, or timer module
Standard ON/OFF flag indicator
Relay faceplate accepts optional Bulletin 1492 snap-in markers
Choice of standard silver/nickel contacts or silver/nickel with gold
plated contacts
Maximum duty version available
Product Selection ...... this page
Accessories.................. 9-40
Specifications.............. 9-44
Approximate
Dimensions................... 9-43
Standards Compliance and
Certifications
See Specification table in this
section, page 9-42.
0
1
2
3
4
Product Selection
Slim Line Relay with Plug-in Quick Connect Terminations
Wiring Diagrams
Description
Contact Rating
U.S./Canada
International
Coil Voltage
Cat. No.1‡
6V AC
700-HK36A06
12V AC
700-HK36A12
24V AC
SPDT
1-Pole
1 Form C
AgNi Contacts
16 A
700-HK36A24
120V AC
§
700-HK36A1
240V AC
§
700-HK36A2
6V DC
Input
Bulletin 700-HK SPDT
700-HN121, 700-HN221,
700-HN223
Socket
DPDT
2-Pole
2 Form C
AgNi Contacts
700-HN121, 700-HN221,
700-HN223
8A
Input
Bulletin 700-HK DPDT
Socket
700-HN122, 700-HN222,
700-HN224
700-HN122, 700-HN222,
700-HN224
6
700-HK36Z06
12V DC
24V DC
5
700-HK36Z12
§
700-HK36Z24
48V DC
700-HK36Z48
110V DC
700-HK36Z1
6V AC
700-HK32A06
12V AC
700-HK32A12
24V AC
700-HK32A24
120V AC
700-HK32A1
240V AC
700-HK32A2
6V DC
700-HK32Z06
12V DC
700-HK32Z12
24V DC
700-HK32Z24
48V DC
700-HK32Z48
110V DC
700-HK32Z1
7
8
9
10
1 LED Option: Add suffix (-4) to the selected Bulletin 700-HK relay Cat. No. except for the 240V AC units, add (-4L).
For AgNi Contact with Gold Plating: Replace “3” with “X” in Cat. No. For example, if Cat. No. 700-HK36A1 is required with Gold Plating, the new catalog
number is 700-HKX6A1.
‡ Push-to-Test + Manual Override + LED Option: Add suffix (-3-4) to the selected 700-HK Relay catalog number, except for the 240V AC Units, add (-3-4L).
§ For high inductive, Tungsten, or Capacitive load applications, replace the "3" with a "M" in the catalog number. Only available in a SPDT configuration and with
24V DC, 120V AC or 240V AC coil voltages.
11
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
9-39
Bulletin 700-HK
Interposing/Isolation Relays
Accessories
Accessories
0
Description
Pkg. Qty.
Cat. No.
1
Screw Terminal Socket — Panel or DIN Rail Mounting 5-blade miniature socket with 10
A rating for use with 1-pole, Bulletin 700-HK relays. Accepts forked lug conductors. Socket
includes a retainer clip.
10
700-HN121
Screw Terminal Socket — Panel or DIN Rail Mounting 5-blade miniature socket with 16
A rating for use with 1-pole, Bulletin 700-HK relays. Retainer clips are packaged separately
with socket. Guarded terminal construction and compatible with optional plug-in module
accessories.
10
700-HN221
Spring Clamp Terminal Socket — Panel or DIN Rail Mounting
5-blade miniature socket for use with 1-pole, Bulletin 700-HX relays.
10
700-HN223
Screw Terminal Socket — Panel or DIN Rail Mounting
8-blade miniature socket with 5 A rating for use with 2-pole, Bulletin 700-HK relays.
Accepts forked lug conductors. This socket includes a retainer clip.
10
700-HN122
Screw Terminal Socket — Panel or DIN Rail Mounting
8-blade miniature socket with 8 A rating for use with 2-pole, Bulletin 700-HK relays.
Retainer clips are packaged separately with socket. Guarded terminal construction and
compatible with optional plug-in module accessories.
10
700-HN222
Spring Clamp Terminal Socket — Panel or DIN Rail Mounting
8-blade miniature socket for use with 2-pole Bulletin 700-HX relays.
10
700-HN224
Flange Mount Adapter
Used for panel-mounting bulletin 700-HK relays. Order must be for 10 adapters or
multiples of 10.
10
700-HN226
35 mm Rail Mount Adapter
Mounts bulletin 700-HK relays to a 35 mm rail. Order must be for 10 adapters or multiples
of 10.
10
700-HN227
Socket Retainer Clip and Ejection Lever
For use with 700-HN22, -HN222, -HN223, and -HN224 sockets. Orders must be for 10
clips or multiples of 10.
10
700-HN229
Cat. No. 700-HN121
2
Cat. No. 700-HN221
3
4
5
Cat. No. 700-HN122
6
Cat. No. 700-HN222
7
8
9
10
Cat. No. 700-HN226
11
Cat. No. 700-HN227
12
Cat. No. 700-HN229
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
9-40
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
Bulletin 700-HK
Interposing/Isolation Relays
Accessories
Pkg. Qty.
Cat. No.
Diode Surge Suppressor
Voltage Range: 6…220V DC used with 700-HN221, 700-HN222 sockets
Description
10
700-ADR
Diode with LED Surge Suppressor
Voltage Range: 6…24V DC used with 700-HN221, 700-HN222 sockets
10
700-ADL1R
Diode with LED Surge Suppressor
Voltage Range: 28…60V DC used with 700-HN221, 700-HN222 sockets
10
700-ADL2R
Diode with LED Surge Suppressor
Voltage Range: 110…220V DC used with 700-HN221, 700-HN222 sockets
10
700-ADL3R
Varistor with LED Surge Suppressor
Voltage Range: 6…24V AC used with 700-HN221, 700-HN222 sockets
10
700-AV1R
Varistor with LED Surge Suppressor
Voltage Range: 110…240V AC used
with 700-HN221, 700-HN222 sockets
10
700-AV3R
RC Surge Suppressor
Voltage Range: 6…24V AC/DC used
with 700-HN221, 700-HN222 sockets
10
700-AR1
RC Surge Suppressor
Voltage Range: 110…240V AC/DC used
with 700-HN221, 700-HN222 sockets
10
700-AR2
Timing Module
On-Delay or One-Shot selectable voltage range: 12…24V
AC/DC used with sockets that accept plug-in accessory
modules.
0
1
2
3
On-Delay
700-AT3
U (A1/A2)
LED & R
Timing Module
On-Delay or One-Shot selectable voltage range: 110…125V AC
used with sockets that accept plug-in accessory modules.
t
1
One-Shot
700-AT3A1
U (A1/A2)
Timing Module
On-Delay or One-Shot selectable voltage range: 230…240V AC
used with sockets that accept plug-in accessory modules.
LED & R
8-Way Jumper can be cut to required length. Rated 10 A –
250V. Used with 700-HN221, 700-HN222 sockets.
t
700-AT3A2
Red
700-HN180R
Grey
700-HN180G
1
Blue
4
700-HN180B
5
6
Cat. No. 700-HN180
DIN (#3) symmetrical hat rail
35 x 7.5 x 1 m
10
199-DR1
Relay Identification Snap-in Markers
Snap-in markers fit on top of product covers. The following are blank cards.
100
1492-MS6X12
7
Cat. No. 199-DR1
1492-MS6X9
8
1492-MS8X12
9
Note: Spring clamp sockets are also available. Cat. No. 700-HN223 for Cat. No. 700-HK36 and Cat. No. 700-HN224 for 700-HK32.
10
Bulletin 700-HK Slim Line Relay, Socket, and Retainer Clip Reference Chart
Relay Type
Socket Cat. No.
700-HK32
700-HN122, 700-HN222, 700HN224
700-HK36
700-HN121, 700-HN221, 700HN223
Retainer Clip Cat. No.
11
Provided
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
9-41
Bulletin 700-HK
Interposing/Isolation Relays
Specifications
Cat. No. 700-HK…
Electrical Ratings
0
Rated Thermal Current ( Ith )
1-Pole, 1 CO, SPDT — 16 A
2-Pole, 2 CO, DPDT — 8 A
Rated Insulation Voltage (Ui)
1
250V IEC, 300V UL/CSA
120V AC
AC-15, 6.2 A
B300 Pilot Duty, 3 A
A300 (700-HKM_)
1/3 Hp (0.24 kW) 1-phase
120V AC
AC-15, 2.9 A
B300 Pilot Duty, 3.0 A
1/4 Hp (0.18 kW), 1-phase
240V AC
AC-15, 3.1 A
B300 Pilot Duty, 1.5 A
A300 (700-HKM_)
3/4 Hp (0.55 kW), 1-phase
240V AC
AC-15, 1.4 A
B300 Pilot Duty, 1.5 A
1/2 Hp (0.37 kW), 1-phase
230V AC
0.55 kW, 1-phase
230V AC
0.37 kW, 1-phase
24V DC
DC-13, 5.0 A
24V DC
DC-13, 3.0 A
125V DC
DC-13, 0.2 A
R300 Pilot Duty, 0.22 A
125V DC
DC-13, 0.2 A
R300 Pilot Duty, 0.22 A
250V DC
DC-13, 0.1 A
R300 Pilot Duty, 0.11 A
5 A, 250V
AC
DC-13, 0.1 A
R300 Pilot Duty, 0.11 A
Inductive V AC
2
Contacts
Inductive V DC
3
Resisitive
Make, Break & Continuous
230V AC
AC-1, 16 A
230V AC
AC-1, 8 A
277V AC
16 A, General Use
277V AC
8 A, General Use
30V DC
DC-1, 12 A
10 A, Resistive
30V DC
DC-1, 6 A
6 A, Resistive
300 mW (5V/60 mA or 60V/5 mA) for AgNi Contacts (700-HK3_)
50 mW (5V/10 mA or 25V/2 mA) for AgNi + Gold Contacts (700-HKX_)
500 mW (100V/5 mA or 5V/100 mA) for AgSnO2 Contacts (700-HKM_)
Min. Permissible Contact Ratings
4
Permissible Coil Voltage
Variation
Pickup:
holding Voltage:
Must Dropout Voltage:
80…110% of Nominal Voltage at 50/60 Hz, 73...110% of Nominal Voltage at DC
80% of Nominal V AC at 50/60 Hz, 40% of Nominal V DC
20% of Nominal V AC at 50/60 Hz, 10% Nominal V DC
Power Consumption
5
1.2V A (V AC Coils), 0.5 W (V DC Coils)
Coil Voltages
See Overview/Product Selection
Design Specification/Test Requirements
Between Open Contacts
(VRMS)
Dielectric Withstand
Voltage
6
1000V AC
Contact to Coil (VRMS)
1600V AC
Mechanical
IP 20 (guarded terminal sockets), RT II — Flux-proof (Relay)
Degree of Protection
Mechanical Life Operations
10 x 106
230V AC, 16 A Resistive: 100 000 min.
277V AC, 16 A Resistive: 30 000 min.
30V DC, 10 A Resisitive: 30 000 min.
B300, R300, Hp (kW): 6000 min.
A300 (700-HKM_): 100,000 min.
Electrical Life Cycles
7
Mechanical: 18,000 cycles/hr.
Electrical: 900 cycles/hr.
Switching Frequency
8
Pickup
Operating Time at Nominal
Voltage at 20 °C (ms)
Vibration
Shock
230V AC, 8 A Resistive: 100 000 min.
277V AC, 8 A Resistive: 30 000 min.
30V DC, 6 A Resistive: 30 000 min.
B300, R300, Hp (kW): 6000 min.
15 ms max.
Dropout
5 ms max.
Operational
Non-Operational
10…2000 Hz, 0.76 mm (0.03 in.) 2.5 G
10…2000 Hz, 0.76 mm (0.03 in.) 5.0 G
Operational
15 G
Non-Operational
9
50 G
Environmental
Operating
–40…+70 °C
(–40…+158 °F)
Storage
–40…+85 °C
(–40…+185 °F)
Temperature
Altitude
10
2000 m (6560 ft)
Construction
Insulating Material
11
Molded High Dielectric Material
Enclosure
Transparent Dust Cover
Contact Material
700-HK3_: Silver nickel (AgNi); 700-HKX_: Silver Nickel + Gold Plating (AgNi + Au); 700-HKM_: Silver Tin Oxide
(AgSnO2)
Terminal Markings on Socket
In accordance with EN 50005
1-Pole
2-Pole
Screw Terminal
700-HN121 (10 A @ 70 °C)
700-HN221 (16 A @ 50 °C, 12 A @ 70 °C)
700-HN122 (2 x 5 A @ 70 °C)
700-HN222 ( 2 x 8 A @ 70 °C)
Spring Clamp (Available
September 2006)
700-HN223 (15 A @ 40 °C with 2 conductors per
terminal)
(10 A @ 70 °C with 1 conductor per terminal)
700-HN224 (2 x 8 A@ 70 °C)
Sockets
12
Approvals
13
Certifications
CSA Certified, File 75088, UL Recognized, File E3125
Guide NLDX2/NLCX8, cULus Listed with Allen-Bradley sockets (File No. 3125 Guide NLDX/NLDX7), CE Marked
Standards
EN61810-1, CSA 22.2 No. 14, UL 508
www.ab.com/catalogs
9-42
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
Bulletin 700-HK
Interposing/Isolation Relays
Approximate Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Approximate Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.
12.4
(1/2)
29.0
(1-9/64)
12.4
(1/2)
29.0
(1-9/64)
32.8
(1-19/64)
1
32.8
(1-19/64)
30.1
(1-3/16)
30.1
(1-3/16)
6.5
(1/4)
6.5
(1/4)
2
2.5
(3/32)
4.75
(3/16)
0.5
(1/32)
A1
5
0
A1
8
COM 11
4
0.5
(1/32)
COM 11
3
NC 12
2
3
NO 14
4
4
A2
1
A2 NC 22
1
7
NC 12 NO 14
2
3
NO 14
4
NC 12
2
COM 11 NO 14 NC 12
3
4
2
A1
8
NO 24
5
NC 22
7
NO 14
3
COM 21 NO 24 NC 22
6
5
7
A2
1
NC 12
2
6
15.8
(5/8)
A2
1
Cat. No. 700-HN222
Cat. No. 700-HN224
COM 11
4
5
A1
8
15.8
(5/8)
COM 21
6
NO 24
5
Cat. No. 700-HK32_ (DPDT)
Cat. No. 700-HK36_ (SPDT)
COM 11
3
COM 21
6
A1
5
COM 11 NO 14 NC 12
4
3
2
7
A1
5
15.8
(5/8)
8
15.8
(5/8)
A2
1
A2
1
Cat. No. 700-HN221
Cat. No. 700-HN223
9
10
64.9
(2-9/16)
44.7
(1-3/4)
32.5
22.6 (1-9/32)
(57/64)
35.3
(1-25/64)
34.7
(1-3/8)
95.6
(3-49/64)
35.4
(1-13/32)
82.85
(3-17/64)
Cat. No. 700-HN223, 700-HN224
Wire Size: 0.2 mm2...1.5 mm2 (#24 AWG....#14 AWG)
Either Solid or Stranded
Strip Length: 8 mm (5/16 in)
Cat. No. 700-HN221, 700-HN222
Wire Size: 0.2 mm2...2.5 mm2 (#24 AWG....#12 AWG)
Either Solid or Stranded
Strip Length: 8 mm (5/16 in), Torque: 0.8Nm (7.0 lb.-in.)
11
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
9-43
Bulletin 700-HK
Interposing/Isolation Relays
Approximate Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Approximate Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.
46.0
(1-13/16)
0
14.4
(37/64)
3.6
(9/64)
14.4
(37/64)
38.0
(1-1/2)
1
2
46.9
(1-27/32)
42.4
(1-43/64)
36.6
(1-11/16)
3
39.8
(1-37/64)
18.1
(23/32)
2.0
(5/64)
34.8
(1-3/8)
Cat. No. 700-HN227
Cat. No. 700-HN226
4
5
1.0
(0.04)
12.5
6.2
(1/2)
(15/64)
50
(1-63/64)
27.0
(1.06)
35.0
(1.38)
5.2
(13/64)
7.5
(0.30)
1000
(39-3/8)
6
7
Cat. No. 199-DR4 DIN Mounting Rail Series B Has No Mounting Holes
Cat. No. 199-DR1 DIN Mounting Rail Series B
Cat. No.
A
B
C
D
Approx.
Shipping Wt.
199-DR1
35
(1-3/8)
27
(1-1/16)
7.5
(19/64)
1.02
(1/64)
1.85 kg
(4.07 lb) (10/pkg)
199-DR4
35
(1-3/8)
27
(1-1/16)
15
(19/32)
2.3
(3/32)
3.68 kg
(8 lb) (5/pkg)
8
9
10
11
7.11
(9/32)
11
4
14
3
Five M3.5
x 0.315 Screws
4.06
(5/32)
12
2
3.0 Ø
(1/8)
Use M3 Screws
84.1
5 (+) (3-5/16)
(A1)
39.5
(1-17/32)
35.5
(1-13/32)
1 (-)
(A2)
4.06
(5/32)
15.6
(5/8)
12
7.11
(9/32)
22
7
24
5
29.9
(1-3/16)
54.1
(2-1/8)
11
3
14
4
84.1
(3-5/16)
8 (+)
(A1)
12
2
4.06
(5/32)
39.5
(1-17/32)
3.0 Ø
(1/8)
Use M3 Screws
15.6
(5/8)
35.5
(1-13/32)
1 (-)
(A2)
29.9
(1-3/16)
54.1
(2-1/8)
Cat. No. 700-HN122
Wire Size: 2 x 2.5 mm2
Single Wire – Up to #14 AWG
Double Wire – 2 x 2.5 mm2 (#2–14 AWG… #2–20 AWG)
(Either Solid or Stranded)
Strip Length: 9 mm (3/8 in.) – Torque: 0.8 N•m (7 lb•in)
1 Holes required for mounting [3 mm (1/8 in.) diameter].
www.ab.com/catalogs
9-44
2.03
(5/64)
Eight
M3.5 x 0.315
Screws
4.06
(5/32)
Cat. No. 700-HN121
Wire Size: 2 x 2.5 mm2
Single Wire – Up to #14 AWG
Double Wire – 2 x 2.5 mm2 (#2–14 AWG… #2–20 AWG)
(Either Solid or Stranded)
Strip Length: 9 mm (3/8 in.) – Torque: 0.8 N•m (7 lb•in)
13
21
6
2.03
(5/64)
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
Bulletin 700-HL
Interposing/Isolation Relays
Product Overview/Product Selection
Bulletin 700-HL — "Terminal Block Relay"
Table of Contents
Relay and socket assembled interface modules for high density
interposing or isolation applications
Screw terminal and spring-clamp bases
6 A relay, choice of silver or gold contacts
2 A solid-state relay — DC output
1 A solid-state relay — AC output
SPDT (relay), 1 N.O. (solid-state)
Built-in retainer clip and snap-in marker lever
Standard LED, reverse polarity protection, and surge protection ♣
Externally replaceable relay modules
Unique leakage current suppression version to address industry
concerns of nuisance coil turn-on or contact non-drop out when
connecting to PLCs with leakage current
Available with hazardous location certification
Product Selection ...... this page
0
Accessories.................. 9-46
Specifications.............. 9-49
Approximate
Dimensions................... 9-49
Standards Compliance
and Certifications
1
2
See Specification table in this
section, page 9-47.
3
Product Selection
Standard built-in Features:
LED
Reverse Polarity Protection
for DC Inputs
Coil Surge Protection ♣
4
Cat. No. 700-HLT1Z24
Cat. No. 700-HLT2Z24
Cat. No. 700-HLS1Z24
Cat. No. 700-HLS11Z24
5
A2
Specifications
A1
12
11
14
SPDT (1 C/O); Ith = 6A‡
Output Type
1 N.O. solid-state; Ith = 2 A, 24V DC or Ith = 1 A, 240V AC
Recommended Tightening
Torque
6
0.5 N• m max. (4.4 lb• in)
Screw Terminal: 0.14 mm2…2.5 mm2 (#26…#14 AWG), Spring Terminal: 0.2 mm2…2.5 mm2 (#24…#14 AWG)
Wire Range
Approvals
7
UL, cULus, cURus, ABS, CE
Cat. No.
(Screw
Terminals)
(AC Output)
12V DC
10
700-HLT1Z12
—
—
24V DC
10
700-HLT1Z24
700-HLT2Z24
10
700-HLS1Z24
700-HLS2Z24
700-HLS11Z24
48V DC
12V AC/DC
24V AC/DC
48V AC/DC
110/125V AC/DC
10
10
10
10
10
700-HLT1Z48
10
—
—
—
10
700-HLS1Z48
—
—
—
700-HLS1U1
700-HLS2Z48
—
—
—
700-HLS2U1
700-HLS11Z48
—
—
—
700-HLS11U1
9
700-HLT1U48
700-HLT1U1
700-HLT2Z48
700-HLT2U12
700-HLT2U24
700-HLT2U48
700-HLT2U1
220…240V AC/DC
240V AC
Built-in LCSC (leakage current
suppression circuit)
120V AC and 125V DC§
Built-in LCSC (leakage current
suppression circuit) 240V AC§
Hazardous Location
Certification 24V DC
Hazardous Location
Certification 12V DC
Hazardous Location
Certification 110/125V AC/DC
10
10
700-HLT1U2
700-HLT2U2
700-HLS1U2
700-HLT1A2
—
10
—
700-HLS2U2
—
700-HLS11U2
—
10
Assembled Devices
Pkg. Quantity
Cat. No.
(Screw Terminals)
700-HLT1U12
700-HLT1U24
Pkg. Quantity
Cat. No.
(Screw Terminals)
(DC Output)
Cat. No.
(Spring Clamp
Terminals)
(DC Output)
Cat. No.
(Spring Clamp
Terminals)
Input Voltage
700-HLT2Z12
—
—
—
10
700-HLT1L1
—
10
700-HLS1L1
—
700-HLS11L1
10
700-HLT1L2
—
10
700-HLS1L2
—
700-HLS11L2
10
700-HLT1Z24-EX
—
10
700-HLS1Z24-EX
—
—
10
700-HLT1Z12-EX
—
10
—
—
—
10
700-HLT1U1-EX
—
10
700-HLS1U1-EX
—
—
1 Reverse polarity on the output terminals of the solid-state relay will result in the output being "On" regardless of the state of the input voltage.
Electromechanical relay to solid-state relay interchangeability is possible.
‡ For Gold-plated contacts: Add the letter “X” at the end of the catalog number. For example: if Cat. No. 700-HLT1Z24 is required with gold plating, the new cat.
no. is 700-HLT1Z24X.
§ Leakage current suppression up to 2.2 mA off state current.
♣ Diode surge protection provided.
www.ab.com/catalogs
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
9-45
8
11
12
13
Bulletin 700-HL
Interposing/Isolation Relays
Accessories
Accessories
0
Description
1
Replacement Relays
Order must be for 20 relays or multiples of 20.
2
Pkg. Quantity
20
Cat. No. 700-TBR24
3
4
Cat. No. 700-TBS24
5
Socket Input
Voltage
Cat. No.
12V AC/DC
700-TBR121
24V AC/DC
700-TBR241
48V AC/DC
700-TBR481
110/125V AC/DC
220…240V AC/DC
700-TBR601
24V DC
700-TBS24
Replacement SSR
4-blade miniature relay for use with 1 N.O. SSR DC output.
Order multiples of 20.
20
48V DC, 110/125V
AC/DC
220…240V AC/DC
700-TBS60
Replacement SSR
4-blade miniature relay for use with 1 N.O. SSR AC output.
Order multiples of 20.
20
24V DC
700-TBS124
Replacement SSR
4-blade miniature relay for use with 1 N.O. SSR AC output.
Order must be for 20 relays or multiples of 20.
20
48V DC
110/125V AC/DC
220…240V AC/DC
700-TBS160
Color
20-Way Jumper
Can be cut to required length. Ith = 36 A max per 20-way
jumper.
1
Cat. No. 700-TBJ20B
6
End Barrier
Used for visual inspection of groups, safe separation of
neighboring 700-HL modules that end with jumpers.
7
8
10
Red
700-TBJ20R
Grey
700-TBJ20G
Blue
700-TBJ20B
Black
700-HN177
Blank
1492-MC6X10
Standard 1492MC6X10
www.ab.com/
catalogs for
information
Custom
Cat. No. 700HN177
Snap-in Marker
These snap-in markers have a 6 x 10 mm surface and snap
into the ejection lever for the relay.
9
100
1 For gold-plated contacts: Add the letter “X” at the end of the catalog number. For example: if Cat. No. 700-TBR24 is required with gold plating, the new cat.
10
no. is 700-TBR24X.
Go to http://www.ab.com/software/ and click on "Terminal Marking System and WinABMS " to download software. Create custom text, save file, and e-mail to
your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor.
Note: Terminal block relay bases are not sold separately.
11
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
9-46
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
Bulletin 700-HL
Interposing/Isolation Relays
Specifications
Cat. No. 700-HLT… (Relay Output)
Electrical Ratings
Pilot Duty Rating
B 300, R 300
Rated Thermal Current (Ith)
1-Pole — 6 A
Rated Insulation Voltage (Ui)
0
250V IEC, 300V UL/CSA
Inductive
Contacts
1-Pole
24V AC,
1-phase
30 A
5A
120V AC,
1-phase
30 A
3A
240V AC,
1-phase
15 A
1
1.5 A
Make, Break &
Continuous
V DC
24V DC
1.0 A
120V DC
0.2 A
240V DC
0.1 A
2
AC-15 250V, 3 A N.O. Contact, 1.5 A N.C. Contact
DC-13 24V, 1 A N.O. and N.C. Contact
Inductive Load
Min. Permissible Contact Ratings
3
12V, 6 mA (72 mW) for Silver Contacts, 8V, 2.5 mA (20 mW) for Gold Contacts
Pickup:
Power Consumption
±10%
Must Dropout
Voltage:
85…110% of Nominal Voltage at 50 Hz
85…110% of Nominal Voltage at 60 Hz
80…110% of Nominal Voltage at DC
Permissible Coil Voltage Variation
AC
0.3 VA
DC
0.2 W
10% of Nominal Voltage at AC
5% of Nominal Voltage at DC
4
Design Specification/Test Requirements
Dielectric Withstand Voltage
Input Voltage
Pole to Pole
(VRMS)
1000V
Contact to Coil
(VRMS)
4000V
5
12V AC/DC
24V AC/DC
48V AC/DC
120V AC/DC
240V AC/DC
120V LCSC
240V LCSC
1K
2K
6K
26 K
56 K
16 K
35 K
Impedance (Ohms)
Mechanical
Degree of Protection
6
IP20
1 x 107
Mechanical Life Operations
6 A Resistive: 100 000 min.
24V DC, 1 A Inductive: 200 000 min.
120V AC 1 A Inductive: 300 000 min.
Electrical Life Operations
Switching Frequency Operations (no-load)
7
10 cycles/sec
Coil Voltages
See Overview/Product Selection
Operating Time at Nominal Voltage at 20 °C (ms)
Pickup
7 ms
Dropout
3 ms
Maximum Operating Rate (full load = 6 A)
8
6 cycles/min.
Per EN 61000-4.5; Surge Immunity (801-5)
Class III: 2 kV common and 1 kV differential mode
Coil Surge Protection
Environmental
Temperature
Operating
–40…+55 °C
Storage
–40…100 °C
Altitude
9
2000 m (6560 ft)
Construction
Insulating Material
Molded High Dielectric Material
Enclosure
Terminal Markings on Socket
Certifications
10
Relay IP67
Silver Tin Ox., AgSnO2 or Silver with Gold Plating, AgSnO2 + Au
Contact Material
In accordance with EN50 0005
cULus Listed (File No. E3125, Guide NLDX/NLDX7) with Allen-Bradley socket, CE Marked, ABS (American Bureau of
Shipping)
Standards
EN60947-4-1,EN60947-5-1,CSA 22.2,UL 508,NEMA IEE MAC Compliant, ICS-2 Compliant
11
Class 1, Zn 2, Groups IIC, Ex nC IIC T5 Ta < 55 °C
UL Listed
(UL 60079-15)
700-HLT1Z12-EX (12V DC supply)
700-HLT1Z24-EX, 700-HLS1Z24-EX (24V DC supply)
700-HLT1U1-EX, 700-HLS1U1-EX (110V/125V AC/DC supply)
CSA Certified
(CAN/CSA
E60079-15)
700-HLT1Z12-EX (12V DC supply)
700-HLT1Z24-EX, 700-HLS1Z24-EX (24V DC supply)
Hazardous Location Approvals
1
12
Performance Data – See this catalog, Important 3.
Product shall be installed in an enclosure providing at least IP54 protection. Provisions shall be made to prevent the rated voltage from being exceeded by transient
disturbances of more than 40%.
www.ab.com/catalogs
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
9-47
13
Bulletin 700-HL
Interposing/Isolation Relays
Specifications
Cat. No. 700-HLS… (Solid State Output)
0
1
Electrical
Rated Thermal Current (Ith)
2 A (DC output)
Rated Insulation Voltage (Ui)
250V IEC, 300V UL/CSA
Min. Control Voltage
80% nominal voltage
Maximum Control Voltage
110% nominal voltage
Control Circuit
2
Outputs
3
Control Current
9 mA ±10% (24V) 4 mA ±10% (120/240V)
Release Voltage
0.4 x nominal voltage (24V), 0.35 x nominal voltage (120/240V)
Min. Control Circuit Resistance
3200 ohms (24V), 16k ohms (120V), 32k ohms
(240V)
2500 ohms (24V), 12k ohms
(120V), 24k ohms (240V)
Load Voltage Range
0…24V DC
24…240V AC
Max. Repetitive Blocking Voltage
33V
600V
Max. Switching Current
(inductive/resistive)
2 A DC
1 A AC
On State Voltage Drop @ Max.
Switching Current
<120 mV DC
AC
0.6 VA (120V), 1 VA (240V)
DC
0.2 W
0.3 W
Design Specification/Test Requirements
Dielectric Withstand Voltage
Pole to Pole (VRMS)
2500V
Contact to Coil (VRMS)
Input Voltage
Impedance (Ohms)
2500V
24V DC
48V DC
120V AC/DC
240V AC/DC
120V LCSC
240V LCSC
2K
9K
26 K
58 K
16 K
35 K
5
Mechanical
Degree of Protection
IP20
Input Voltages
6
<1V AC
max. 100 μA (@U = 24V)
Leakage Current
Power Consumption
±10%
4
1 A (AC output)
See Overview/Product Selection
Operating Time at Nominal
Voltage at 20 °C (ms)
Turn on Time
30 μs (DC only input voltage), 7 ms (AC/DC input voltage)
Drop Out Time
350 μs (DC only input voltage), 10 ms (AC/DC input voltage)
Maximum Operating Rate
300 Hz
Environmental
Temperature
7
Operating
–20…+55 °C
Storage
–40…70 °C
Altitude
2000 m (6560 ft)
Construction
Insulating Material
Molded High-Dielectric Material
Enclosure
8
Relay IP67
Terminal Markings on Socket
In accordance with EN50 0005
Certifications
cULus Listed (File No. E14843, Guide NLDX/NLDX7), CE Marked, ABS (American Bureau of Shipping)
Standards
UL 508, CSA C22.2 No. 14, EN/IEC 60947-1, -5-1
Class 1, Zn 2, Groups IIC, Ex nC IIC T5 Ta < 55 °C
9
UL Listed
(UL 60079-15)
700-HLT1Z24-EX, 700-HLS1Z24-EX (24V DC supply)
700-HLT1U1-EX, 700-HLS1U1-EX (110V/125V AC/DC supply)
CSA Certified1
(CAN/CSA 60079-15)
700-HLT1Z24-EX, 700-HLS1Z24-EX (24V DC supply)
Hazardous Location Approvals
1 Product shall be installed in an enclosure providing at least IP54 protection. Provisions shall be made to prevent the rated voltage from being exceeded by
10
transient disturbances of more than 40%.
11
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
9-48
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
Bulletin 700-HL
Interposing/Isolation Relays
Approximate Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Approximate Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.
76.0
(2.99)
76.0
(2.99)
0
1
2
88.0
(3.46)
93.0
(3.66)
6.2
(0.24)
Bulletin 700-HL Screw Terminal Design
Single Wire: 0.14 mm2…2.5 mm2 (#26 AWG…14 AWG)
Double Wire: 2 x 0.14 mm2…2 x 1.5 mm2 (2 x #26 AWG…2 x 16 AWG)
Wire Type: Solid or stranded, copper only
Strip Length: 9 mm (11/32 in.). Torque: 0.5 N•m (4.4 lb•in)
3
Bulletin 700-HL Spring Terminal Design
Single Wire: 0.2 mm2…2.5 mm2 (#24 AWG…#14 AWG)
Wire Type: Solid or stranded, copper only
Strip Length: 9 mm (11/32 in.)
6.2
(15/64)
50
(1-63/64)
5.2
(13/64)
6.2
(0.24)
12.5
(1/2)
4
5
1.0
(0.04)
35.0
(1.38)
27.0
(1.06)
6
7.5
(0.3)
1000
(39-3/8)
Cat. No. 199-DR1 DIN Mounting Rail Series B
Cat. No. 199-DR4 DIN Mounting Rail Series B Has No Mounting Holes
7
Cat. No.
A
B
C
D
Approx.
Shipping Wt.
199-DR1
35
(1-3/8)
27
(1-1/16)
7.5
(19/64)
1.02
(1/64)
1.85 kg
(4.07 lb) (10/pkg)
199-DR4
35
(1-3/8)
27
(1-1/16)
15
(19/32)
2.3
(3/32)
3.68 kg
(8 lb) (5/pkg)
8
9
10
11
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
9-49
Bulletin 700-HL
Interposing/Isolation Relays
Product Overview/Catalog Number Explanation
Bulletin 700-HL 2-Pole "Terminal Block Relay"
Table of Contents
Relay and socket assembled interface modules for high density
interposing or isolation applications
0
Screw terminal and spring-clamp bases
10 A relay, choice of silver or gold contacts
DPDT (relay)
Built-in retainer clip and snap-in marker lever
Standard LED, reverse polarity protection, and surge protection
Externally replaceable relay modules
1
Product Selection ...... 9-51
Accessories.................. 9-51
Specifications.............. 9-52
Approximate
Dimensions................... 9-53
Standards Compliance and
Certifications
See Specification table in this
section, page 9-52.
2
Catalog Number Explanation
3
700 – HL
Bulletin Number
4
5
2
Z24
X1
Relay
Type
Terminal
Type
Output
Supply
Voltage
GoldPlated
Contact
Option
T
1
2
Z24
X1
b
c
d
e
f
a
a
c
e
f1
Series Type
Terminal Type
Supply Voltage
Gold-Plated Contact Option
Code
Description
Code
Description
Code
Description
Code
HL
Terminal Block relay
1
Screw Terminal
Z12
12V DC
Blank
None
2
Spring Clamp Terminal
Z24
24V DC
X
Gold Plate
b
Relay Type
7
1
700 – HL
Bulletin Number
6
Series
Type
T
Code
T
Z48
48V DC
d
U24
24V AC/DC
Output
U1
110...125V AC/DC
U2
220...240V AC/DC
Description
Code
Description
EM Relay
2
DPDT (2 C/O), 14 mm
Description
1 For Gold-plated contacts: Add the letter "X" at the end of the catalog number. Example: Cat. No. 700-HLT12Z24 with gold plated contacts is catalog number
700-HLT12Z24X. The following relays are available with the gold-plated contact option: 700-HLT_2Z24, 700-HLT_2U24, 700-HLT_2U1, and 700-HLT_2U2.
8
9
10
11
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
9-50
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
Bulletin 700-HL
Interposing/Isolation Relays
Product Selection/Accessories
0
Standard built-in Features:
LED
Reverse Polarity Protection for DC Inputs
Coil Surge Protection
1
2
Specifications
3
Output Type
DPDT (2 C/O); Ith = 10 A
Recommended Tightening Torque
0.6 N•m max. (5.3 lb•in.)
Wire Range
4
Screw Terminal: 0.2…2.5 mm2 (#24…14 AWG), Spring Terminal: 0.2…2.5 mm2 (#24…14 AWG)
Approvals
cULus, cURus, CE
Cat. No.
(Screw Terminals)
Cat. No.
(Spring Clamp Terminals)
10
700-HLT12Z12
700-HLT22Z12
24V DC
10
700-HLT12Z241
700-HLT22Z241
48V DC
10
700-HLT12Z48
700-HLT22Z48
24V AC/DC
10
700-HLT12U241
700-HLT22U241
110/125V AC/DC
10
700-HLT12U11
700-HLT22U11
220…240V AC/DC
10
700-HLT12U21
700-HLT22U21
Assembled Devices
Pkg. Quantity
12V DC
5
Input Voltage
6
1 For Gold-plated contacts: Add the letter "X" at the end of the catalog number. Example: Cat. No. 700-HLT12Z24 with gold plated contacts is Cat. No. 700-HLT12Z24X.
The following relays are available with the gold-plated contact option: 700-HLT_2Z24, 700-HLT_2U24, 700-HLT_2U1, and 700-HLT_2U2.
Description
Replacement Relays
Order must be for 20 relays or multiples of 20.
Pkg. Quantity
20
Cat. No. 700-TBR224
7
Socket Input
Voltage
Cat. No.
12V DC
700-TBR212
24V AC/DC
700-TBR2241
48V DC
700-TBR248
110/125V AC/DC
220…240V AC/DC
700-TBR21101
8
Color
8-Way Jumper
Can be cut to required length. Ith = 10 A max per 8-way jumper.
1
Cat. No. 700-TBJ08B
End Barrier
Used for visual inspection of groups, safe separation of
neighboring 700-HL modules that end with jumpers.
Red
700-TBJ08R
Grey
700-TBJ08G
Blue
700-TBJ08B
Black
700-HN177
10
10
11
Cat. No. 700-HN177
Snap-in Marker
These snap-in markers have a 6 x 12 mm surface and snap into
the ejection lever for the relay.
1
9
100
Blank
1492-MS6X12
Standard 1492MS6X12
www.ab.com/
catalogs for
information
Custom
12
For gold-plated contacts: Add the letter “X” at the end of the catalog number. For example: if Cat. No. 700-TBR224 is required with gold plating, the new cat.
no. is 700-TBR224X.
Go to http://www.ab.com/software/, click on "Terminal Marking System and WinABMS " to download software. Create custom text, save file, and e-mail to your local
Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor.
Note: Terminal Block Relay bases are not sold separately.
www.ab.com/catalogs
13
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
9-51
Bulletin 700-HL
Interposing/Isolation Relays
Specifications
Cat. No. 700-HLT…2-Pole (Relay Output)
0
Electrical Ratings
Rated Thermal Current (Ith)
2-Pole — 10 A
Rated Insulation Voltage (Ui)
250V IEC, 300V UL/CSA
1
Inductive V AC
UL
Contacts
Inductive V
DC
2
3
Resistive
Make, Break
and
Continuous
120V AC
AC-15, 3.0A
B 300, 3.0 A
1/4 HP (186 W), 1-phase
240V AC
AC-15, 3.0 A
B 300, 1.5 A
1/2 HP (373 W), 1-phase
24V DC
DC-13, 2.0 A
125V DC
DC-13, 0.3 A
250V DC
DC-13, 0.2 A
250V AC
10 A
24V DC
10 A
250V DC
0.28 A
Min. Permissible Contact Ratings
12V, 10 mA (120 mW) for Silver Contacts, 5V, 1 mA (50 mW) for Gold Contacts
Pickup:
4
Permissible Coil Voltage Variation
85…110% of Nominal Voltage at 50 Hz
85…110% of Nominal Voltage at 60 Hz
80…110% of Nominal Voltage at DC
Must Dropout
Voltage:
10% of
Nominal
Voltage at AC
5% of
Nominal
Voltage at DC
Design Specification/Test Requirements
5
Dielectric Withstand Voltage
6
Input Voltage
Pole to Pole
(VRMS)
1000V
Contact to
Coil
(VRMS)
5000V
Adjacent
Contacts
(VRMS)
2500V
12V AC/DC
24V AC/DC
48V DC
120V AC/DC
1K
2K
3K
34 K
72 K
AC
N/A
0.5V A
N/A
0.4V A
0.8V A
DC
0.4 W
0.5 W
0.8 W
0.5 W
0.7 W
Impedance (Ohms)
7
Power Consumption
±10%
240V AC/DC
Mechanical
Degree of Protection
8
IP20
Mechanical Life Operations
3 x 107
250V AC/24V DC, 8 A Resistive: 100 000 min.
24V DC, 10 A Resistive: 6000 min.
Electrical Life Operations
250V DC, 0.28 A Resistive: 6000 min.
9
250V AC, 10 A Resistive: 30 000 min.
Switching Frequency Operations (no-load)
1200 cycles/sec
Coil Voltages
10
See Overview/Product Selection
Operating Time at Nominal Voltage at 20 °C (ms)
Pickup
typical 10 ms
Dropout
typical 10 ms
Maximum Operating Rate (full load = 6 A)
6 cycles/min.
Environmental
11
Temperature
Operating
–40…+60 °C
Storage
–40…+100 °C
Altitude
2000 m (6560 ft)
Construction
Insulating Material
12
Molded High-Dielectric Material
Enclosure
Relay RT II — flux-proof, pollution degree 2 installation environment
Contact Material
AgNi 90/10 or AgNi 90/10 + Au
Terminal Markings on Socket
In accordance with EN50 0005
Certifications
cULus Listed (File No. E3125, Guide NRNT/NRNT7), CE Marked
Standards
13
UL 508, CSA C22.2 No. 14, EN/IEC 60947-1, -5-1
1 Performance Data – See this catalog, Important 3
www.ab.com/catalogs
9-52
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
Bulletin 700-HL
Interposing/Isolation Relays
Approximate Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions
Approximate dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Approximate dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.
0
92.8
(3.65)
87.7
(3.45)
1
14
(0.55)
14
(0.55)
2
75
(2.95)
75
(2.95)
Bulletin 700-HL Screw Terminal Design
Single Wire: 0.14 mm2…2.5 mm2 (#26 AWG…14 AWG)
Double Wire: 2 x 0.14 mm2…2 x 1.5 mm2 (2 x #26 AWG…2 x 16 AWG)
Wire Type: Solid or stranded, copper only
Strip Length: 9 mm (11/32 in). Torque: 0.5 N•m (4.4 lb•in)
3
4
Bulletin 700-HL Spring Terminal Design
Single Wire: 0.2 mm2…2.5 mm2 (#24 AWG…#14 AWG)
Wire Type: Solid or stranded, copper only
Strip Length: 9 mm (11/32 in)
5
97.8
(3.85)
6
Bulletin 700-TBJ08_ 8-Way Jumper
6.2
(15/64)
50
(1-63/64)
5.2
(13/64)
12.5
(1/2)
7
1.0
(0.04)
35.0
(1.38)
27.0
(1.06)
8
7.5
(0.3)
1000
(39-3/8)
9
Cat. No. 199-DR1 DIN Mounting Rail Series B
Cat. No. 199-DR4 DIN Mounting Rail Series B Has No Mounting Holes
Cat. No.
A
B
C
D
Approx.
Shipping Wt.
199-DR1
35
(1-3/8)
27
(1-1/16)
7.5
(19/64)
1.02
(1/64)
1.85 kg
(4.07 lb) (10/pkg)
199-DR4
35
(1-3/8)
27
(1-1/16)
15
(19/32)
2.3
(3/32)
3.68 kg
(8 lb) (5/pkg)
10
11
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
9-53
Bulletin 700-HLF
Interposing/Isolation Relays
Product Overview/Catalog Number Explanation/Product Selection
Bulletin 700-HLF — Terminal Block Timing Relay
Table of Contents
Relay and socket assembled modules for high-density applications
Screw terminal bases
6 A relay, choice of silver or gold contacts
SPDT (relay)
Four timing functions
Time range from 0.1 sec...6 hr
Built-in retainer clip and snap-in marker lever
Standard LED, reverse polarity protection, and surge protection ♣
Externally replaceable relay modules
0
1
Product Selection ...... this page
Accessories.................. 9-55
Specifications.............. 9-56
Approximate
Dimensions................... 9-57
Standards Compliance
and Certifications
See Specification table in this
section, page 9-56.
2
Catalog Number Explanation
3
700 – HL
Bulletin Number
Series
Type
F
1
U24
X1
Relay
Type
Terminal
Type
Supply
Voltage
GoldPlated
Contact
Option
4
5
6
a
c
e1
Series Type
Terminal Type
Gold-Plated Contact Option
Code
Description
Code
Description
Code
HL
Terminal Block relay
1
Screw Terminal
Blank
None
X
Gold Plate
b
d
Relay Type
Supply Voltage
Code
Description
Code
Description
F
Timing Relay
U24
24V AC/DC
Description
1 For Gold-plated contacts: Add the letter "X" at the end of the catalog number. Example: Cat. No. 700-HLF1U24 with gold plated contacts is catalog number
700-HLF1U24X.
7
8
Product Selection
Standard built-in Features:
LED
Reverse Polarity Protection for DC Inputs
Coil Surge Protection ♣
Cat. No. 700-HLF1U24
9
A2
Specifications
A1
10
14
Output Type
SPDT (1 C/O); Ith = 6A‡
0.5 N•m max. (4.4 lb•in)
Screw Terminal: 0.14 mm2…2.5 mm2 (#26…#14 AWG)
Approvals
cULus, cURus, CE
Assembled Devices
Input Voltage
24V AC/DC
12
11
Recommended Tightening Torque
Wire Range
11
12
Pkg. Quantity
10
♣ Diode surge protection provided.
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
9-54
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
Cat. No.
700-HLF1U24
Bulletin 700-HLF
Interposing/Isolation Relays
Accessories
Accessories
Description
Pkg. Quantity
Socket Input
Voltage
Cat. No.
20
24V AC/DC
700-TBR241
Replacement Relays
Order must be for 20 relays or multiples of 20.
Color
20-Way Jumper
Can be cut to required length. Ith = 36 A max per 20-way
jumper.
1
Cat. No. 700-TBJ20B
Red
700-TBJ20R
Grey
700-TBJ20G
Blue
700-TBJ20B
0
1
2
3
End Barrier
Used for visual inspection of groups, safe separation of
neighboring 700-HL modules that end with jumpers.
10
Black
700-HN177
4
Cat. No. 700HN177
Snap-in Marker
These snap-in markers have a 6 x 10 mm surface and snap
into the ejection lever for the relay.
100
Blank
1492-MC6X10
Standard 1492MC6X10
www.ab.com/
catalogs for
information
Custom
1 For gold-plated contacts: Add the letter “X” at the end of the catalog number. For example: if Cat. No. 700-TBR24 is required with gold plating, the new cat.
5
6
no. is 700-TBR24X.
Go to http://www.ab.com/software/ and click on "Terminal Marking System and WinABMS " to download software. Create custom text, save file, and e-mail to
your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor.
Note: Terminal block timing relay bases are not sold separately.
7
700-HLF Function and Connection Diagrams
On-Delay
A1
15
U (A1/A2)
8
1 c/o (SPST)
t
R
LED
A2
One Shot
A1
18 16
9
15
U (A1/A2)
1 c/o (SPST)
t
R
LED
A2
Pulse
A1
10
18 16
15
U (A1/A2)
1 c/o (SPST)
11
t
R
0.5s
LED
A2
18 16
A1
15
Flasher
12
1 c/o (SPST)
U (A1/A2)
t
t
t
R
LED
A2
www.ab.com/catalogs
13
18 16
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
9-55
Bulletin 700-HLF
Interposing/Isolation Relays
Specifications
Specifications
Cat. No. 700-HLF… (Relay Output)
0
1
2
Electrical Ratings
Pilot Duty Rating
B 300, R 300
Rated Thermal Current (Ith)
1-Pole — 6 A
Rated Insulation Voltage (Ui)
250V IEC, 300V UL/CSA
Inductive
Contacts
1-Pole
24V AC,
1-phase
30 A
5A
120V AC,
1-phase
30 A
3A
240V AC,
1-phase
15 A
Make, Break &
Continuous
V DC
3
Inductive Load
5
0.2 A
240V DC
0.1 A
12V, 6 mA (72 mW) for Silver Contacts, 8V, 2.5 mA (20 mW) for Gold Contacts
Pickup:
85…110% of Nominal Voltage at 50 Hz
85…110% of Nominal Voltage at 60 Hz
80…110% of Nominal Voltage at DC
Permissible Coil Voltage Variation
Power Consumption
±10%
AC/DC
Must Dropout
Voltage:
10% of Nominal
Voltage at AC
5% of Nominal
Voltage at DC
0.5 VA
Design Specification/Test Requirements
Dielectric Withstand Voltage
6
1.0 A
120V DC
AC-15 250V, 3 A N.O. Contact, 1.5 A N.C. Contact
DC-13 24V, 1 A N.O. and N.C. Contact
Min. Permissible Contact Ratings
4
1.5 A
24V DC
Pole to Pole
(VRMS)
1000V
Contact to Coil
(VRMS)
4000V
Input Voltage
24V AC/DC
Impedance (Ohms)
2K
Mechanical
7
Degree of Protection
IP20
Mechanical Life Operations
1 x 107
6 A Resistive: 100 000 min.
24V DC, 1 A Inductive: 200 000 min.
120V AC 1 A Inductive: 300 000 min.
Electrical Life Operations
8
Switching Frequency Operations (no-load)
10 cycles/sec
Coil Voltages
See Overview/Product Selection
Timer Functions
On-Delay, One Shot, Pulse and Flasher
Timer Settings
0.1...3 s, 3...60 s, 1...20 min, and 0.3...6 hr
Timer Adjustments
9
Min and Max adjustments with Potentionmeter
Timer Accuracy
Repeatability 1%, Recovery Time < 50 ms, Setting Accuracy Full Range 5%
Per EN 61000-4.5; Surge Immunity (801-5)
Class III: 2 kV common and 1 kV differential mode
Coil Surge Protection
Environmental
10
Temperature
Operating
–40…55 °C
Storage
–40…100 °C
Altitude
2000 m (6560 ft)
Construction
Insulating Material
11
Molded High Dielectric Material
Enclosure
Relay IP67
Silver Tin Ox., AgSnO2 or Silver with Gold Plating, AgSnO2 + Au
Contact Material
Terminal Markings on Socket
12
In accordance with EN50 0005
Certifications
cULus Listed (File No. E3125, Guide NLDX/NLDX7) with Allen-Bradley socket, CE Marked
Standards
EN60947-4-1,EN60947-5-1,CSA 22.2,UL 508,NEMA IEE MAC Compliant, ICS-2 Compliant
1 Performance Data – See this catalog, Important 3.
Product shall be installed in an enclosure providing at least IP54 protection. Provisions shall be made to prevent the rated voltage from being exceeded by
transient disturbances of more than 40%.
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
9-56
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
Bulletin 700-HLF
Interposing/Isolation Relays
Approximate Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Approximate Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.
0
76.0
(2.99)
6.20
(0.24)
1
88.0
(3.46)
2
3
4
Bulletin 700-HLF Screw Terminal Design
Single Wire: 0.14 mm2…2.5 mm2 (#26 AWG…14 AWG)
Double Wire: 2 x 0.14 mm2…2 x 1.5 mm2 (2 x #26 AWG…2 x 16 AWG)
Wire Type: Solid or stranded, copper only
Strip Length: 9 mm (11/32 in.). Torque: 0.5 N•m (4.4 lb•in)
5.2
(13/64)
6.2
(15/64)
50
(1-63/64)
12.5
(1/2)
5
1.0
(0.04)
35.0
(1.38)
6
27.0
(1.06)
7.5
(0.3)
1000
(39-3/8)
7
Cat. No. 199-DR1 DIN Mounting Rail Series B
Cat. No. 199-DR4 DIN Mounting Rail Series B Has No Mounting Holes
Cat. No.
A
B
C
D
Approx.
Shipping Wt.
199-DR1
35
(1-3/8)
27
(1-1/16)
7.5
(19/64)
1.02
(1/64)
1.85 kg
(4.07 lb) (10/pkg)
199-DR4
35
(1-3/8)
27
(1-1/16)
15
(19/32)
2.3
(3/32)
3.68 kg
(8 lb) (5/pkg)
8
9
10
11
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
9-57
Bulletin 700-HP
Interposing/Isolation Relays
Product Overview/Product Selection
Table of Contents
Bulletin 700-HP — (PCB) "Pin Style” Relay
8 A contact ratings
DPDT/ (2 c/o) contacts
Plug-in PIN style (PCB) terminals (5 mm pinning)
Choice of standard silver nickel contacts, or silver nickel with goldplated contacts
0
1
Product Selection ...... this page
Accessories.................. 9-59
Specifications.............. 9-60
Approximate
Dimensions................... 9-61
Standards Compliance and
Certifications
2
See Specification table in this
section, page 9-60.
3
Product Selection
Slim Line Relay with "PIN Style" Terminations
Wiring Diagrams
4
Description
Contact Rating
U.S./Canada
International
DPDT
2-Pole
2 Form C
AgNi + Au
Gold Plated
Contacts
5
6
Sockets
7
8A
Input
DPDT
2-Pole
2 Form C
AgNi Contacts
8
Bulletin 700-HP DPDT
Sockets
700-HN123
700-HN123
9
10
11
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
9-58
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
Coil
Voltage
Package
Quantity
Cat. No.
6V AC
10
700-HPX2A06
12V AC
10
700-HPX2A12
24V AC
10
700-HPX2A24
120V AC
10
700-HPX2A1
240V AC
10
700-HPX2A2
6V DC
10
700-HPX2Z06
12V DC
10
700-HPX2Z12
24V DC
10
700-HPX2Z24
48V DC
10
700-HPX2Z48
110V DC
10
700-HPX2Z1
6V AC
10
700-HP32A06
12V AC
10
700-HP32A12
24V AC
10
700-HP32A24
120V AC
10
700-HP32A1
240V AC
10
700-HP32A2
6V DC
10
700-HP32Z06
700-HP32Z12
12V DC
10
24V DC
10
700-HP32Z24
48V DC
10
700-HP32Z48
110V DC
10
700-HP32Z1
Bulletin 700-HP
Interposing/Isolation Relays
Accessories
Accessories
Pkg. Quantity
Cat. No.
Diode Surge Suppressor
Voltage Range: 6…220V DC used with 700-HN123 socket
Description
10
700-ADR
Diode with LED Surge Suppressor
Voltage Range: 6…24V DC used with 700-HN123 socket
10
700-ADL1R
Diode with LED Surge Suppressor
Voltage Range: 28…60V DC used with 700-HN123 socket
10
700-ADL2R
Diode with LED Surge Suppressor
Voltage Range: 110…220V DC used with 700-HN123 socket
10
700-ADL3R
Diode with LED Surge Suppressor
Voltage Range: 6…24V AC used with 700-HN123 socket
10
700-AV1R
Varistor with LED Surge Suppressor
Voltage Range: 110…240V AC
used with 700-HN123 socket
10
700-AV3R
RC Surge Suppressor
Voltage Range: 6…24V AC/DC used with 700-HN123 socket
10
700-AR1
RC Surge Suppressor
Voltage Range: 110…240V AC/DC used with 700-HN123 socket
10
700-AR2
Timing Module
On-Delay or One-Shot selectable voltage
range: 12…24V AC/DC used with sockets
that accept plug-in accessory modules.
700-AT3
0
1
2
3
On-Delay
U (A1/A2)
Timing Module
On-Delay or One-Shot selectable voltage
range: 110…125V AC used with sockets
that accept plug-in accessory modules.
LED & R
t
1
700-AT3A1
One-Shot
4
U (A1/A2)
Timing Module
On-Delay or One-Shot selectable voltage
range: 230…240V AC used with sockets
that accept plug-in accessory modules.
LED & R
t
Screw Terminal Socket — Panel or DIN Rail Mounting
8-pin miniature socket for use with 2-pole, Bulletin 700-HP relays. Incorporates coil and contact
separation.
700-AT3A2
5
700-HN123
10
6
Cat. No. 700-HN123
8-Way Jumper can be cut to required length. Rated 10 A – 250V
1
Cat. No. 700-HN180
Color
Cat. No.
Red
700-HN180R
Gray
700-HN180G
Blue
700-HN180B
Cat. No. 700-HN119
Plastic Retainer and Ejection Lever
For use with the 700-HN123 sockets
Built-in ability to accept 1492 snap-in markers
10
700-HN119
Cat. No. 700-HN230
Spring Clamp Terminal Socket — Panel or DIN Rail Mounting
8-pin miniature socket for use with 2-pole, Bulletin 700-HP relays. Incorporates coil and contact
separation.
10
700-HN230
Cat. No. 700-HN232
Plastic Retainer and Ejection Lever
For use with the 700-HN230 sockets
Built-in ability to accept 1492 snap-in markers
10
700-HN232
7
8
9
DIN (#3) symmetrical hat rail
35 x 7.5 x 1 m
10
199-DR1
5
1492-MS5X12
5
1492-MS6X9
5
1492-MS6X12
Cat. No. 199-DR1
Relay Identification Snap-in Markers
Note - These markers can only be used when the Plastic Retainer and Ejection Lever accessory
(part # 700-HN119) is used because the markers snap into the Ejection Lever (and not into the
relay itself).
5
1492-MS8X9
5
1492-MS8X12
100
1492-MP-Blank
10
11
Snap-in markers
700-N40
Pre-Printed Identification Tags — contains 10 sheets of pre-printed and blank tags. Each sheet
contains 13 sets of the markings CR…9CR, TR…9TR, M…9M, F, R, 1S, and 117 blank tags. Tags
are peel-off with sticky backing for easy placement on relays.
12
10
700-N41
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
9-59
Bulletin 700-HP
Interposing/Isolation Relays
Specifications
Bulletin 700-HP Pin Style (PCB) Slim Line Relay, Socket, and Retainer Clip Reference Chart
0
Specifications
Relay Type
Socket Cat. No.
700-HPX2
700-HN123
Retainer Clip Cat. No.
700-HN119
700-HP32
700-HN123
700-HN119
1
1
Cat. No. 700-HP…
Electrical Ratings
2
Pilot Duty Rating
C300, R300
Rated Thermal Current (Ith)
2-Pole — 8A
Rated Insulation Voltage (Ui)
250V IEC, 300V UL/CSA
Inductive
3
Contacts
2-Pole
Hp
120V AC, 1-phase
15 A
1.5 A
1/6
240V AC, 1-phase
7.5 A
0.75 A
1/3
General Purpose
8 A, 277V AC
Resistive
8 A, 30V DC
Min. Permissible Contact Ratings
4
5
700-HP32 = 300 mW (5V, 5 mA) 700-HPX = 50 mW (5V, 5 mA)
Pickup: 80…110% of Nominal Voltage at 50 Hz
80…110% of Nominal Voltage at 60 Hz
73…150% of Nominal Voltage at DC
Permissible Coil Voltage Variation
Sealed Power
Consumption ±10%
Must Drop-out Voltage:
20% of Nominal Coil Voltage AC
10% of Nominal Coil Voltage DC
AC Coils
Max. Allowable Leakage OFF 25% of VA‡
1.2 VA 50 Hz
1.0 VA 60 Hz
DC Coils
Max. Allowable Leakage of 10% of W
0.5 W
Design Specification/Test Requirements
6
Dielectric Withstand
Voltage for One Minute
Pole to Pole (VRMS)
1000V AC
Contact to Coil (VRMS)
5000V AC
Mechanical
Degree of Protection
Open Type (Sockets)
Mechanical Life Cycles
7
10 x 106 (AC Coils), 20 x 106 (DC coils)
Switching Frequency Operations
1800/hr (no load)
Coil Voltages
See Overview/Product Selection
Operating Time at
Pickup
Nominal Voltage at 20 °C
Dropout
(ms)
8
4
Maximum Operating Rate
Vibration
Shock
9
12
16 Ops/s (full load)
Enclosure
5G
Fragility
2.5 G
Endurance
50 G
Fragility
15 G
Max. Socket Torque
0.5 N•m (4.4 lb•in)
Environmental
Temperature
10
Operating
–40…+85 °C
Storage
–45…+100 °C
Altitude
2000 m (6560 ft)
Construction
Insulating Material
Molded High-Dielectric Material
Enclosure
11
Transparent Dust Cover
Contact Material
Silver Nickel, (AgNi) (700-HP3), Silver Nickel + Gold Plating (AgNi + Au) (700-HPX)
Terminal Markings on Socket
In accordance with EN50 0005
2-Pole
Sockets
12
700-HN123
Approvals
cURus Recognized (File No. E3125, Guide NLDX2/NLDX8), cULus Listed when used with Bulletin 700HN123 socket (File No. E3125, Guide NLDX/NLDC7), CSA Certified (files 229473), CE Marked, LR Certified
Certifications
Standards
UL 508, CSA 22.2 No. 14, EN 61812-1, EN 60255-23
1 Performance Data – See this catalog, Important- 3.
13
NEMA Rating Chart is in publication 700-SG003*
‡ The inrush VA equals 1.5 times the sealed VA.
www.ab.com/catalogs
9-60
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
Bulletin 700-HP
Interposing/Isolation Relays
Approximate Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Approximate Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.
0
1
29.0
(1.14)
2
12.4
(0.49)
3
25.0
(0.98)
Bulletin 700-HP Relay
5.2
(13/64)
12.5
(1/2)
6.2
(15/64)
50
(1-63/64)
4
1.0
(0.04)
35.0
(1.38)
5
27.0
(1.06)
7.5
(0.3)
1000
(39-3/8)
6
7
Cat. No. 700-HN123
Single Wire: 0.2.....2.5 mm2 (#24.....14 AWG)
Double Wire: 2 X 0.2.....2 X 2.5 mm2 (#2 X 24....2 X 14 AWG)
Wire Type: solid or stranded, copper only
Strip Length: 7 mm (9/32 in.), Torque: 0.5 N•m (4.4 lb•in)
Cat. No.
A
B
C
D
Approx.
Shipping Wt.
199-DR1
35
(1-3/8)
27
(1-1/16)
7.5
(19/64)
1.02
(1/64)
1.85 kg
(4.07 lb) (10/pkg)
199-DR4
35
(1-3/8)
27
(1-1/16)
15
(19/32)
2.3
(3/32)
3.68 kg
(8 lb) (5/pkg)
Cat. No. 700-HN123
Single Wire: 0.2.....2.5 mm2 (#24.....14 AWG)
Double Wire: 2 X 0.2.....2 X 2.5 mm2 (#2 X 24....2 X 14 AWG)
Wire Type: solid or stranded, copper only
Strip Length: 7 mm (9/32 in.), Torque: 0.5 N•m (4.4 lb•in)
21
6
11
3
24
5
14
4
22
7
12
2
17.5
(0.69)
Ø 3.2
(0.12)
Use M3 Screws
78.6
(3.09)
8
9
60.9
(2.40)
17.5
(0.69)
21.6
(0.85)
35.4
(1.39)
10
11
12
8 (+)
A1
1 (-)
A2
21.6
(0.85)
4.0
(0.16)
13
15.8
(0.62)
www.ab.com/catalogs
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
9-61
Bulletin 700-FE
DIN Rail Mounted Timing Relays
Overview/Product Selection
Bulletin 700-FE — Economy Timing Relay
Table of Contents
Adjustable function and timing range timing relays
DIN Rail mounted without cost of socket
17.5 mm wide, multi-function or single function
Available as 1 N.O. or SPDT contact output, 5 A
Timing ranges from 0.05 s…10.0 hr
Coil surge protection
0
1
Product Selection ...... this page
Accessories.................. this page
Specifications.............. 9-64
Approximate
Dimensions................... 9-65
Standards Compliance and
Certifications
See Specification table in this
section, page 9-64.
2
3
Product Selection
Multi-Function
This device offers you the flexibility of selecting one of 4 single timing functions.
4
5
Operating Mode
Contact Output
Timing Range
Input Voltage
Cat. No.
700-FEM1TU22
700-FEM3TU23
ON-delay, OFF-delay, One Shot, Flasher
(repeat cycle starting with pulse)
1 N.O.
0.05 s…10 hr (6 settings)‡
24V AC/DC *
110…240V AC
50/60 Hz
ON-delay, OFF-delay, One Shot, Flasher
(repeat cycle starting with pulse)
SPDT (1 C/O)
0.05 s…10 hr (6 settings)‡
24V…48V AC/DC
24…240V AC
50/60 Hz
Contact Output
Timing Range‡
Input Voltage
Cat. No.
1 N.O.
0.05 s…10 hr (6 settings)
24V AC/DC *
110…240V AC 50/60 Hz
700-FEA1TU22
SPDT (1 C/O)
0.05 s…10 hr (6 settings)
24V…48V AC/DC
24…240V AC 50/60 Hz
700-FEA3TU23
1 N.O.
0.05 s…10 hr (6 settings)
24V AC/DC *
110…240V AC 50/60 Hz
700-FEB1TU22
SPDT (1 C/O)
0.05 s…10 hr (6 settings)
24V…48V AC/DC
24…240V AC 50/60 Hz
700-FEB3TU23
1 N.O.
0.05 s…10 hr (6 settings)
24V AC/DC *
110…240V AC 50/60 Hz
700-FED1TU22
SPDT (1 C/O)
0.05 s…10 hr (6 settings)
24V…48V AC/DC
24…240V AC 50/60 Hz
700-FED3TU23
SPDT (1 C/O)
0.05 s…10 hr (6 settings)
24V…48V AC/DC
24…240V AC 50/60 Hz
700-FEE3TU23
1 N.O.
0.05 s…10 hr (6 settings)
24V AC/DC *
110…240V AC 50/60 Hz
700-FEF1TU22
SPDT (1 C/O)
0.05 s…10 hr (6 settings)
24V…48V AC/DC
24…240V AC 50/60 Hz
700-FEF3TU23
0.05 s…10 hr (6 settings)
24V…48V AC/DC
24…240V AC 50/60 Hz
700-FEL3TU23
Single-Function
This device offers you one specific timing function.
Operating Mode
6
ON-delay
7
OFF-delay
One Shot
8
Fleeting OFF-delay
9
Flasher (repeat cycle starting with
pulse)
Pulse Converter
10
SPDT (1 C/O)
1 Voltage is either 24V AC 50/60 Hz or 24V DC.
‡ Time ranges: 0.05 s…1 s, 0.5…10 s, 0.05…1 min, 0.5…10 min, 0.05…1 hr, 0.5…10 hr.
Special Functions
11
Operating Mode
Contact Output
Timing Range♣
Star-Delta
2 N.O. with 1 Common
0.15 s…10 min (4 settings)
Input Voltage
24V…48V AC/DC
24…240V AC 50/60 Hz
Cat. No.
700-FEY2QU23
♣ Time ranges: 0.15…3 s, 0.5…10 s, 3 s…1 min, 30 s…10 min.
Accessories
12
Description
13
Pkg. Quantity
Cat. No.
Panel Mounting Adapter
For surface mounting according to drilling plan
EN 50 002
5
199-FSA
Label Sheet
105 self-adhesive paper labels each, 6 x 17 mm
10
100-FMS
www.ab.com/catalogs
9-62
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
Bulletin 700-FE
DIN Rail Mounted Timing Relays
Connection Diagrams
700-FE Function and Connection Diagrams
(A) On-Delay
U
Output
A1/A2
(B) Off-Delay
A1/A3
15
LED
A2
18
Output
LED
t
1 N.O. (SPST)
A1/A2
18
15 16
t
A1
15
A1/A2
A2
18 16
S
Output
18
A1 B1 S
15
15 18
16
t
A2
18 16
1
2
LED
1 C/O (SPDT)
(D) One Shot
(F) Flasher (Repeat Cycle Starting with Pulse)
A1/A2
15
t
A1
15
U
Output
18
LED
18
A2
A1/A2
A1/A2
15
A2
18
U
Output
15
A1
A2
A1/A2
t
t
t
t
t
A1
15
A2
18 16
5
1 C/O (SPDT)
(L) Pulse Converter
(E) Fleeting Off-Delay
1)
6
1)
S
A1 B1
A2
A1/A2
A1/B1
U
S
15
t
LED
4
15 18
16
LED
18 16
1 C/O (SPDT)
A1/A2
B1
3
1 N.O. (SPST)
18
1516
t
A1
18
t t t t t 15
1 N.O. (SPST)
U
Output
LED
A2
A1/B1
1 C/O (SPDT)
U
Output
LED
15
1 N.O. (SPST)
U
U
Output
LED
B1 S
A1
A1/B1
18
15
S
18
15
t
0
A1/A2
U
Output
LED
18 16
t
t
A1
S
B1
15
18
15 16
A2
18 16
7
1 C/O (SPDT)
(Y) Star-Delta Timing Relay
U
A1/A2
A1
17
A2
18 28
8
17/18
LED
17/28
tu = 50...65 ms
Bi-Color LED: 1 C/O (SPDT) or 1 N.O. Contact Timers
9
Single Color LED: 2 N.O. with Common
ON = green
OFF = red
LED U = green: Supply voltage available.
LED Relay = red: Output is energized.
10
11
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
9-63
Bulletin 700-FE
DIN Rail Mounted Timing Relays
Specifications
Specifications1
0
Time Characteristics (according to VDE 0435, part 2021)
1 N.O.
1
Setting Accuracy
SPDT
±5% of full scale
Repeatability
±1% of setting (typical)
By voltage: ±0.01%/%ΔU
By temperature: ±0.25%/°C
Tolerance
By voltage: ±0.001%/%ΔU
By temperature: ±0.025%/°C
Supply
2
Supply Voltage
AC
Voltage Tolerance
–15%/+10%
DC
–15%/+20%
Power Consumption
3
24…48V DC and 24…240V AC, 50/60 Hz
24V AC/DC and 110…240V AC, 50/60 Hz
0.5 W at 24V DC, 5 VA at 240V AC
Time Energized
100%
Reset Time
100 ms
Cable Length (Supply Voltage Control)
Max. 250 m (750 feet)
Pulse Control (B1)
4
5
≥ 250 ms
Impulse Duration
≥ 50 ms (AC), ≥ 30 ms (DC)
Input Voltage
supply voltage range
Input Current
1 mA
Cable Length
Max. 250 m without parallel load between B1 and A2
Max. 50 m with load (< 3 kΩ) between B1 and A2
Outputs
Contact Type
Dielectric Withstand
Voltage
1 N.O. contact
1 Form C – SPDT contact
Contact-to-coil
4000 V
Power
1250 VA
6
Switching Capacity
According to IEC 947-5-1
AC-1
5 A /250V AC (resistive load)
AC-14
1 A/250V AC (inductive load)
DC-13
According to UL 508
7
Short-Circuit Resistance
Life
8
1 A/24V DC (inductive load)
NEMA D300 - 1 A/300V AC
6 A gL (Fast Blow Fuse)
Mechanical
20 million operations
Electrical
0.4 million at 1 A/250V AC, resistive
0.4 million at 0.5 A/250V AC, cos φ = 0.4
0.4 million at 1 A/24V DC, resistive
State Indicator
1 Bi-Color LED (Supply; Relay)
Certifications
cULus Listed (File No. E14840, Guide NKCR/NKCR7), CE Marked
Standards
EN/IEC 60947-1, EN/IEC 60947-5-1, UL 508, CSA 22.2 No. 14
1 Performance Data - See this catalog, Important- 3
9
Voltage is either 24V DC or AC 50/60 Hz.
10
11
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
9-64
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
Bulletin 700-FE
DIN Rail Mounted Timing Relays
Specifications/ Approximate Dimensions
General Specifications
1 N.O.
0
SPDT
2 kV AC/50 Hz test voltage according to VDE 0435
and 4 kV 1.2/50 μs surge voltage according to IEC 60947-1 between all inputs and outputs
Insulation Characteristics
The following requirements are fulfilled:
Surge capacity of the supply voltage
according to IEC 61000-4-5: Level 3
Burst according to IEC 61000-4-4: Level 3
ESD discharge according to IEC 61000-4-2: Level 3
EMC/Interference Immunity
EMC/Emmission
1
electromagnetical fields according to EN 55 022: Class B
Safe Isolation
according to VDE 0106 T 101
Climatic Withstand
2
56 cycles (24 hr) at 25…40 °C and 95% relative humidity according to IEC 60068-2-30
Vibration Resistance
4 g in three axes at 10…500 Hz, test FC according to IEC 60068-2-6
Shock Resistance
50 g according to IEC 68-2-27
Protection Class
IEC 60947-1
Enclosure:IP 40
Terminal:IP 20
Weight
60 g
Certifications
3
60 g
cULus, CE Certified
cULus, Germanischer Lloyd, CE Certified
Open:–25…+60 °C
Enclosed:–25…+45 °C
Storage:–40…+85 °C
Ambient Temperature
Screw terminal M3 for Pozidriv No.1, Philips and slotted screws No.2. suitable for power screw-driver.
Rated tightening torque 8.8 lb.-in. (max. 1.0 Nm)
For terminal cross-sections of 1 x 0.5 mm2…2 x 1.5 mm2 (solid) or 2 x 1.5 mm2 (stranded with sleeve), #20…14 AWG.
Finger protection according to EN 50274
Connections
Mounting
For surface mounting in any position; snap-on mounting on 35 mm DIN Rail or by adapter and two screws (M4 type)
Disposal
Synthetic materials without dioxin according to EC/EFTA-Notification No. 93/0141/D
electrical contacts are AgCdO
4
5
1 Voltage is either 24V DC or AC 50/60 Hz.
Approximate Dimensions
6
Approximate dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.
13
(0.51)
22.5
(0.89)
43.0
(1-11/16)
7
80.0
(3-5/32)
45.0
(1-25/32)
17.5
(11/16)
4.3
(0.17)
35.0
(1.38) 58.0
(2.28)
75.0
(2.95)
8
17
12
(0.67) (0.47)
66.0
(2-9/16)
70.0
(2-49/64)
4.3
(0.17)
9.0
(0.35)
Cat. No. 700-FE…
2.0
(0.08)
9
5.5
(0.22)
Cat. No. 199-FSA…
10
11
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
9-65
Bulletin 700-FS
DIN Rail Mounted Timing Relays
Product Overview/Product Selection
0
1
Bulletin 700-FS — High Performance Timing Relay
Table of Contents
Adjustable function and timing range timing relays
DIN Rail mounted without cost of socket
22.5 mm wide multi-function or single functions
Available as SPDT or DPDT contact output, 8 A
Timing Ranges From 0.05 s…60 hr
Coil surge protection
Hazardeous location version available
Product Selection ...... 9-67
Accessories.................. 9-68
Connection
Diagrams....................... 9-69
Specifications.............. 9-72
Standards Compliance and
Certifications
See Specification table in this
section, 9-72.
2
Catalog Number Explanation
3
700 – FS
Bulletin Number
Type of
Relay
4
H
3
U
U23
Operating
Mode
Contact
Output
Timing
Range
Input
Voltage
Single-Function (With SPDT 1 C/O contacts)
5
700–FS
6
7
8
9
10
3
A
U23
a
b
c
d
a
b
c
d
Operating Mode
Contact Output
Timing Range
Input Voltage
Code
Description
All functions:
Code
Description
Code
A
On-delay1
A
0.05…1 s
Z12
12V DC
B
Off-delay1
3 One
changeover
contact (SPDT)
B
0.15…3 s
U23
24…48V DC
24…240V AC 50/60 Hz
1 C/O
C
On- and off-delay1
C
0.5…10 s
D
One shot1
D
1.5…30 s
E
Fleeting off-delay1
E
0.05…1 min
F
Flasher (repeat cycle starts
with pulse)1
F
0.15…3 min
G
Flasher (repeat cycle starts
with pause)1
I
G
0.5…10 min
H
1.5…30 min
On-delay pulse generator1
I
0.05…1 hr
J
On-delay (pulse
controlled)1
J
0.15…3 hr
K
0.5…10 hr
K
One shot/watch dog (pulse
controlled)1
L
3.0…60 hr
U
0.05 s…60 hr
L
11
A
Pulse converter1
1 Preferred availability item.
Valid for functions "A" and "B" only.
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
9-66
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
Description
Bulletin 700-FS
DIN Rail Mounted Timing Relays
Product Selection
Single Function (With 2PDT 2 C/O contacts)
Operating Mode
Contact Output
On-delay
On-delay
Off-delay
Input Voltage
700-FSA4UZ12
(DPDT) 2 C/O
24…48V DC
24…240V AC, 50/60 Hz
700-FSA4UU23
12V DC
700-FSB4UZ12
24…48V DC
24…240V AC, 50/60 Hz
700-FSB4UU23
0.05 s…60 hr‡
(DPDT) 2 C/O
0
Cat. No.
12V DC
(DPDT) 2 C/O
Off-delay
Timing Range
(DPDT) 2 C/O
1
‡ The time range of "0.05 s…60 hr" is selectable in 12 smaller ranges plus an ON and OFF function for maintenance needs.
Note: Information for hazardous location versions of this product (-EX) is available on the Industrial Controls Catalog website: www.ab.com/catalogs.
2
Single Function With Hazardous Location Certification ♣ (With SPDT 1 C/O contacts)
Operating Mode
Contact Output
Timing Range
0.05 s…1 s
One Shot / Watch Dog
(Pulse Controlled)
(SPDT) 1 C/O
Input Voltage
0.5 s…10 s
Cat. No.
700-FSK3AU23-EX
24…48V DC
24…240V AC
50/60 Hz
700-FSK3CU23-EX
4
Multi-Function
(This device allows the flexibility of selecting one of 8 single timing functions.)
Operating Mode
Multi-function timing relays
8 Single-functions:
A, B, C, D, E, F, I, and L
ON and OFF function additional
(for installation and maintenance)
note: See connection diagrams for further
description.
Contact Output
Timing Range
Input Voltage
Cat. No.
(SPDT) 1 C/O
12V DC
700-FSM3UZ12
(SPDT) 1 C/O
24…48V DC
24…240V AC
50/60 Hz
700-FSM3UU23
12V DC
700-FSM4UZ12
24…48V DC
24…240V AC
50/60 Hz
700-FSM4UU23
0.05 s…60 hr
(DPDT) 2 C/O
(DPDT) 2 C/O
3
5
6
Note: Information for hazardous location versions of this product (-EX) is available on the Industrial Controls Catalog website: www.ab.com/catalogs.
7
Multi-Function With Hazardous Location Certification ♣
(This device allows the flexibility of selecting one of 8 single timing functions.)
Operating Mode
M Multi-function timing relays
8 Single-functions:
A, B, C, D, E, F, I, and L
ON and OFF function additional
(for installation and maintenance)
Note: See connection diagrams for further
description.
Contact Output
Timing Range
8
Input Voltage
Cat. No.
700-FSM3UU23-EX
(SPDT) 1 C/O
24…48V DC
24…240V AC
50/60 Hz
0.05 s…60 h1
(DPDT) 2 C/O
700-FSM4UU23-EX
9
10
♣
Temp. Code
T4A 2A
32VDC
MAX.
II 3 G, EEx nL IIC T4 DEMKO 04 ATEX 0404974X
2A 32VDC MAX. Ta ≤ 70 °C
11
Ind. Cont. Eq. for Hazardous Location Listed 87SL
Class 1, Div. 2, Groups A,B,C,D Class 1, Zn 2, Group IIC
Mounting: Product shall be installed in an enclosure constructed in accordance with the requirements of EN50021.
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
9-67
Bulletin 700-FS
DIN Rail Mounted Timing Relays
Product Selection/Accessories
Special Function
0
Operating Mode
Contact Output
Timing Range
0.05 s…60 hr1
1
Flasher (repeat cycle starting with pulse or
pause)
(SPDT) 1 C/O
2 x 0.05 s…60 hr (2 ranges)
2
(DPDT) 2 C/O
Cat. No.
12V DC
700-FSH3UZ12
24…48V DC
24…240V AC
50/60 Hz
700-FSH3UU23
12V DC
700-FSH3VZ12
24…48V DC
24…240V AC, 50/60 Hz
700-FSH3VU23
(SPDT) 1 C/O
OFF-delay without supply voltages (True OFFdelay)‡
Input Voltage
0.15 s…10 min
24…240V DC
24…240V AC
50/60 Hz
0.5 s…10 s
24…48V DC
700-FSQ3QU18
700-FSQ4QU18
700-FSY2CU23
1.5…30 s
Star-Delta
700-FSY2DU23
0.05 s…1 min
2 N.O. + 1 Common
3
700-FSY2EU23
24…240V AC
50/60 Hz
0.15…3 min
700-FSY2FU23
0.5…10 min
700-FSY2GU23
1 The time range of "0.05 s…60 hr" is selectable in 12 smaller ranges plus an ON and OFF function for maintenance needs.
This time range is selectable in four smaller ranges: 0.15 s…2.5 s, 0.5 s…10 s, 4 s…80 s, 30 s…10 min.
‡ Due to shock during shipment, the state of the contacts should be verified before initial use. Minimum power on time is 800 msec
4
Multi-Function Timing Relay Function and Time Range Settings
Description
SPDT
Multi-function timing relays 700-FSM3U includes 10 setting
functions:
5
DPDT
Multi-Time Setting Range 0.05 s…60 h
(A)On-Delay
(B)Off-Delay
A
(C)On- and Off-Delay
(D)One shot
6
(E)Fleeting Off-Delay
(F)Flasher (repeat cycle starts with pulse)
(I)On-Delay pulse generator
7
Up
(L)Pulse converter
Down
(On)ON-Function§
(1 s) 0.05…1 s
(3 s) 0.15…3 s
(10 s) 0.5…10 s
(1 min) 0.05…1 min
(3 min) 0.15…3 min
(10 min) 0.5…10 min
(1 hr) 0.05…1 hr
(3 hr) 0.15…3 hr
(10 hr) 0.5…10 hr
(60 hr) 3.…60 hr
10hr
(Off)OFF-Function§
Note: Switch ⊗ is on DPDT relays only. When switch is down,
one contact is instantaneous and one is timed. When switch
is up, both contacts are timed.
8
§ For installation and maintenance.
Accessories
Pkg.
Quantity
Cat. No.
Setting Knob with Scale
(for time setting without tools)
10
700-FSK
Panel Mounting Adapter
For surface mounting according to drilling plan EN 50 002
5
199-FSA
Label Sheet
105 self-adhesive paper labels each, 6 x 17 mm
10
100-FMS
Marking Tag Sheet
160 perforated paper labels each, 6 x 17 mm, to be used with a transparent cover
10
100-FMP
Transparent Cover
To be used with marking tag sheets
100
100-FMC
Marking Tag Adapters
To be used with marking tag: System 1492 W
100
Description
9
10
11
12
13
1
100-FMA2
1 Cat. No. 100-FMA2 is only a marking tag carrier. Please refer to the Terminal Block Accessories section, page 12-90 of this publication for appropriate marker
cards to be used with this carrier.
www.ab.com/catalogs
9-68
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
Bulletin 700-FS
DIN Rail Mounted Timing Relays
Function and Connection Diagrams
Connection Diagrams
(A) On-Delay
(G) Flasher (Repeat Cycle Starts with Pause)
1 C/O (SPST)
Output
0
1 C/O (SPST)
Output
LED
LED
Output 1
Output 2
1
Output 1
2 C/O (DPDT)
2 C/O (DPDT)
Output 2
LED
LED
(I) On-Delay Pulse Generator
(B) Off-Delay (Min. Pulse AC 50 ms…DC 30 ms)
2
Output
1 C/O (SPST)
Output
LED
LED
‡
Output 1
Output 2
3
(J) On-Delay (Pulse Controlled)
2 C/O (DPDT)
LED
4
(C) On- and Off-Delay
Output
LED
(K) One Shot/Watch Dog (Pulse Controlled)
5
Output
LED
‡
(D) One Shot
Output
6
LED
Output
LED
1 C/O (SPST)
‡
(On) ON-Function (Off) OFF-Function
7
Output 1
2 C/O (DPDT)
Output 2
LED
Output 1
Output 1
Output 2
Output 2
LED
LED
8
(E) Fleeting Off-Delay (Min. Pulse AC 50 ms…DC 30 ms)
(L) Pulse Converter (Min. Pulse AC 50 ms…DC 30 ms)
9
Output
t
LED
Output
‡
LED
Output
1 C/O (SPST)
10
‡
(F) Flasher (Repeat Cycle Starts with Pulse)
Cleverly Designed Function Display LED (Green)
Output in Rest Position, No Timing
LED
11
Output in Rest Position, Time Running
Output in Operation Position, No Time Running
Output in Operation Position, Time Running
Output 1
2 C/O (DPDT)
* A VOLTAGE OTHER THAN THE SUPPLY VOLTAGE CAN BE USED AT
B1, BUT MUST BE WITHIN VOLTAGES SPECIFIED ON TIMER.
Output 2
LED
12
1 A voltage other than the supply voltage can be used at B1, but must be within voltages specified on timer.
Output 2 is selectable as instantaneous contact with sliding switch (⊗) on front panel (instantaneous when switch is down, timed when switch is up).
‡ Available on multifunction "M," and single function "A" or "B" option timing relays along with code "4" (2PDT contacts). Bridge or potentiometer 10 kΩ, 0.25 W
min. (low voltage) for external time setting. Set timer dial to 0.0.
www.ab.com/catalogs
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
9-69
13
Bulletin 700-FS
DIN Rail Mounted Timing Relays
Function and Connection Diagrams
Special Function Flasher (Repeat Cycle Starting with Pulse or Pause) Timing Relays
Description
0
t2 Setting
Up Switch
Down
1
Z12 12V DC
1 Range Setting
Seperate Range
Settings
2
U23 24…48V DC, 24…240V AC, 50/60 Hz
t1 Setting
700-FSH3V
700-FSH3U
3
4
Supply Voltages (A1/A2)
Function Diagram / Connection Diagram
(H) Flasher (Repeat Cycle Starting with Pulse or Pause)
The repeat cycle timer permits different settings for on and off times. The following operating modes are possible:
Oscillating mode; repeat cycle starts with voltage applied at A1 and B1, and continues to repeat until voltage is off.
One cycle mode; started by energizing B1 with voltage on A1 and A2.
Output starts with pulse or pause (switch ⊗ Up or Down).
5
700-FSH3U provides (1) range setting for t1 and t2.
700-FSH3V provides (2) range settings for t1 and t2.
Supply Voltage Controlled, Oscillating Mode Starting with Pause
— Switch ⊗ is Up
6
7
U
S
Output
LED
t2
t1
t1
A1 B1
15 18
16
U
S
Output
15
18 16
A2
U
S
A1/A2
t2
Output
LED
A1
A1/B1
t1
S
B1
t1
t1
t2
t2 15 18
16
U
S
15
Output
t1 t2 15 18
16
A1/A2
A1/B1
18 16
t2
LED
LED Operation Chart Ñ Green LED
LED
LED
LED
LED
11
Output at Shelf State, No Timing - LED OFF
Output at Shelf State, Time is Running - LED Flashing
Output NO Contact is Closed, No Timing - LED On
Output NO Contact is Closed, Time is Running - LED Long Flashing
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
9-70
A2
15
18 16
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
s
A1 B1
15
t1 t2 15 18
16
Note: If B1 is pulsed, a one full time cycle consisting of t1 and t2 is completed.
10
A1 B1
Pulse Controlled, Output Starts with Pulse (Min. Pulse AC 50 ms
— DC 30 ms) — Switch ⊗ is Down One Cycle Mode — Voltage
Supplied at A1 and A2, then Pulsing “s” to Energize B1 will
Initiate One Cycle.
t1
A2
A1/A2
A1/B1
LED
Pulse Controlled, Output Starts With Pause (Min. Pulse AC 50
ms — DC 30 ms) — Switch ⊗ is Up One Cycle Mode — Voltage
Supplied at A1 and A2, then Pulsing “s” to Energize B1 will
Initiate One Cycle.
8
9
t2
A1/A2
A1/B1
Supply Voltage Controlled, Oscillating Mode Starting with Pulse
— Switch ⊗ is Down
A2
18 16
Bulletin 700-FS
DIN Rail Mounted Timing Relays
Function and Connection Diagrams
Function Diagram / Connection Diagram
0
(Q) Off-Delay without Supply Voltage (True Off-Delay) — When input power is turned on, the output contact changes state. When the
power is removed, the time delay begins. The output contact returns to shelf state at the end of the time delay.
U
Output
tp
A1/A2
t
15
A1
U
15
18
16
LED
A2
18 16
tp
A1/A2
Output 1
t
Output 2
LED
t
18
15 16
25 28
26
A1
A2
15
25
18 16 28 26
2
Note: Min. pulse (tp) required:
800 ms
(Y) Star-Delta Timing Relay — When power is applied, the output contact 17/18(Y) changes state. After the time setting, the output contact 17/18(Y) returns to
shelf state. After the fixed time (50… 60 ms), the output contact 17/28Δ changes state. Both output contacts return to shelf state whenever the power is
removed.
U
A1/A2
t
A1
4
17/28
tu = 50...65 ms
3
17
17/18
A2
LED
1
18
28
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
9-71
Bulletin 700-FS
DIN Rail Mounted Timing Relays
Specifications
Specifications
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Time Characteristics (according to VDE 0435, Part 2021)
Setting Accuracy
±5% of full scale
Repeatability
±0.2% of the setting values
Tolerance
Voltage: ±0.001%/%ΔU
Temperature: ±0.025%/°C
General Data
Insulation Characteristics
2 kVAC/50 Hz test voltage according
to VDE 0435 and 6 kV 1.2/50 μs surge
voltage according to IEC 947-1
between all inputs and outputs
EMC/Interference Immunity
Performance of following requirements:
Surge capacity of the supply voltage
according to IEC 1000-4-5: 4 kV
1.2/50 μs
Burst according to IEC 1000-4-4: 6 kV
6/50 ns
ESD discharge according to IEC 10004-2: Contact 8 kV, air 8 kV
Electromagnetic HF field according to
IEC 801-3 and conducted
electromagnetic HF signal according to
IEC 801-6: Level 3
EMC/Emission
Electromagnetic fields according to EN
55 022: class B
Safe Isolation
According to VDE 106, part 101
Climatic Withstand
56 Cycles (24 hr) at 25…40 °C and
95% relative humidity according to IEC
68-2-30 and IEC 68-2-3
4 g in three axes at 10…500 Hz, test
FC according to IEC 68-2-6
Supply
Supply Voltages
24…48V DC and 24…240V AC,
50/60 Hz (multi voltage)
Voltage Tolerance
–20…+20% (DC), –15…+10% (AC)
Power Consumption
0.5 W at 24V DC, 5 VA at 240V AC
Time Energized
100%
Reset Time
50 ms
Voltage Interruption
≤20 ms without reset (supply voltage)
Input Impedance
Relay ON: 3K-13K ohms
Relay OFF: 0.7K-4K ohms
Cable Length (Supply Voltage
Control)
Max. 250 m (800 ft)
Pulse Control (B1)
Pulse Duration
≥50 ms (AC), ≥30 ms (DC)
Vibration Resistance
Input Voltage
Supply voltage range
Shock Resistance
50 g according to IEC 68-2-27
Input Current
1 mA
Max. Leakage Current
400 micro Amps
Protection Class
Enclosure:IP 40
IP 30 (Single-function)
Terminal:IP 20 according to IEC 947-1
Max. 250 m (800 ft) without parallel
load between B1 and A2
Max. 50 m (160 ft) with load (<3 kΩ)
between B1 and A2
Weight
100 g
Cable Length
Outputs
Contact Type
Relay as changeover switch
Dielectric Coil to Contact
Withstand Voltage
5000 V
Voltage: 440V AC
Current Ith (AC-1): 8 A (5 A for 700FSQ)
Approval
UL, C-UL
Ambient Temperature
Open: –25…+60 °C
Enclosed: –25…+45 °C
Storage: –40…+85 °C
Terminals
Screw terminal M3.5 for Number 2
Posidrive, Philips, and slotted screws.
Suitable for power screwdriver. Rated
tightening torque 8.8 lb.-in. (0.8 N•m,
max. 1.2 N•m).
Dual-chamber system for terminal
cross-sections of 1 x 0.5 mm2…2 x 2.5
mm2 (solid) or stranded 2 x 2.5 mm2
(flexible with sleeve), #20…14 AWG.
Finger protection according to VDE
0106.
Mounting
Front mounting; For snap-on mounting
on 35 mm DIN Rail or screw fixing by
adapter and 2 screws (M4 type)
Disposal
Synthetic material without dioxin
according to EC/EFTA notification
Number 93/0141/D electrical contacts
with cadmium
Certifications
cULus Listed (File No. E14840, Guide
NKCR/NKCR7), CE Marked
Standards
EN/IEC 60947-1, EN/IEC 60947-5-1,
UL 508, CSA 22.2 No. 14
Power: 2000 VA
8
According to IEC 947-5-1:
Switching Capacity
3 A/440V AC (inductive load, AC 14)
3 A/250V AC (inductive load, AC 15)
1 A/24V DC (inductive load, DC 13)
According to UL 508:
9
1.5 A/250V AC (B300)
3 A/120V AC (B300)
Short-Circuit Resistance
10 A gL
Mechanical: 30 million operations
10
Electrical operations:
4 Mil. at 1 A/250V AC, cos φ = 1
0.2 Mil. at 6 A/250V AC, cos φ = 1
1.5 Mil. at 1 A/250V AC, cos φ = 0.3
11
Life
1 Performance Data — See this catalog, Important- 3.
0.3 Mil. at 3 A/250V AC, cos φ = 0.3
Temp. Code T4A
2A 32VDC MAX.
0.5 Mil. at 6 A/24V DC, resistive
2 Mil. at 4 A/24V DC, resistive
2 Mil. at 0.2 A/230V DC, resistive
1 Mil. at 0.4 A/24V DC, L/R = 20 ms
12
Mounting: Product shall be installed in an enclosure constructed in
accordance with the requirements of EN50021.
1 Mil. at 0.2 A/110V DC, L/R = 20 ms
1 Mil. at 0.1 A/230V DC, L/R = 20 ms
State Indicator
1 LED, combination signal
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
9-72
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
Bulletin 700-HNC
Plug-in Timing Relays
Product Overview/Product Selection
Bulletin 700-HNC — Miniature Timing Relay
Table of Contents
Miniature timer, perfect for converting Bul. 700-HC "Ice Cube" relays
into timing relays
Product Selection ...... this page
0
4 operating modes
4PDT contact output
Timing range from 0.1 s…10 hr
Socket mounted
Accessories .................. this page
Specifications.............. 9-74
Approximate
Dimensions................... 9-77
1
Standards Compliance and
Certifications
See Specification table in this
section, page 9-75
Product Selection
Bulletin 700-HNC Miniature Timer with Multiple Time Ranges
Model
Timing Mode
Contact Output
Input Voltages
12V DC
24V DC
48V DC
On-Delay
One Shot
Repeat cycle, OFF-start
Repeat cycle, ON-start
100…110V DC
4PDT
125V DC
24V AC
100…120V AC
200…230V AC
Cat. No. 700-HNC
Timing Range
Socket Type
Cat. No.
0.1 s…10 min
700-HNC44AZ12
.1 min…10 hr
700-HNC44BZ12
0.1 s…10 min
700-HNC44AZ24
0.1 min.…10 hr
700-HNC44BZ24
0.1 s…10 min
700-HNC44AZ48
0.1 min.…10 hr
700-HNC44BZ48
0.1 s…10 min
0.1 min.…10 hr
0.1 s…10 min
2
3
4
700-HNC44AZ11
700-HN103
700-HN128
0.1 min.…10 hr
700-HNC44BZ11
700-HNC44AZ25
5
700-HNC44BZ25
0.1 s…10 min
700-HNC44AA24
0.1 min.…10 hr
700-HNC44BA24
0.1 s…10 min
700-HNC44AA12
0.1 min.…10 hr
700-HNC44BA12
0.1 s…10 min
700-HNC44AA23
0.1 min.…10 hr
700-HNC44BA23
6
7
General Timer Functions
Output Indicator (Orange)
(Lit: Output ON)
Run/Power Indicator
(Green)
(Lit: Power ON)
8
Main Dial
Set the desired time
according to time range
selectable by DIP switch.
9
Accessories
Description
Pkg. Quantity
Cat. No.
10
Screw Terminal Socket — Panel or DIN Rail Mounting.
Guarded Terminal Construction
14-Blade miniature socket for use with Bulletin 700-HNC timers.
10
700-HN103
Cat. No. 700-HN103
11
Screw Terminal Base Sockets — Panel or DIN Rail Mounting.
Open Style Construction
14-blade miniature socket for use with Bulletin 700-HNC timers.
10
700-HN128
12
Cat. No. 700-HN128
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
9-73
Bulletin 700-HNC
Plug-in Timing Relays
Accessories/ Specifications
Description
0
Pkg. Quantity
Cat. No.
Screw Terminal Socket – Panel or DIN Rail Mounting. Guarded Terminal
Construction 14-blade miniature socket for use with Bulletin 700-HNC timers.
This socket has coil and contact separation.
10
700-HN104
Retainer Clip for Cat. Nos. 700-HN103, -HN104 and -HN128 Sockets with Bulletin
700-HNC Timers. Secures Timer in Socket.
10
700-HN263
Cat. No. 700-HN104
1
Cat. No. 700-HN263
2
Specifications
Ratings
Item
3
700-HNC
Pilot Duty Rating
Pin type
Operating voltage range
Reset voltage
NEMA B300
Plug-in
4
Power consumption
5
6
Control outputs
7
8
9
Make
Break
Hp at 120V AC
Hp at 240V AC
Accuracy of operating time
Setting error
Reset time
Influence of voltage
Influence of temperature
Insulation resistance
Dielectric strength
10
Vibration resistance
Shock resistance
11
Ambient temperature
Ambient humidity
Life expectancy
12
120V
240V
120V
240V
AC
AC
AC
AC
85%…110% of rated supply voltage (12V DC: 90%…110% of rated supply voltage)
10% min. of rated supply voltage‡
Relay ON:
1.5 VA (1.1 W) (at 24V AC, 60 Hz)
24V AC:
0.2 VA (0.1 W) (at 24V AC, 60 Hz)
Relay OFF:
Relay ON:
1.5 VA (1.3 W) (at 120V AC, 60 Hz)
100…120V AC:
Relay OFF:
0.8 VA (0.5 W) (at 120V AC, 60 Hz)
Relay ON:
1.8 VA (1.5 W) (at 230V AC, 60 Hz)
200…230V AC:
Relay OFF:
1.2 VA (0.9 W) (at 230V AC, 60 Hz)
Relay ON:
0.9 W (at 12V DC)
12V DC:
Relay OFF:
0.07 W (at 12V DC)
Relay ON:
0.9 W (at 24V DC)
24V DC:
Relay OFF:
0.07 W (at 24V DC)
Relay ON:
1.0 W (at 48V DC)
48V DC:
Relay OFF:
0.2 W (at 48V DC)
Relay ON:
1.3 W (at 110V DC)
100…110V DC:
Relay OFF:
0.3 W (at 110V DC)
Relay ON:
1.3 W (at 125V DC)
125V DC:
Relay OFF:
0.3 W (at 125V DC)
4PDT: 5 A at 250V AC, resistive load (cosφ = 1)
Characteristics
30 A
15 A
3A
1.5 A
1/6 Hp
1/6 Hp
±1% FS max. (1 s range: ±1%±10 ms max.)
±10%±50 ms FS max.
Min. power-opening time: 0.1 s max. (including halfway reset)
±2% FS max.
±2% FS max.
100 mΩ min. (at 500V DC)
2000V AC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min (between current-carrying terminals and exposed non-current-carrying
metal parts)1
2000V AC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min (between operating power circuit and control output)
2000V AC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min (between different pole contacts; 2-pole model)
1500V AC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min (between different pole contacts; 4-pole model)
1000V AC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min (between non-continuous contacts)
Malfunction:10…55 Hz, 0.5 mm single amplitude
Malfunction:100 m/s2 (approx. 10G)
Operating:-10 °C…50 °C (with no icing)
Storage:-25 °C…65 °C (with no icing)
Operating:35%…85%
Mechanical:10 000 000 operations min. (under no load at 1800 operations/hr)
Electrical:4PDT:
200 000 operations min. (3 A at 250V AC, resistive load at 1800 operations/hr)
1 Single-phase, full-wave-rectified power supplies can be used.
When using the 700-HNC continuously in any place where the ambient temperature is in a range of 45 °C…50 °C, supply 90%…110% of the rated supply
voltages supply 95%…110% with 12V DC type).
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
9-74
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
Bulletin 700-HNC
Plug-in Timing Relays
Specifications/ Timing Charts
Characteristics, Continued
Noise immunity
±1.5 kV, square-wave noise by noise simulator (pulse width: 100 ns/1 μs, 1-ns rise)
Static immunity
Destruction:8 kV
Malfunction:4 kV
Enclosure rating
IP40
Weight
Approx. 50 g
0
1
Emission Enclosure:EN55011 Group 1 class A
Emission AC Mains:EN55011 Group 1 class A
Immunity ESD:EN61000-4-2:4 kV contact discharge (level 2)
8 kV air discharge (level 3)
Immunity RF-interference:ENV50140:10 V/m (amplitude modulated, 80 MHz to 1 GHz) (level 3)
EMC
2
10 V/m (pulse modulated, 900 MHz)
Immunity Conducted Disturbance:ENV50141:10 V (0.15…80 MHz) (level 3)
Immunity Burst:EN61000-4-4:2 kV power-line (level 3)
2 kV I/O signal-line (level 4)
3
Standards
UL 508, CSA 22.2 No. 14, EN/IEC 61812-1
Certifications
cURus Recognized (File No. E14843, Guide NRNT2/NRNT8), CSA Certified (File 224268), CE Marked, CTick Marked
Timing Charts
4
Note :t:Set time
Rt:Reset time
Operating Mode
Timing Charts / Wiring Diagram
5
Power (13-14)
Time limit contact
NC (9-1, 10-2, 11-3, 12-4)
6
Time limit contact
NO (9-5, 10-6, 11-7,12-8)
Run/Power indicator (PW)
Output indicator (UP)
7
One Shot
Power
Output
Power (13-14)
Time limit contact
NC (9-1, 10-2, 11-3, 12-4)
8
Time limit contact
NO (9-5, 10-6, 11-7,12-8)
Run/Power indicator (PW)
Output indicator (UP)
9
Power (13-14)
Repeat Cycle OFF-Start
Timer
Circuit
Time limit contact
NC (9-1, 10-2, 11-3, 12-4)
Power
Output
Time limit contact
NO (9-5, 10-6, 11-7,12-8)
UP
10
PW
Run/Power indicator (PW)
Output indicator (UP)
11
Power (13-14)
Repeat Cycle ON-Start
Power
Output
Time limit contact
NC (9-1, 10-2, 11-3, 12-4)
12
Time limit contact
NO (9-5, 10-6, 11-7,12-8)
Run/Power indicator (PW)
Output indicator (UP)
www.ab.com/catalogs
13
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
9-75
Bulletin 700-HNC
Plug-in Timing Relays
DIP Switch Settings
Pulse Operation
0
A pulse output for a certain period can be obtained with a random external input signal. Use the 700-HNC timing relay in interval mode as
shown in the following timing charts.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Power (9-14)
External short circuit
(5-13)
1
50 ms
min.
External input
(9-13)
Time limit contact NO
(10-6, 11-7, 12-8)
Time limit contact NC
(10-2, 11-3, 12-4)
Run/Power indicator
(PW)
Output indicator (UP)
2
4
5
6
7
14
(~ )
(+)
(~)
Timer
(—) Circuit
Note:
3
13
t: Set time
Rt: Reset time
UP FW
External Input
~
(
)
DIP Switch Settings
Time Ranges
Cat. No.
Time Range
Time Setting Range
700-HNC44AZ12
700-HNC44AZ24
700-HNC44AZ48
700-HNC44AZ11
700-HNC44AZ25
700-HNC44AA24
700-HNC44AA12
700-HNC44AA23
1s
0.1 s…1 s
Yes
10 s
1 s…10 s
No
1 min
0.1 s…1 min
No
10 min
1…10 min
No
1 min
0.1…1 min
Yes
10 min
1…10 min
No
1 hr
0.1…1 hr
No
1 hr
1…10 hr
No
700-HNC44BZ12
700-HNC44BZ24
700-HNC44BZ48
700-HNC44BZ11
700-HNC44BZ25
700-HNC44BA24
700-HNC44BA12
700-HNC44BA23
Setting
Factory-Set
Note: The top two DIP switch pins are used to select the time ranges.
8
9
Operating Mode
10
11
Setting
ON-delay
Yes
One Shot
No
Repeat Cycle OFF-start
No
Repeat Cycle ON-start
No
Note: The bottom two DIP switch pins are used to select the time ranges.
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
9-76
Factory-set
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
Bulletin 700-HNC
Plug-in Timing Relays
Approximate Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches) where not specified. Approximate Dimensions are not intended to be used for
manufacturing purposes.
0
Timers
Front Mounting
30.0
(1-3/16)
6.1 (15/64)
Fourteen 3 x 1.2 mm
Elliptic Holes
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
4.0
(0.15)
62.0
(2-15/64)
3
6.3
(.024)
6.4
(0.25)
52.6
(2.07)
63.0
(2.48)
2
4.2
(5/32)
28
(1.10)
1
24.9
(57/64)
21.1
(53/64)
14
21.5 max
(084)
12
13
11
10
65.0
(2-9/16)
9
4
26.0
(1-1/64)
Cat. No. 700-HN1281
Wire Size: 2 x 1.5 mm2 (#2-16 AWG…#1-20 AWG)
(Either Solid or Stranded)
Strip Length: 9 mm (3/8 in.) - Torque: 0.8 N•m (7 lb•in)
Cat.No. 700-HNC
5
Panel Mounting
27.0
(1.06)
60.9
(2.40)
28.9
(1-9/64)
6
21.5
(0.85)
24.5
(31/32)
35.6
(1.40)
76.0
(2.99)
67.0
(2-5/8)
7
3.2
(0.13)
18.9
(0.74)
34.9
(1.37)
#4-40
M3
30.0
(1-11/64)
Cat. No. 700-HN103
Single wire: 0.2…2.5 mm2 (#24 AWG…14 AWG)
Double wire: 2 x 0.2 mm2…2 x 1.5 mm2 (2 x 24 AWG…2 x 16 AWG)
Wire type: solid or stranded, copper only
Strip length: 8 mm (5/16 in.), Torque: 0.5 N•m (4.4 lb•in)
32.0
(1.26)
35.5
(1.40)
8
2.5
(0.10)
Cat. No. HN-104
Single Wire: 0.2…2.5 mm2 ( #24 AWG…14 AWG)
Double Wire: 2 x 0.2 mm2…2 x2.5 mm2 (2 x 24 AWG…2 x 14 AWG)
Wire Type: solid or stranded, copper only
Strip Length: 7 mm (9/32 in.), Torque: 0.5 N•m (4.4 lb•in)
9
10
1 Total height of 700-HN128 + 700-HNC is 82.5 mm.
11
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
9-77
Bulletin 700-HNK
Plug-in Timing Relays
Product Overview/Product Selection
0
1
Bulletin 700-HNK — Ultra-Slim Timing Relay
Table of Contents
The ultra-slim timing relay is the smallest relay available
It is perfect for converting Bulletin 700-HK relays into a timing relay
SPDT and DPST-NO contact output
Socket-mounted
Timing range From 0.1 s…10 hr
Product Selection ...... this page
Accessories.................. this page
Specifications.............. 9-79
Approximate
Dimensions................... 9-83
Standards Compliance and
Certifications
See Specification table in this
section, page 9-79
2
3
Product Selection
Bulletin 700-HNK Miniature Timer with Multiple Time Ranges
Timing Mode
Socket Type
Contact Output
700-HN121
SPDT1
Timing Range
0.1 s…10 min
4
0.1 min…10 hr
On-Delay
One Shot
Repeat Cycle, OFF-start
Repeat Cycle, ON-start
5
0.1 s…10 min
700-HN122
DPST-NO
0.1 min…10 hr
Cat. No. 700-HNK
SPDT, DPST-NO
6
Input Voltage
12V DC
24V DC
24V AC
12V DC
24V DC
24V AC
12V DC
24V DC
24V AC
12V DC
24V DC
Cat. No.
700-HNK41AZ12
700-HNK41AZ24
700-HNK41AA24
700-HNK41BZ12
700-HNK41BZ24
700-HNK41BA24
700-HNK42AZ12
700-HNK42AZ24
700-HNK42AA24
700-HNK42BZ12
700-HNK42BZ24
24V AC
700-HNK42BA24
1 5-blade terminal type only.
8-blade terminal type only.
General Timer Functions
Run/Power Indicator (Green)
(Lit: Power ON)
7
Main Dial
Set the desired time according to time
range selectable by DIP switch.
Output Indicator (Orange)
(Lit: Output ON)
8
Accessories
Description
Pkg. Quantity
Cat. No.
Screw Terminal Socket — Panel or DIN Rail Mounting
5-blade miniatue socket. For use with 1-pole type 700-HNK41 timers. Socket includes a
retainer clip.
10
700-HN121
Screw Terminal Socket — Panel or DIN Rail Mounting
8-blade miniature socket for use with 2-pole, Bulletin 700-HNK42 timers. This socket
includes a retainer clip.
10
700-HN122
9
10
11
Cat. No. 700-HN121
Cat. No. 700-HN122
Timing Relay, Socket, Retainer Clip Reference Chart
Timer Type
12
700-HNK
Socket Cat. No.
Retainer Clip Cat. No.
700-HN121
Provided
700-HN122
Provided
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
9-78
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
Bulletin 700-HNK
Plug-in Timing Relays
Specifications
Specifications
0
Ratings
Item
Pilot Duty Rating
NEMA B300
Rated Supply Voltage
24V AC; 12, 24V DC
Pin Type
Plug-in
Operating Mode
ON-delay, One Shot, Repeat Cycle OFF start, or Repeat Cycle ON start selectable with DIP switch.
Operating Voltage Range
85%…110% of rated supply voltage (12 VDC: 90%…110% of rated supply voltage)1
Power Consumption
24V AC:Relay ON:approx. 0.8 VA (at 24 VAC, 60 Hz)
Relay OFF:0.5 VA (at 24V AC, 60 Hz)
12V DC:Relay ON:approx. 0.4 W (at 12V DC)
Relay OFF:0.1 W (at 12V DC)
24V DC:Relay ON:approx. 0.5 W (at 24V DC)
Relay OFF:0.2 W (at 24V DC)
Control Outputs
5 A at 250V AC, resistive load (cosφ = 1)
The minimum applicable load is 10 mA at 5 VDC (P reference value).
2
3
Characteristics
Make
Break
120V AC
30 A
240V AC
15 A
120V AC
3A
240V AC
1.5 A
1
4
Hp at 240V AC
1/6 Hp
Accuracy of Operating Time
±1% FS max. (1 s range: +1%±10 ms max.)
Setting Error
±15%+50 ms FS max.
Reset Time
Min. power-opening time:
Influence of Voltage
±2% FS max.
Influence of Temperature
±2% FS max.
12, 24V DC: 0.1 s max. (including halfway reset)
24V AC: 0.5 s max. (including halfway reset)
Insulation Resistance
100 mΩ min. (at 500V DC)
Dielectric Strength
2000V AC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min (between operating circuit and control output, or contacts of different
poles)
1000V AC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min (between non-continuous contacts)
Vibration Resistance
Malfunction:10…55 Hz, 0.5 mm single amplitude
Shock Resistance
Malfunction:100 m/s2 (approx. 10G)
Ambient Temperature
Operating:-10 °C…50 °C (with no icing)
Storage:-25 °C…65 °C (with no icing)
Ambient Humidity
Operating:35…85%
Life Expectancy
Mechanical:10 000 000 operations min. (under no load at 1800 operations/hr)
Electrical:100 000 operations min. (3 A at 250V AC, resistive load at 1800 operations/hr)
5
6
7
8
Impulse Withstand Voltage
Between power terminals: 1 kV
Noise Immunity
±1.5 kV, square-wave noise by noise simulator (pulse width: 100 ns/1 μs, 1-ns rise)
Static Immunity
Destruction:8 kV
Malfunction:4 kV
Enclosure Rating
IP20
Weight
Approx. 18 g
EMC
Emission Enclosure:EN55011 Group 1 class A
Emission AC Mains:EN55011 Group 1 class A
Immunity ESD:EN61000-4-2:4 kV contact discharge (level 2)
8 kV air discharge (level 3)
Immunity RF-interference:ENV50140:10 V/m (amplitude modulated, 80 MHz…1GHz) (level 3)
10 V/m (pulse modulated, 900 MHz)
Immunity Conducted Disturbance:ENV50141:10 V (0.15…80 MHz) (level 3)
Immunity Burst:EN61000-4-4:2 kV power-line (level 3)
2 kV I/O signal-line (level 4)
Standards
UL508, CSA C22.2 No. 14, EN/IEC 60947-5-1, EN/IEC 61812-1
Certifications
cURus Recognized Component (File No. E14843, Guide NRNTZ/NRNT8), CE Marked, C-Tick Marked
9
10
11
1 When using 700-HNK timer in any place where the ambient temperature is more than 50 °C, supply 90…110% of the rated voltages
(12V DC: 95…11 % of the rated voltage).
Note:
t: Set time
Rt: Reset time
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
9-79
Bulletin 700-HNK
Plug-in Timing Relays
Timining Chart
Timing Chart
Operating Mode
0
700-HNK41…
700-HNK42…
Rt
t
t
Time limit contact
NC (4-2)
t
1
Output
t
Power (1-8)
ON-Delay
Power
Rt
t
Power (1-5)
Time limit contact
NO 4-3, 5-6
Time limit contact
NO (4-3)
Run/Power
indicator (PW)
Run/ Power
Output indicator
(OUT)
Indicator (PW)
Output Indicator
(OUT)
2
Power (1-5)
3
One shot
Time limit contact
NC (4-2)
Power
Time limit contact
NO (4-3)
Output
Run/ Power
Run/Power
indicator (PW)
Output indicator
(OUT)
Output Indicator
(OUT)
4
t
t
t
t
Power (1-5)
Repeat Cycle OFF-Start
Time limit contact
NC (4-2)
Power
Time limit contact
NO (4-3)
t
t
t
t
Output indicator
(OUT)
t
t
t
t
t
Power (1-5)
Power
Output
t
t
Power (1-8)
Time limit contact
NC (4-2)
t
Time limit contact
NO (4-3, 5-6)
Time limit contact
NO (4-3)
Run/Power
indicator (PW)
Run/ Power
Indicator (PW)
Output indicator
(OUT)
Output Indicator
(OUT)
8
9
10
11
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
9-80
t
Run/Power
indicator (PW)
Output Indicator
(OUT)
Repeat Cycle ON-Start
t
Time limit contact
NO (4-3, 5-6)
Indicator (PW)
6
t
Power (1-8)
Run/ Power
Output
7
t
Time limit contact
NO (4-3, 5-6)
Indicator (PW)
5
Rt
t
Power (1-8)
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
t
t
t
Bulletin 700-HNK
Plug-in Timing Relays
Wiring Diagrams
Wiring Diagrams
0
3
5
4
4
1
2
6
3
Timer
Circuit
1
( )
( )
~
OUT
PW
Timer
1 Circuit
( )
( ~ ) OUT PW
8
( )
( )
~
5
( )
(~)
2
Cat. No. 700-HNK41...
Cat. No. 700-HNK42...
A pulse output for a certain period can be obtained with a random external input signal. Use the 700-HNK in interval mode as shown in the
following timing chart.
t
5
4
Rt
t
Rt
t
3
4
Power (3-8)
External Short Circuit (1-4)
3
1
( )
( )
~
6
Timer
Circuit
OUT PW
External Input (1-3)
50 ms
min.
5
8
Time Limit Contact NO (6-5)
Run/Power Indicator (PW)
Output Indicator (OUT)
( )
( )
~
External Input
~
(
6
Note: t: Set time
Rt: Reset time
)
Mode
Terminals
Pulse Operation
Power supply between 3 and 8
Short-circuit between 4 and 1
Input signal between 3 and 1
Operating mode; One shot and all other modes
Power supply between 1 and 8
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
9-81
Bulletin 700-HNK
Plug-in Timing Relays
Timing Ranges
Time Ranges
0
1
Cat. No.
Time Range
Time Setting Range
1s
0.1…1 s
Yes
10 s
1…10 s
No
1 min
0.1 s…1 min
No
10 min
1…10 min
No
1 min
0.1…1 min
Yes
10 min
1…10 min
No
1 hr
0.1…1 hr
No
10 hr
1…10 hr
No
700-HNK41AZ12
700-HNK41AZ24
700-HNK41AA24
700-HNK42AZ12
700-HNK42AZ24
700-HNK42AA24
2
3
4
700-HNK41BZ12
700-HNK41BZ24
700-HNK41BA24
700-HNK42BZ12
700-HNK42BZ24
700-HNK42BA24
Setting
Factory-Set
Note: The left two DIP switch pins are used to select the time ranges.
5
6
7
Operating Modes
Operating Mode
8
9
10
Setting
On-delay
Yes
One Shot
No
Repeat Cycle Off-start
No
Repeat Cycle On-start
No
Note: The right two DIP switch pins are used to select the operating modes.
11
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
9-82
Factory-set
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
Bulletin 700-HNK
Plug-in Timing Relays
Approximate Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Approximate Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.
47.4
(1.86)
46.0
(1.81)
12.8
(0.50)
47.0
(1.86)
12.8
(0.50)
6
(0.23)
46.0
(1.81)
6.0
(0.23)
0
1
31.2
(1.22) 28.8
(1.13)
28.8
(1.30)
31.2
(1.22)
2
3
Bulletin 700-HNK42 DPST-NO Contact
Approximate Dimensions
Bulletin 700-HNK41 SPDT Contact
Approximate Dimensions
11
4
14
3
7.11
(9/32)
Five M3.5
x 0.315 Screws
2.03
(5/64)
4.06
(5/32)
12
2
3.0 Ø
(1/8)
Use M3 Screws
84.1
5 (+) (3-5/16)
(A1)
21
6
1 (-)
(A2)
4.06
(5/32)
15.6
(5/8)
22
7
24
5
14
4
84.1
(3-5/16)
8 (+)
(A1)
2.03
(5/64)
5
12
2
4.06
(5/32)
39.5
(1-17/32)
3.0 Ø
(1/8)
Use M3 Screws
4.06
(5/32)
29.9
(1-3/16)
54.1
(2-1/8)
11
3
Eight
M3.5 x 0.315
Screws
39.5
(1-17/32)
35.5
(1-13/32)
4
7.11
(9/32)
15.6
(5/8)
35.5
(1-13/32)
1 (-)
(A2)
6
7
29.9
(1-3/16)
54.1
(2-1/8)
Cat No. 700-HN121
Wire Size: 2 x 2.5 mm2
Single Wire – Up to #12 AWG
Double Wire – 2 x 2.5 mm2 (#2–14 AWG… #2–20 AWG)
(Either Solid or Stranded)
Strip Length: 9 mm (3/8 in.) – Torque: 0.8 N•m (7 lb•in)
Total height: 700-HN121 + 700-HNK41 is 78.0 mm.
1 Holes required for mounting [3 mm (1/8 in.) diameter].
8
Cat No. 700-HN122
Wire Size: 2 x 2.5 mm2
Single Wire – Up to #12 AWG
Double Wire – 2 x 2.5 mm2 (#2–14 AWG… #2–20 AWG)
(Either Solid or Stranded)
Strip Length: 9 mm (3/8 in.) – Torque: 0.8 N•m (7 lb•in)
Total height: 700-HN122 + 700-HNK42 is 78.0 mm.
1 Holes required for mounting [3 mm (1/8 in.) diameter].
9
10
11
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
9-83
Bulletin 700-HR
Plug-in Timing Relays
Product Overview/Product Selection
Table of Contents
Bulletin 700-HR — Dial Timing Relay
Socket- or panel-mounted
5 A contact ratings or transistor outputs
Single- or Multi-Function
Timing range from 0.05 s…300 hr
Multi-voltage inputs
0
1
Product Selection ...... this page
Accessories.................. 9-87
Specifications.............. 9-89
Approximate
Dimensions................... 9-95
Standards Compliance
and Certifications
See Specification table in this
section, page 9-89
2
Product Selection
3
4
Bulletin 700 Multi-Function Timing Relays with Trigger and Reset Switch Options
Socket or Panel Mounted
Timing Range From 0.05 s…300 hr
11-pin base for socket cat. nos. 700-HN101, -HN126, -HN129
Trigger: Power on or optional trigger signal
Reset: Power off or optional reset signal
Timing Mode
Supply Voltage
5
24…48V AC
12…48V DC
6
On-Delay (A)
OFF-Delay (D)
One Shot (E)
Repeat cycle OFF-Start (B)
Repeat Cycle ON-Start
(B2)
Signal ON/OFF-delay (C)
7
8
9
100…240V AC
100…125V DC
Reset Options
1. Power On
2. Start Signal
- contact closure (zero
volts)
- NPN transistor
3. Gate Signal (pause)
1. Power Off
2. Reset Signal
- contact closure (zero
volts)
- NPN transistor
Outputs
Cat. No.
DPDT
700-HR52TU24
1. Power On
2. Start Signal
- contact closure (voltage)
- NPN transistor
- PNP transistor
Power Off
DPDT
700-HRV52TU24
1. Power On
2. Start Signal
- contact closure (zero
volts)
3. Gate Signal (pause)
1. Power Off
2. Reset Signal
- contact closure (zero
volts)
DPDT
700-HR52TA17
1. Power On
2. Start Signal
- contact closure (voltage)
Power Off
DPDT
1 700-HRV52TA17
Reset Options
Outputs
Cat. No.
DPDT
700-HRS42TU24
Transistor
1
700HRT6TTU24
Bulletin 700 Multi-Function Timing Relays with Power On Trigger
Socket or Panel Mounted
Timing Range From 0.05 s…300 hr
8-pin base for socket cat. nos. 700-HN100, -HN125, -HN108
Trigger: Power on
Reset: Power off
Timing Mode
10
11
Trigger Options
ON-Delay (A)
One Shot (E)
Repeat Cycle ON-Start
(B2)
Delayed One Shot (J)
Supply Voltage
Trigger Options
24…48V AC
12…48V DC
Power On
Power Off
24…48V AC/DC
Power On
Power Off
100…240V AC
100…125V DC
Power On
Power Off
Transistor
1 700-HRP42TU24
SPDT Timed +
Instantaneous Contact
700-HRP42TA17
DPDT
700-HRS42TA17
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
700HRT4TTU24
SPDT Timed +
Instantaneous Contact
1 Voltage input connection to high signal instead of OV signal.
9-84
1
Bulletin 700-HR
Plug-in Timing Relays
Product Selection/Catalog Number Explanation
Bulletin 700 ON-Delay Timing Relays
Socket or Panel Mounted
Timing Range From 0.05 s…300 h
8-pin base for socket cat. nos. 700-HN100, -HN125, -HN108
Trigger: Power on
Reset: Power off
Timing Mode
Supply Voltage
0
Trigger Options
Reset Options
24…48V AC/DC
Power On
24…48V AC
12…48V DC
ON-Delay (A)
100…240V AC
Power Off
Power On
Power Off
Outputs
Cat. No.
SPDT Timed +
Instantaneous Contact
700-HRC12TU24
DPDT
700-HRM12TU24
DPDT
700-HRM12TA17
SPDT Timed +
Instantaneous Contact
700-HRC12TA17
Timing mode description
1
2
3
A
D
ONDelay
OFFDelay
E
One
Shot
B2
B
C
J
Repeat
One
Repeat Signal
Cycle
Cycle
ON/OFF- Shot
OFF-Start ON-Start Delay
4
Bulletin 700-HRF Repeat Cycle Timing Relays
Socket or Panel Mounted
Independently adjustable on- and off-time
8-Pin base for socket cat. nos. 700-HN100, -HN125, and -HN108
DPDT contact outputs
Trigger: Power on
Reset: Power off
5
6
Cat. No. Explanation
700 – HRF
a
7
2
D
Z12
b
c
d
e
7
a
c
e
Timer Type
Contact Output
Supply Voltage
8
Code
Description
Code
Description
Code
Description
HRF
Repeat cycle with adjustable
ON/OFF times
2
DPDT
A18
100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz
U25
24V AC, 50/60 Hz; 24V DC
b
Function
Code
Description
7
Repeat cycle with OFF start
8
Repeat cycle with ON start
d
Z12
12V DC
Time Range
Z45
48…125V DC
Code
Description
D
0.05 s…30 hr
9
10
11
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
9-85
Bulletin 700-HR
Plug-in Timing Relays
Catalog Number Explanation
Bulletin 700-HRY Star-Delta Timing Relays
0
8-Pin base for socket cat. nos. 700-HN100, -HN125, and -HN108
SPDT timed + instantaneous contact outputs
Trigger: Power on
Reset: Power off
1
Cat. No. Explanation
2
700 – HRYY
a
3
6
F
A12
b
c
d
a
b
c
d
Timer Type
Contact Output
Time Range
Supply Voltage
Code
Description
Code
Description
HRYY
Star-Delta timer
6
SPDT timed + SPDT instant
Code
F
4
Description
Code
Description
Star
Delta
A12
100…120V AC, 50/60 Hz
0.5…120 s
0.05, 0.1,
0.25, 0.5 s
A22
200…240V AC, 50/60 Hz
Bulletin 700-HRQ True Off-Delay Timing Relays
5
11-Pin base for use with reset option — socket cat. nos. 700-HN101, -HN126, and -HN129
8-Pin base for use without reset option — socket cat. nos. 700-HN100, -HN125, and -HN108
DPDT contact outputs
Trigger: Power off
Reset: optional reset signal
6
Cat. No. Explanation
7
700 – HRQ
a
8
2
G
A12
b
c
d
e
a
b
c
e
Timer Type
Function
Contact Output
Supply Voltage
Code
Description
HRQ
True Off-delay timer
9
N
Code
Description
Code
Description
Code
Description
N
No reset option, 8-pin
terminals
2
DPDT
A12
100…120V AC, 50/60 Hz
R
Reset option, 11-pin
terminals
d
A22
200…240V AC, 50/60 Hz
U25
24V AC, 50/60 Hz; 24V DC
Time Range
Z48
48V DC
Z11
100…125V DC
Code
10
Description
G
0.05…12 s
H
0.05…12 min
11
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
9-86
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
Bulletin 700-HR
Plug-in Timing Relays
Accessories
Accessories
Description
Pkg. Qty.
Cat. No.
Screw Terminal Tube Base Socket — Panel or DIN Rail Mounting; Guarded Terminal
Construction. 8-Pin for use with Bulletin 700-HR and -HX timing relays.
10
700-HN100
Screw Terminal Tube Base Socket — Panel or DIN Rail Mounting; Open Style Construction. 8Pin for use with Bulletin 700-HR and -HX timing relays. No retainer clip required.
10
700-HN125
Screw Terminal Tube Base Sockets — Panel or DIN Rail Mounting; Guarded Terminal
Construction. 11-pin for use with 3PDT 700-HA relays.
10
700-HN101
Screw Terminal Tube Base Sockets — Panel or DIN Rail Mounting; Open Style Terminal
Construction. 11-pin for use with 3PDT 700-HA relays. No retainer clip required.
10
700-HN126
0
1
Cat. No. 700-HN100
2
Cat. No. 700-HN125
3
Cat. No. 700-HN101
4
Cat. No. 700-HN126
5
DIN (#3) symmetrical hat rail
35 x 7.5 x 1 m
10
199-DR1
6
Cat. No. 199-DR1
Specialty Socket
8-pin backwired socket with solder terminals for use with 700-HR timing relays. Order 10 or
multiples of 10.
10
700-HN108
Specialty Socket
11-pin back-wired socket with solder terminals for use with Bulletin 700-HR timing relays.
10
700-HN129
7
Cat. No. 700-HN108
8
Cat. No. 700-HN129
9
10
11
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
9-87
Bulletin 700-HR
Plug-in Timing Relays
Accessories
Pkg.
Quantity
Cat. No.
1
700-HN130
10
700-HN131
Protective Cover
Helps prevent tampering of timing and mode settings. Provides a degree of protection
against water and dirt from entering the front of the relay. For use with all Bulletin 700HRs and -HX timing relays.
1
700-HN132
Pre-Printed Identification Tags — contains 10 sheets of pre-printed and blank tags.
Each sheet contains 13 sets of the markings CR…9CR, TR…9TR, M…9M, F, R, 1S, and
117 blank tags. Tags are peel-off with sticky backing for easy placement on relays.
10
700-N40
Blank Identification Tags — contains 10 sheets of blank identification tags for
customer specialized printing. Each sheet contains 546 blank tags. Tags are peel-off
with sticky backing for easy placement on relays.
10
700-N41
Description
0
Frame Adapter
For flush or door mounting of all Bulletin 700-HR and -HX timers.
1
Cat. No. 700-HN130
Retainer Clip for Cat. Nos. 700-HN100 and -HN101 Sockets with all 700-HR Timing
Relays
Secures timer in socket.
2
Note: Not required for installation
Sample Retainer Clips
3
4
Cat. No. 700-HN132
5
6
7
Bulletin 700-HR Multi-function, Multi-Range Dial Timing Relay, Socket, Retainer Clip Reference Chart
Socket Cat.
No.
Timer Type
8
700-HR52, -HRT6, -HRV, -HRQR
700-HRS, -HRT4, -HRP, -HRC, -HRM, -HRF, -HRY, -HRQN
9
Retainer Clip Cat. No.
700-HN101
700-HN131
700-HN126
Not Required1
700-HN129
Not Applicable
‡ 700-HN100
700-HN131(See note above)
‡ 700-HN108
Not Applicable
‡ 700-HN125
Not Required1
1 Design of these sockets holds the timing relays securely and does not require retainer clips.
11 pins.
‡ 8 + pins.
10
11
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
9-88
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
Bulletin 700-HR
Plug-in Timing Relays
Specifications
700-HR, HRS, -HRV
700-HRP
700-HRC
700-HRM
700-HRF
700-HRY
700-HRQ
700-HRT
(Transistor
Outputs)
0
Electrical Ratings
Pilot Duty Rating
NEMA B300
—
Thermal Current (Ith)
5A
100 mA @ 30V
DC max.
120V AC
30 A
—
240V AC
15 A
—
120V AC
3A
—
240V AC
1.5 A
Make
Break
Hp at 120V
—
1/6 Hp (0.12
kW)
1/4 Hp (0.18 kW)
1/6 Hp (0.12 kW)
Hp at 240V
1/3 Hp (0.25 kW)
Resistive Load
5 A at 250V AC/30V DC
Inductive Load
AC-15 @ 250V AC, 3 A/DC-13 @ 30V DC, 0.5 A
1/4 Hp (0.18
kW)
1/6 Hp (0.12
kW)
2
—
—
3
Accuracy of Operating Time
±0.2 % FS max. (±0.2 % ±10 ms max. in a range of 1.2 s)
Setting Error
±5 % FS ±50 ms (The value is ±5 % FS +100 ms to -0 ms max. when the C or D mode signal of the 700-HRVs are OFF.)
Influence of Voltage
±0.2 % FS max. (±0.2 % ±10 ms max. in a range of 1.2 s)
Influence of Temperature
±1 % FS max. (±1 % ±10 ms max. in a range of 1.2 s)
4
Permissible Leakage Current
Power Consumption
1
-HR52, -HRS
-HRV
-HRP, -HRC
-HRM
-HRF
-HRY
-HRQ
-HRT
240V AC, Output ON
2.1 VA
2.5 VA
2.0 VA
2.1 VA
10 VA
12 VA
0.4 VA
—
240V AC, Output OFF
1.3 VA
1.8 VA
2.0 VA
1.3 VA
10 VA
12 VA
0.4 VA
—
24V DC, Output ON
0.8 W
0.9 W
0.9 W
0.8 W
1.0 W
—
0.2 W
0.3 W
24V DC, Output OFF
0.2 W
0.3 W
0.9 W
0.2 W
1.0 W
—
0.2 W
0.2 W
5
Design Specifications
Dielectric Strength
2000V
2000V
2000V
1000V
2000V
AC (1000V AC for 700-HRT), 50/60 Hz for 1 min (contact to frame)
AC (1000V AC for 700-HRT), 50/60 Hz for 1 min (between control output terminals and operating circuit)
AC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min (pole-to-pole)
AC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min (between contacts not located next to each other)
AC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min (contact to coil)
Vibration Resistance
Malfunction: 10…55 Hz with 0.5 mm double amplitude each in three directions for ten minutes each
Shock Resistance
Malfunction: 100 m/s2 (10 G)
Noise Immunity
±1.5 kV for ±600V DC
6
Mechanical
98 m/s2
(10 G)
294 m/s2
(10 G)
98 m/s2
(10 G)
100 m/s2
(10 G)
±1kV for
48V DC
±1.5 kV for
±600V DC
7
Environmental
±400V for 12V DC
8
Static Immunity
Malfunction: 8 kV
Ambient Temperature
Operating: -10…55 °C (with no icing)
Storage: -25…65 °C (with no icing)
Ambient Humidity
Operating: 35…85 %
Life Rxpectancy
(Min. Operations)
Mechanical:20 000 000. (under no load at 1800 operations/h)
Electrical: 100 000 (5 A at 250V AC, resistive load at 1800 operations/h)
EMC
(EMI) EN50081-2
Emission Enclosure:EN55011 Group 1 class A
Emission AC Mains: EN55011 Group 1 class A
(EMS) EN50082-2
Immunity ESD:EN61000-4-2:4 kV contact discharge (level 2)
8 kV air discharge (level 3)
Immunity RF-interference from AM Radio Waves: ENV50140:10 V/m (80 MHz…1 GHz) (level 3)
Immunity RF-interference from Pulse-modulated Radio Waves:ENV50204:10 V/m (900 ±5 MHz) (level 3)
Immunity Conducted Disturbance:ENV50141:10 V (0.15…80 MHz) (level 3)
Immunity Burst:EN61000-4-4:2 kV power-line (level 3)
Immunity Surge:EN61000-4-52 kV I/O signal-line (level 4)
1 kV line to line
2 kV line to ground (level 3)
Construction
Degree of Protection
9
Mech: 107
Electrical: 104
10
11
IP40 (panel surface)
Weight
Approx. 90 g
Certifications
CSA Certified (File No. 70751), UL Recognized (File No. E14843 Guide No. NRNT2), CE Marked, C-Tick Marked
Standards
UL 508, CSA C22.2 No. 14, EN 61812-1, EN 61000-6-2, -6-4
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
9-89
Bulletin 700-HR
Plug-in Timing Relays
Timing Module Examples
0
Timer Functions
700-HR Multifunction Timer
Power indicator (green) (Flashes when Timer operates;
lit when Timer stops operating)
Operating mode display window
Operating mode selector
Select a mode from:
A, B, B2, C, D, and E (700-HR52, -HRV, and HRT 6)
A, E, B2, and J (800-HRS, -HRP, and -HRT4)
Output indicator (orange)
(Lit when energized)
1
Scale range display windows
2
3
Time unit display window
Time Range selector (select
one from 1.2, 3, 12, and 30 at
full scale.)
Time unit selector (select one from sec, min, hrs, and 10 h)
Time setting
knob (set time)
700-HRC -HRM On-Delay Timer
Power indicator (green) (Flashes when Timer operates;
lit when Timer stops operating)
Output indicator (orange)
(Lit when energized)
4
Scale range display windows
Time unit display window
5
6
Time Range selector (select
one from 1.2, 3, 12, and 30 at
full scale.)
Time unit selector (select one from sec, min, hrs, and 10 h)
Time setting
knob (set time)
700-HRF Twin Timer
OFF indicator (green)
Lit when the output is OFF.
OFF-time unit display
ON indicator (orange)
Lit when the output is ON.
7
OFF-time unit selector (select
one from sec. 10 s, min., and hrs
ON-time setting knob (with orange pointer)
For ON-time setting
Scale range display windows
OFF-time setting knob (with green pointer)
For OFF-time setting
Time range selector (select
one from 1.2, 3, 12, and
30 at full scale.)
8
ON-time unit display
ON-time unit selector (select
one from sec. 10 s, min., and hrs
700-HRY Star-Delta Timer
Star operation indicator
(green)
9
Delta operation indicator
(orange)
Time unit display
(sec. is fixed)
Scale range display windows
Time setting knob (for setting
star operation time)
10
Star-delta transfer time selector (select
one from 0.05 s, 0.1 s, 0.25 s, and 0.5 s)
Star operation time range selector
(select one from 6, 12, 60 and
120 at full scale.)
11
Star-delta transfer time unit display
700-HRQ True Off-Delay Timer
Scale range display windows
12
Output indicator (red)
Time setting knob (for setting OFF-delay time)
Time range selector (select one from 0.6, 1.2, 6, and 12
at full scale.)
13
True OFF-Delay time unit display
www.ab.com/catalogs
9-90
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
Bulletin 700-HR
Plug-in Timing Relays
Trigger Signal Examples
Specifications for Start, Gate, Reset Signal (Cat. Nos. 700-HR52, -HRT6, -HRV, -HRQR)
Start, Reset, and Gate signals are typically contact closures or signals from a solid-state sensor.
0
(R) Reset Signal
The reset signal is not required for normal operation. Reset
can be accomplished by removing power from the timing
relay. To reset the timer without removing power, a signal
must be applied which resets the timing cycle and returns
the output contacts to their shelf state. The reset signal will
override both the start signal and gate signal. The reset
signal can be either momentary or maintained.
t1< T
t1
Power to Timing Relay
T
1
Reset Signal
Timing Cycle
Timing Relay Output
2
(G) Gate Signal
The gate signal is not required for normal operation. The
gate signal provides a pause or retentive timing function.
When the gate signal is applied the timing cycle is
momentarily interrupted. When the signal is removed, the
timing cycle resumes timing at the point the cycle was
interrupted and will continue timing until the time delay is
completed or the gate signal is re-applied.
t1
Power to Timing Relay
t1+t2 = T
t2
3
Gate (pause)
Timing Cycle
Timing Relay Output
Contact Signal — Cat. Nos. 700-HR52, -HRT6, -HRQR
Contact closure provides signal to timer. A low energy signal
is generated by the 700-HR timing relay. For optimum
reliability, use contacts designed for low energy switching
(5V, 1 mA) (Bul. 800F-X__V, 800T-X__V). No external voltage
should be connected to the contact signal.
4
R
S
5
G
5v, 1mA
Contact Signal — Cat. No. 700-HRV
For use in applications where it is not possible to use
contacts designed for low energy switching. Contact closure
provides signal to timer. A signal is generated by the 700-HR
timing relay, and is the same potential as the supply voltage
of the timing relay. No external voltage should be connected
to contact signal. 700-HRV52TU24 supply voltage: 24...48V
AC, 12...48V DC / 700-HRV52TA17 supply voltage:
100...240V AC, 100...125V DC.
6
S
7
U
U
(+)
( )
8
Solid-State Signal — Cat. Nos. 700-HR52, -HRT6
Timing relay is suitable for use with a 3-wire NPN 12...24V
DC sensor. Supply voltage potential of sensor must be
the same as the supply voltage potential of the timing
relay. Permissible off-state leakage current from sensor:
0.01 mA max.
+ 12...24V DC
COM
0.1mA
9
R
S
G
10
COM ( )
(+) 12...24V DC
Solid-State Signal — Cat. No. 700-HRV
Timing relay is suitable for use with a 3-wire NPN or PNP
12...24V DC sensor. Supply voltage potential of sensor must
be the same as the supply voltage potential of the timing
relay. Permissible off-state leakage current from sensor: 0.01
mA max.
11
+ 12...24 V DC
COM
+ 12...24V DC
COM
S
S
12
PNP Wiring Diagram
www.ab.com/catalogs
COM ( )
(+) 12...24V DC
NPN Wiring Diagram
COM ( )
(+) 12...24V DC
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
9-91
13
Bulletin 700-HNC
Plug-in Timing Relays
Trigger Signal Examples/ Timing Charts
Signal Specifications
0
Circuit Impedance
Circuit impedance can be used to calculate the maximum wiring distance from the signal switch to the timing relay, for example.
Permissible signal-ON impedance: 1 kΩ max.
Permissible signal-OFF impedance: 100 kΩ min.
Power-OFF Reset
Min. power-off time: 0.1 s, Reset Voltage: 10% max. of rated voltage
Signal Duration
Min. pulse width: 0.05 s
1
Signal Options
700-HR52
700-HRT6
700-HRV5
700-HRQR
Start
X
X
X
NA
Reset
X
X
NA
X
Gate
X
X
NA
NA
2
3
Nomenclature
Timing Charts
Mode A — ON-Delay
a. Needs continuous input power applied.
b. Timing is initiated by the leading edge of the start signal.
c. Contacts change state after timing is complete.
4
d. Additional start signals during timing don't reset timing or contacts.
e. When the input power is removed contacts return to shelf state.
Basic Operation
T
Power
5
T
Power
Start
Start
Output (N.C.)
Output
Output (N.O.)
6
Power LED
Mode B — Repeat Cycle, Off Start
a. Need continuous input power applied.
b. Timing is initiated by the leading edge of the start signal. Additional start signals during timing do not reset timing or contacts.
7
c. For the first time period the contacts remain in their shelf state. When that time period is complete contacts change state for the same time
period (time on = time off).
d. This cycle repeats itself until input power is removed or reset signal is applied. When the input power is removed or reset signal is applied
contacts return to the shelf state.
8
Basic Operation
T
9
10
T
T
T
T
T
Power
Start
Output (N.C.)
Output (N.O.)
Power LED
Power
Start
Output
a. Need continuous input power applied.
b. Timing is initiated by the leading edge of the start signal. Additional start signals during timing do not reset timing or contacts.
c. For the first time period the contacts change state. When that time period is complete contacts return to the shelf state for the same time
period (time on = time off).
11
d. This cycle repeats itself until input power is removed or reset signal is applied. When the input power is removed or reset signal is applied
contacts return to the shelf state.
Basic Operation
Power
Start
Output (N.C.)
12
T
T
T
Power
Start
T
T
Output
Output (N.O.)
Power LED
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
9-92
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
T
Bulletin 700-HNC
Plug-in Timing Relays
Timing Charts
Mode C — Watchdog monitor (Trigger = Signal On/Off)
a. Need continuous input power applied.
0
b. Contacts change state immediately when start signal is applied or when start signal is removed (only if timing cycle was complete).
c. Timing is initiated at the leading edge of the start signal. After the first timing cycle is complete, timing is initiated by the trailing edge of the
start signal.
d. At the end of the time period contacts return to the shelf state.
1
e. Relay timing is reset when additional start signals are applied while the relay is timing. Contacts remain in energized state.
f. When the input power is removed contacts return to the shelf state.
Power
T
T
t
t<T
T
Basic Operation
Start
Output (N.C.)
T
Power
Start
Output (N.O.)
Power LED
Mode D — Off-Delay (Trigger=Signal Off)
2
T
Output
3
a. Need continuous input power applied.
b. Contacts change state immediately when start signal is applied.
4
c. Timing is initiated by the trailing edge of the start signal.
d. At the end of the time period contacts return to the shelf state.
e. Relay timing is reset when additional start signals are applied while the relay is timing. Contacts remain in energized state.
f. When the input power is removed contacts return to the shelf state.
5
Basic Operation
t
T
Power
t<T
Start
Power
Start
Output (N.C.)
Output
T
6
Output (N.O.)
Power LED
Mode E — One-Shot (Trigger=Signal On) 700-HR52, -HRV, and -HRT6
7
a. Need continuous input power applied.
b. Timing is initiated by the leading edge of the start signal.
c. Contacts change state immediately when start signal is applied.
8
d. At the end of the time period contacts return to the shelf state.
e. Relay timing is reset when additional start signals are applied while the relay is timing. Contacts remain in energized state.
f. When the input power is removed contacts return to shelf state.
Basic Operation
T
Power
t
t<T
T
Power
Start
Start
Output (N.C.)
Output (N.O.)
Power LED
9
T
Output
10
Mode E — One-Shot (Trigger = Power On) 700-HRS, -HRP, and -HRT4
a. Need continuous input power applied.
b. Timing is initiated when the input power is applied.
11
c. At the end of the time period contacts return to the shelf state.
d. Relay timing is reset when input power is removed.
Basic Operation
Power
t<T
T
Power
Timed Output (N.C.)
Timed Output (N.O.)
Power LED
12
T
Output
www.ab.com/catalogs
13
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
9-93
Bulletin 700-HNC
Plug-in Timing Relays
Timing Charts
Mode J — Delayed One-Shot (Trigger=Power On)
0
a. Need continuous input power applied.
b. No start signal applied.
c. Timing is initiated when input power is applied.
c. Contacts change state after the timing for a fixed time of 1s +/-0.5s
1
d. At the end of the 1 sec period the contacts return to the shelf state.
e. When the input power is removed contacts return to the shelf state.
Basic Operation
T
2
Power
T
1s ±0.5s
Output (N.C.)
Power
3
1s ±0.5s
Output (N.O.)
Output (N.O.)
Power LED
Power LED
Mode Star-Delta
a. Need continuous input power applied.
b. No start signal required. Timing is initiated when input power is applied.
4
c. Star ouput contact changes state when input power is applied.
d. After timing is complete star output contact returns to the shelf state then both the star & delta contacts remain in shelf states until transfer
time setting is complete.
e. Delta output contact changes state after transfer time is complete.
5
f. Instantaneous contact changes state when input power is applied.
g. All contacts return to the shelf state when input power is removed.
Power
6
7
Basic Operation
t2
t1
Output (N.C.)
Power
Output (N.O.)
Instantaneous Output
Output 8-5,
LED
Output 8-5,
LED
Output 8-6,
LED
Output 8-6,
LED
t1
t2
Mode True Off-Delay (Trigger=Power Off)
a. Continuous input power is NOT required.
b. No start signal applied.
8
c. Contacts change state immediately when input power is applied.
d. Timing starts when input power is removed.
e. At the end of the time period contacts return to the shelf state.
9
f. Relay timing is reset when input power is reapplied while the relay is timing. Contacts remain in energized state.
t<T
T
t
T
Basic Operation
Power
10
11
T
Output (N.C.)
Power
Output (N.O.)
Output
Relay On LED
Relay On LED
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
9-94
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
Bulletin 700-HNC
Plug-in Timing Relays
Approximate Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Approximate Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.
81.5
(3-7/32)
52.3
(2-1/16)
15.0
(19/32)
Power
A
Mode
3
2
4
hrs
0.7
(0.03)
39
(1.54)
Unit
44.8
(1.76)
48.0
(1-57/64)
6.0
(1/4)
2
Cat. No. 700-HR, -HRM, -HRC, -HRF,
-HRS, -HRV, -HRP, -HRY, -HRQ Timing Relays
Cat. No. 700-HR, -HRM, -HRC,
-HRF, -HRS, HRV, HRP
0
1
6
Range
78
(3.07)
63.7
(2.51)
48.0
(1-57/64)
5
0
6
(.24)
Up
1
48.0
(1-57/64)
15
(.59)
Cat. No. 700-HRY, -HRQ Timing Relays
Timing Relays
3
Panel
35.0
(1-3/8)
45.0
(1-25/32)
57.0
(2-11/32)
32.0
(1-1/4)
4
45.0
(1-49/64)
24.0
(31/32)
45.0
(1-25/32)
5
Cat. No. 700-HN129 — 11-pin
Cat. No. 700-HN108 — 8-pin socket
Cat. No. 700-HR…
Panel Cutout
30
(1-3/16)
22
12
5
4
24
Retainer
26
(1-1/32)
2
1
8
Ø 24.9
(63/64)
7
3
65
(2-35/64)
7
1
11
A1
3
38
(1-1/2)
#4_40
M3
4
5
7
54.9
(2-5/32)
Ø 4.2
(5/32)
2
8
21
A2
6
24.6
(31/32)
20.8
(53/64)
40.1
(1-37/64)
14
6
Cat. No. 700-HN130
51.1
(2-1/64)
6
33.0
(1-19/64)
8
14.7
(37/64)
Cat. No. 700-HN100
Cat. No. 700-HN125
Wire Size: 2x2.5 mm
Single Wire — Up to #12 AWG
Double Wire — 2x2.5 mm (#2-14 AWG…#2-20 AWG)
(Either Solid or Stranded)
Strip length: 9 mm (3/8 in) — Torque: 0.8 N•m (7 lb•in)
Wire Size: 2x2.5 mm
Single Wire— Up to #12 AWG
Double Wire — 2x2.5 mm (#2-14…#2-20 AWG)
(Either Solid or Stranded)
Strip Length: 9 mm (3/8 in) — Torque: 0.8 N•m (7 lb•in)
9
Panel Mounting
30
(1-3/16)
24
21 22
1
12
32
6
7
26.9
(1.06)
10
3
9
4
8
54.9
(2-5/32)
4
65
(2-35/64)
9
5
3
10
11
1
10
24.6
(31/32)
20.8
(53/64)
11
2
5
8
34
59.2
(2-1/3)
7.9
(0.31)
26
(1-1/32)
7
6
Ø 4.2
(5/32)
11
51.1
(2-1/64)
2
14
#4_40
M3
A2 31 11 A1
38
(1-1/2)
52.3
(2.06)
Cat. No. 700-HN100
Cat. No. 700-HN126
Wire Size: 2x2.5 mm
Single Wire — Up to #12 AWG
Double Wire — 2x2.5 mm (#2-14 AWG…#2-20 AWG)
(Either Solid or Stranded)
Strip Length: 9 mm (3/8 in.) — Torque: 0.8 N•m (7 lb•in.)
Wire Size: 2x2.5 mm
Single Wire— Up to #12 AWG
Double Wire — 2x2.5 mm (#2-14…#2-20 AWG)
(Either Solid or Stranded)
Strip Length: 9 mm (3/8 in) — Torque: 0.8 N•m (7 lb•in)
www.ab.com/catalogs
12
13
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
9-95
Bulletin 700-HX
Plug-in Timing Relays
Product Overview/Product Selection
Bulletin 700-HX — Multi-Function Digital Timing Relay
Table of Contents
Digital timing relay with LCD display
Socket- or panel-mounted (NEMA 4X/IP66)
5A, B300, SPDT contact ratings
10 Functions or modes
Environmentally friendly — flash memory, no battery
User Manual 700-UM002* available at Literature Library
0
1
Product Selection ...... this page
Accessories.................. 9-97
Specifications.............. 9-98
Approximate
Dimensions................... 9-105
Standards Compliance and
Certifications
2
See Specification table in this
section, page 9-99.
3
Product Selection
4
5
6
Model
Operating Mode
A mode: Signal ON-Delay 1
A-1 mode: Signal ON-Delay 2
A-2 mode: Power ON-Delay 1
A-3 mode: Power On-Delay 2
B mode: Repeat Cycle 1
B-1 mode: Repeat Cycle 2
D mode: Signal OFF-delay
E mode: One Shot
F mode: Cumulative
Z mode: On/Off duty
adjustable repeat cycle
S mode:stop watch
toff: Flicker OFF start 1
Cat. No. 700-HX…
ton: Flicker ON start 1
toff-1: Flicker OFF start 2
ton-1: Flicker ON start 2
Timing Range
Socket Type
0.000…9.999 s
0.000…99.99 s
0.000…999.9 s
0.000…9999 s
0.000…99 min 59 s
0.000…999.9 min
0.000…9999 min
0.000…99 hr 59 min
0.000…999.9 hr
0.000…9999 hr
Contact Output
700-HN100
700-HN125
No. of
Pins
SPDT
Input Voltage
Cat. No.
100…240V AC
700-HX86SA17
24V AC
12…24V DC
700-HX86SU24
8
7
General Timer Functions
8
Operation Key
Display Section
1. Key Protect Indicator (orange)
4
2. Control Output Indicator (orange)
3. Reset Indicator (orange)
4. Present Value Display (Main display)
9
(Character height: 12 mm, red *)
* Characters on models with screw terminals
can be switched between red, green, and orange.
5
1
2
3
8
6
(Changes modes and setting items)
9. Reset Key
(Resets present value and output)
7
10. Up Keys 1 to 4
10
11. Down Keys 1 to 4
11
9
Switches
5. Time Unit Indicators
(Color is same as present value display.)
(If the time range is 0 min, 0 h, 0.0 h, or 0 h
0 min, these indicators flash to indicate
timing operation.)
10
8. Mode Key
Front View
12. Key-protect Switch
(Default setting)
12
6. Set Value Display (Sub-display)
(Character height: 6 mm, green)
11
7. Set Value 1, 2 Indicator (green)
Character Size
for Present
Value Display
12
12mm
Character Size
for Set Value
Display
6mm
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
9-96
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
OFF
(Disabled)
ON
(Enabled)
Bulletin 700-HX
Plug-in Timing Relays
Accessories
Accessories
0
Description
Pkg. Quantity
Cat. No.
Screw Terminal Tube Base Socket — Panel or DIN Rail
Mounting; Guarded Terminal Construction. 8-Pin for use with
Bulletin 700-HX Timing Relays. Order ten or multiples of ten
10
700-HN100
Screw Terminal Tube Base Socket — Panel or DIN Rail
Mounting; Open Style Construction. 8-Pin for use with
Bulletin 700-HX Timing Relays. Order must be for 10 sockets
or multiples of 10. No retainer clip required.
10
700-HN125
2
DIN (#3) symmetrical hat rail
35 x 7.5 x 1 m
10
199-DR1
3
Specialty Socket
8-pin backwired socket with solder terminals. For use with
700-HX Timing Relays.
10
700-HN108
1
Cat. No. 700-HN100
Cat. No. 700-HN125
Cat. No. 199-DR1
4
Cat. No. 700-HN108
5
Retainer Clip for Cat. Nos. 700-HN100 Sockets with all
700-HX Timing Relays
Secures timer in socket.
10
700-HN131
Note: Not required for installation
6
Sample Retainer Clips
Frame Adapter
For flush or door mounting of all Bulletin 700-HR and -HX
timers.
1
7
700-HN130
Cat. No. 700-HN130
8
Protective Cover
Helps prevent tampering of timing and mode settings. Provides
a degree of protection against water and dirt from entering the
front of the relay. For use with all Bulletin 700-HRs and -HX
timing relays.
1
700-HN132
9
Cat. No. 700-HN132
Timing Relay, Socket, Retainer Clip Reference Chart
Timer Type
700-HX
Socket Cat. No.
Retainer Clip Cat. No.
700-HN100
700-HN131
700-HN108
Not Required1
700-HN125
Not Required1
10
11
1 Design of socket holds the relay securely and does not require retainer clips.
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
9-97
Bulletin 700-HX
Plug-in Timing Relays
Specifications
Specifications
0
Electrical Ratings
Pilot Duty Rating
NEMA B300
Rated supply voltage
100 to 240V AC, 24V AC/12 to 24V DC (50/60Hz) (permissible ripple: 20%(p-p)
max.)
Operating voltage range
1
Power consumption
Inrush Current
2
Make
Break
85…110% of rated supply voltage
100…240V AC
4.3VA
24V AC/12…24V DC
3.4VA/1.7 W
100…240V AC
3A
24V AC/12…24V DC
5A
120V AC
30 A
240V AC
15 A
120V AC
3A
240V AC
1.5 A
Hp at 120V AC
3
1/4 Hp
Hp at 240V AC
1/3 Hp
Mechanical
4
Mounting Method
Flush mounting, surface mounting, DIN mounting
Display
Seven-segment, negative transmissive LCD; Present value (red, 12 mm high
characters); Set value (green, 6 mm high characters)
Digits
Four digits
0.000…9.999 s, 0.00…99.99 s, 0.0…999.9 s, 0…9999 s, 0 min 00 s…99 min 59
s, 0.0…999.9 min, 0 hr 00 min…99 hr 59 min, 0.0 hr…999.9 hr, 0 hr…9999 hr
Time ranges
Timer
5
Inputs
6
7
8
9
Timer modes
Elapsed time (Up), remaining time (Down), selectable
Output modes
A, A-1, A-2, A-3, B, B-1, D, E, F, Z, S, tOFF, tON, tOFF-1, or tON-1
Input signals
Start, reset
Input method
No-voltage input via:NPN transistor or switching of contact
Start, reset, gate
Minimum input signal width: 1 or 20 ms (selectable)
Power reset
Minimum power-opening time: 0.5 s (Except for A-3, B-1, and F mode)
SPDT contact output: 5 A at 250V AC, resistive load (cosine=1)
Minimum applied load: 10 mA at 5 V DC (failure level: P, reference value)
Control output
External Power Supply
No
Key Protect
Yes
Memory Backup
EEP-ROM (overwritten 100 000 times min), which can store data for 10 years
min.
Accuracy of Operating Time and Setting Error1
Power-ON start: +-0.01% +-50 ms max.
* to be rated against set value
Signal start: +- 0.005% +-30 ms max.
* to be rated against set value
Signal start at transistor output model: +- 0.005% +-3 ms max.
If the set value is within the sensor waiting time
(250 ms max.)
1 The values are based on the set value.
The value is applied for a minimum pulse width of 1 ms.
10
11
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
9-98
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
Bulletin 700-HX
Plug-in Timing Relays
Specifications
Characteristics1
Insulation Resistance
100 mΩ min. (at 500V DC)
Dielectric Strength
2000V AC, 50/60Hz for 1 min between current-carrying terminals and non-currentcarrying metal parts (1000V AC for 24V AC/12 to 24V DC type), 1000 VAC, 50/60 Hz for
1 min between non-continuous contacts
Noise Immunity
'+-1.5 kV (between power terminals) for 100 to 240 VAC, +-480V for 24VAC/12 to
24VDC, and +-600V (between input terminals), square-wave noise by noise simulator
(pulse width: 100 ns/1 μs, 1-ns rise)
Static Immunity
±8 kV (malfunction), ±15 kV (destruction)
Vibration Resistance
Malfunction
10…55 Hz with 0.35 mm single amplitude each in three directions for 10 min
Shock Resistance
Malfunction
98 m/s2 (approx. 10 G) each in three directions
Life Expectancy
EMC
Mechanical
10 million operations min. (under no load at 18 000 operation/hr)
Electrical
100 000 operations min. (5 A at 250V AC, resistive load at 1800 operation/hr)
(EMI)
EN61812-1
Emission Enclosure:
EN55011 Group1 class A
Emission AC mains:
EN55011 Group1 class A
(EMS)
EN61812-1
Immunity ESD:
EN61000-4-2: 4 kV contact discharge (level2) 8 kV air discharge (level3)
Immunity RF-interference:
0
1
2
3
EN61000-4-3: 10 V/m
Enclosure Ratings
Panel surface:IP66 and NEMA Type 4X (indoors)
Weight
Approx. 100 g
Certifications
CE Certified; cURus (File No. E14843, Guide NRNTZ/NRNT8), C-Tick Marked
Standards
EN61010-1, EN 61326, VDE0106/P 100, CSA C22.2 No. 14, UL 508
4
1 700-HX User Manual, pub. number 700-UM002_-EN-D, available at Literature Library.
An attached waterproof packing is necessary to ensure IP66 waterproofing between the 700-HX and installation pan.
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
9-99
Bulletin 700-HX
Plug-in Timing Relays
Timing Charts
Timing Charts
One-Shot
0
Sustained Output
One-shot outputs can be set to
0.1s, 0.5 s, 1 s, 5 s, 10 s, or 20 s.
Output Mode A Mode: Signal ON-Delay (Timer resets when power comes ON.)
1
Timing starts when the start signal goes ON.
While the start signal is ON, the timer starts when
power comes ON or when the reset input goes OFF.
The control output is controlled using a sustained
or one-shot time period.
Power
Start signal
Basic Operation
Gate*
2
Power
Reset
t
t
t
Control output
**
Start Signal
Input
Timing
Set value
3
Timing
diagram
UP
Output
0
Set value
DOWN
0
*Output is instantaneous when setting is 0.
** Start signal input is enabled during timing.
Output Mode A-1: Signal ON-Delay 2 (Timer resets when power comes ON.)
4
Timing starts when the reset input goes ON and is
reset when the start signal goes OFF.
While the start signal is ON, the timer starts when
the power comes ON or when the reset input goes OFF.
The control output is controlled using a sustained
or one-shot time period.
Power
Start signal
Gate*
5
Basic Operation
Reset
Power
Control output
Start Signal
Input
Set value
6
UP
Timing
diagram
0
Timing
Output
Set value
DOWN
0
*Output is instantaneous when setting is 0.
Output Mode A-2: Power ON Delay 1 (Timer resets when power comes ON)
Power
7
Timing starts when the reset input goes OFF.
The start signal disables the timing function (i.e.,
same function as the gate input).
The control output is controlled using a sustained
or one-shot time period.
Start signal
Gate *
Basic Operation
Reset
8
Power
Control output
Timing
Set value
9
Timing
diagram
UP
Output
0
*Output is instantaneous when setting is 0.
Set value
DOWN
0
Output Mode A-3 Power ON Delay 2 (Timer does not reset when power comes ON)
Power
10
Timing starts when the reset input goes OFF.
The start signal disables the timing function (i.e.,
same function as the gate input).
The control output is controlled using a sustained
or one-shot time period.
Start signal
Gate *
Reset
11
Basic Operation
Power
Control output
Timing
Set value
Timing
diagram
12
UP
Sustained
Output
*Output is instantaneous when setting is 0.
0
Set value
DOWN
0
1 Gate not included on any mode of this relay.
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
9-100
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
Bulletin 700-HX
Plug-in Timing Relays
Timing Charts
Output Mode B: Repeat Cycle (Timer resets when power comes ON.)
Sustained Output
Power
Timing starts when the start signal goes ON.
The status of the control output is reversed when time
is up (OFF at start).
While the start signal is ON, the timer starts when the
power comes ON or when the reset input goes OFF.
0
Basic Operation
1
Start signal
Power
Gate*
**
Start Signal
Input
Reset
Timing
Control output
Timing
diagram
UP
Timing
Timing
Timing
2
Output
Set value
0
* Normal output operation will not be possible if the
set time is too short.
Set the value to at least 100 ms (contact output type).
** Start signal input is disabled diring timing.
Set value
DOWN
0
3
Timing starts when the start signal goes ON.
The control output is turned ON when time is up.
While the start signal is ON, the timer starts when the
power cones ON or when the reset input goes OFF.
One-Shot Output
Power
Basic Operation
Start Signal
4
Power
**
Start Signal
Input
Gate*
Reset
Timing
Control Output
Timing
Timing
Timing
Output
5
* Normal output operation will not be possible if the
set time is too short.
Set the value to at least 100 ms (contact output type).
** Start signal input is disabled during timing.
Set Value
0
Timing UP
Set Value
Diagram
0
DOWN
Output Mode B-1: Repeat Cycle 2 (Timer does not reset when power comes ON)
Basic Operation
Power
Gate*
Timing
Reset
Sustained
Timing
Output
Control output
8
* Normal output operation will not be possible
if the set time is too short
Set the value to at least 100 ms (contact
output type).
** Start signal input is disabled during.
Set value
UP
7
Power
**
Start Signal
Input
Start signal
Timing
diagram
6
Timing starts when the start signal goes ON.
The status of the control output is reversed when
time is up (OFF at the start).
While the start signal is ON, the timer starts when the
power comes ON or when the rest input goes OFF.
Sustained Output
0
Set value
DOWN
0
Timing starts when the start signal goes ON.
The control output comes ON when time is up.
While the start signal is ON, the timer starts when
the power comes ON or when the reset input goes OFF.
One-Shot Output
9
Basic Operation
Power
Power
Start signal
10
**
Start Signal
Input
Gate*
Timing
Timing
Reset
Output
Control output
Set value
Timing
diagram
UP
Sustaining
* Normal outout operation will not be possible if the
set time is too short.
Set the value to at least 100 ms (contact output type).
** Start signal input is disabled during timing.
0
Set value
DOWN
0
11
1 Gate not included on any mode of this relay.
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
9-101
Bulletin 700-HX
Plug-in Timing Relays
Timing Charts
Output Mode D: Signal OFF-Delay (Timer resets when power comes ON.)
0
The control output is ON when the start signal is
ON (except when the power is OFF or the reset
is ON).
The timer is reset when the time is up.
Power
Start signal
Basic Operation
Gate*
1
Power
Reset
**
Start Signal
Input
Control output
Timing
Set value
2
Timing
diagram
UP
Output
0
* Output functions only during start signal input
when setting is 0.
** Start signal input is enabled during timing.
Set value
DOWN
0
Output Mode E: Interval (Timer resets when power comes ON.)
3
Timing starts when the start signal comes ON.
The control output is reset when time is up.
While the start signal is ON, the timer starts when
power comes ON or when the reset input goes OFF.
Basic Operation
Power
4
Start signal
Power
**
Start Signal
Input
Gate*
Reset
Timing
Control output
5
Set value
Timing
diagram
UP
Output
0
Set value
DOWN
0
* Output is disabled when the setting is 0.
** Start signal input is enabled during timing.
Output Mode F: Cumulative (Timer does not reset when power comes ON)
6
Start signal enables timing (timing is stopped when the
start signal is OFF or when the power is OFF).
A sustained control output is used.
Basic Operation
7
Power
Start Signal
Input
Timing
Output
8
Timing
Sustained
*Output is instantaneous when setting is 0.
1 Gate not included on any mode of this relay.
9
10
11
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
9-102
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
Bulletin 700-HX
Plug-in Timing Relays
Timing Charts
Z Mode
Output quantity can be adjusted by changing the cycle time set in the adjustment level to 1 and by changing the ON duty (%) set value. The
set value shows the ON duty (%) and can be set to a value between 0 and 100 (%). When the cycle time is 0, the output will always be OFF.
When the cycle time is not 0 and when ON duty has been set to 0 (%), the output will always be OFF. When ON duty has been set to 100
(%), the output will always be ON.
0
Z mode: ON/OFF-duty Adjustable Repeat Cycle
Start signal
Basic Operation
2
Power
* Gate
**
Start signal
input
Reset
Timing
(cycle time)
Timing
(cycle time)
Control Output
Cycle time
Timing
ON duty (%)
ON duty setting
(%) ON time
0
UP
1
Timing starts when the start signal goes ON.
The status of the control output is reversed
when time is up (ON at start).
While the start signal is ON, the timer starts when
power comes ON or when the reset input goes OFF.
Power
3
Timing
ON duty (%)
Output
Cycle time
Timing
diagram
* Normal output operation will not be possible if the
set time is too short.
Set the value to at least 100 ms (contact output
type).
** Start signal input is enabled during timing.
ON duty setting
(%) ON time
DOWN
0
4
Output Mode S: Stop Watch (Timer resets when power comes ON)
The signal starts and stops timing.
The display is held and timing is continued if the reset
or gate input is received during timing operation.
The timer resets if the reset or gate input is received
when the timing operation is stopped.
Power
Start signal
Gate/Reset
5
Basic Operation
9999
Timing diagram
Set time
Power
UP
0
Start signal
input
Set time
Gate/Reset
6
Timing
DOWN
0
*
Display
(for elapsed
time)
Output
* RST flashes
7
Note: Output is instantaneous when setting is 0.
Output Mode T OFF: Twin Timer OFF start
Timing starts when the start signal goes ON.
The status of the control output is reversed when time
is up (OFF at start).
While the start signal is ON, the timer starts when
power comes ON or when the reset input goes OFF.
Sustained Output
Power
Start signal
8
Basic Operation
* Gate
Control Output
Timing
OFF
OFF Time
UP
Timing
diagram
Timing
ON
Timing
OFF
Timing
ON
Output
ON Time
10
0
* Normal output operation will not be possible if the
ON/OFF set time is too short. Set the value to at least
100 ms (contact output type).
** Start signal input is disabled during timing.
OFF Time
DOWN
9
Power
**
Start Signal
Input
Reset
ON Time
0
1 Gate not included on any mode of this Relay.
11
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
9-103
Bulletin 700-HX
Plug-in Timing Relays
Timing Charts
Output Mode T ON: Twin Timer ON start
0
Sustained Output
Timing starts when the start signal goes ON.
The status of the control output is reversed when time
is up (ON at start).
While the start signal is ON, the timer starts when
power comes ON or when the reset input goes OFF.
Power
Start signal
Basic Operation
1
* Gate
Power
**
Start Signal
Input
Reset
Control Output
2
Timing
ON
OFF Time
UP
Timing
diagram
ON Time
Timing
OFF
Timing
ON
Timing
OFF
Output
0
OFF Time
DOWN
3
* Normal output operation will not be possible if the
ON/OFF set time is too short. Set the value to at least
100 ms (contact output type).
** Start signal input is disabled during timing.
ON Time
0
Output Mode TOFF-1: Flicker OFF start 2 (Timer does not reset when power comes ON)
4
Timing starts when the start signal goes ON.
The status of the control output is reversed when time is
up (OFF at start).
While the start signal is ON, the timer starts when the
power comes ON or when the reset input goes OFF.
Power
Start signal
Basic Operation
5
Gate
Power
Reset
*
Start signal
input
6
Timing diagram
Control output
7
OFF time
UP
ON time
Timing
OFF
Timing
ON
Timing
OFF
a
b
Output
(a + b = ON time)
* Start signal input is disabled during timing.
0
Note: Normal output operation will not be possible if
the set time is too short.
Set the value to at least 100 ms (contact output
type).
OFF time
DOWN
ON time
0
Output Mode TON-1: Flicker ON start 2 (Timer does not reset when power comes ON)
8
Timing starts when the start signal goes ON.
The status of the control output is reversed when time is
up (ON at start).
While the start signal is ON, the timer starts when the
power comes ON or when the reset input goes OFF.
Basic Operation
9
Power
*
Start signal
input
Timing
ON
Timing
OFF
Timing
ON
a
b
Output
(a + b = OFF time)
10
* Start signal input is disabled during timing.
Note: Normal output operation will not be possible if
the set time is too short.
11
1 Gate not included on any mode of this Relay.
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
9-104
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
Bulletin 700-HX
Plug-in Timing Relays
Approximate Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Approximate Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.
48×48
7.5
0
14.3
63.7
1
44.8×44.8
2
3
60 min.
45 +0.6
−0
4
45 +0.6
−0
60 min. 15 min.
5
Cat. No. 700-HX…
Panel Cutout
6
5.2
(13/64)
6.2
(15/64)
50
(1-63/64)
12.5
(1/2)
1.0
(0.04)
7
35.0
(1.38)
27.0
(1.06)
8
7.5
(0.3)
1000
(39-3/8)
9
Cat. No. 199-DR1 DIN Mounting Rail Series B
Cat. No. 199-DR4 DIN Mounting Rail Series B Has No Mounting Holes
10
Terminal Arrangement
Internal circuit
Signal
Reset
4
11
5
3
6
7
2
1
8
12
0V
(–)
(+)
13
Cat. No. 700-HX…
www.ab.com/catalogs
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
9-105
Bulletin 700-HXM
Plug-in Timing Relays
Product Overview/Product Selection
Table of Contents
Bulletin 700-HXM — Preset Counter/Timing Relay
0
One of the world’s smallest preset digital timers
Panel-mounted (1/32 DIN cut out)
Built-in prescaling for counter operation
Finger protection terminal block (VDE0106/P100)
NEMA 4/ IP66
User Manual 700-UM001_-EN-D available at Literature Library
1
Product Selection ...... this page
Accessories.................. 9-107
Approximate
Dimensions................... 9-112
Standards Compliance and
Certifications
See Specification table in this
section, page 9-107
2
Product Selection
Counter Modes1
3
4
Model
Operating Modes
Input
Output
Timing Range
Counter Range
Input Voltage
Cat. No.
Increment
Decrement
Individual
Quadrature
N, F, C, K
0.000…9999 hr
-999…9999
24V DC
700-HXM66SZ24
Cat. No 700-HXM...
A mode: Signal ON-delay
B mode: Repeat Cycle
D mode: Signal OFF-delay
E mode: One Shot
F mode: Accumulative
Z mode: ON/OFF-duty
Adjustable Repeat Cycle
1 For counter mode explanation, see page 9-109.
5
General Timer Functions
Operation Display 2
Indicator
Meaning
RST
Lit during reset using reset
input or Reset Key.
OUT
Lit when control output is ON.
TOTAL
Lit when totalizing value is displayed.
No. 1 Display
6
Displays the present value or
parameter type. When totalizing count
is displayed, the leftmost four digits of the
8-digit totalizing count will be displayed
(Zeros suppressed).
7
Operation Display 1
Displays the time unit when
the timer function
has been selected
8
Example
9
10
11
No. 2 Display
Displays set value
or set value of the parameter.
Displays the rightmost four digits
of the count value when the
700-HXM is used as a totalizing counter
(Zero suppressed).
5 h 30 min
123.4 s
Level Key
Displays the present
value or parameter type.
When totalizing count is
displayed, the leftmost four
digits of the 8-digit
totalizing count will be
displayed (Zeros
suppressed).
Mode Key
Down Key
Up/Reset Key
Press this key to select
parameters within
each level.
Each press of this key
decreases values
displayed on the No. 2
display. Hold down this key
continuously to decrease
values quickly. Also returns
setting items.
Each press of this key increases values displayed on
the No. 2 display. Hold down this key continuously to increase
values quickly. Also advances setting items.
To reset the present value, press this key while the present value
is displayed. If this key is pressed while the totalizing count value is
displayed, the totalizing count value and the present value will be reset.
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
9-106
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
Bulletin 700-HXM
Plug-in Timing Relays
Accessories/Specifications
Accessories
Description
Pkg. Quantity
Cat. No.
1
700-HN141
Replacement Flush Mounting
Adapter
(One shipped with each 700HXM66Z24)
0
1
Cat. No. 700-HN141
Specifications
2
Electrical Ratings
Pilot Duty Rating
NEMA B300
Rated Supply Voltage
24V DC
Operating Voltage Range
85…110% of rated supply voltage
Power Consumption
Make
Break
3
1.5 W max. (for max. DC load) (Inrush current: 15 A max.)
120V AC
30 A
240V AC
15 A
120V AC
3A
240V AC
1.5 A
Hp at 120V AC
4
1/4 Hp
Hp at 240V AC
1/3 Hp
Mechanical
Mounting Method
Flush mounting (Panel or door)
Terminal Screw Tightening Torque
0.5 N•m max.
Display
Seven-segment, negative transmissive LCD; time display (hr, min, s); CMW,
OUT, RST, TOTAL
Present value (red, 7 mm high characters); Set value (green, 3.4 mm high
characters)
Digits
PV: Four digits
SV: Four digits
When total count value is displayed: eight digits
(Zeros suppressed)
Memory Backup
Counter
6
EEPROM (non-volatile memory) (number of writes: 100 000 times)
Maximum counting speed
30 Hz or 5 kHz1
Counting range
-999…9,999
Input modes
Increment, decrement, individual, quadrature inputs
Output modes
N, F, C, or K
Time ranges
0.000…9.999 s, 0.00…99.99 s, 0.0…999.9 s, 0…9999 s, 0 min
00 s…99 min 59 s, 0.0…999.9 min, 0 h 00 min…99 h 59 min,
0.0…999.9 hr, 0 h…9999 hr
Timer
Inputs (OV input)
5
7
8
Timer modes
Elapsed time (Up), remaining time (Down)
Output modes
A, B, D, E, F, or Z
Input signals
For Counter: CP1, CP2, and reset
For Timer: Start, gate, and reset
9
Input method
No-voltage input (contact short-circuit and open input)
Short-circuit (ON) impedance: 1 KΩ max. (Approx.
2 mA runoff current at 0Ω)
Short-circuit (ON) residual voltage: 2V DC max.
Open (OFF) impedance: 100 kΩ min.
Applied voltage: 30V DC max.
10
Start, reset, gate
Minimum input signal width: 1 or 20 ms (selectable)
Power reset
Minimum power-opening time: 0.5 s
SPDT contact output: 5 A at 250V AC/30V DC, resistive load (cos φ = 1)
Control Output
Minimum Applied Load
10 mA at 5V DC (failure level: P, reference value)
Reset System
External, manual, and power supply resets (for timer in A, B, D, E, or Z modes)
Sensor Waiting Time
260 ms max. (Inputs cannot be received during sensor wait time if control
outputs are turned OFF.)
1 The figures given for maximum counting speed are for incrementing or decrementing operation with a prescale value of x1. If prescaling is used and 5 kHz is
set, the maximum counting speed will be reduced to about half. The non-prescaling maximum counting speed will also be reduced to about half when the
up/down mode is selected.
“700-HXM User Manual” pub. no. 700-UM001*
11
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
9-107
Bulletin 700-HXM
Plug-in Timing Relays
Specifications
Characteristics
0
1
2
Signal start: ±0.03% ±30 ms max.
Power-ON start: ±0.03% ±50 ms max.
Timer Function
Insulation Resistance
100 mΩ min. (at 500V DC)
Dielectric Strength
1500V AC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between output terminals and non-current-carrying metal parts
510V AC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between current-carrying terminals (except output terminals) and
non-current-carrying metal parts
1500V AC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between output terminals and current-carrying terminals (except
output terminals)
500V AC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between communications terminals and current-carrying terminals
(except output terminals)
1000V AC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between contacts not located next to each other
Noise Immunity
Square-wave noise by noise simulator;
±480V (between power terminals), ±600 V (between input terminals)
Static Immunity
3
Malfunction
10…55 Hz with 0.35 mm single amplitude each in three directions for 10 min.
Shock Resistance
Malfunction
100 m/s2 (approx. 10 G), 3 times each in six directions
Life Expectancy
Ambient Temperature
4
Mechanical
10 million operations
Electrical
100 000 operations min (3 A at 250V AC, resistive load)
Operating
-10…55 °C (with no icing or condensation)
Storage
-25…65 °C (with no icing or condensation)
Ambient humidity
25…85%
EMC
(EMI):
Emission Enclosure: EN61326 Class A
(EMS): EN61326
Immunity ESD:EN61000-4-2:4 kV contact discharge (level 2)
8 kV air discharge (level 3)
Immunity RF-interference:EN61000-4-3:10 V/m (Amplitude-modulated,
80 MHz…1 GHz) (level 3);
10 V/m (Pulse-modulated,
900 MHz ±5 MHz) (level 3)
Immunity Conducted
Disturbance:EN61000-4-6:3 V (0.15…80 MHz) (level 2)
Immunity Burst:EN61000-4-4:2 kV power-line (level 3);
1 kV I/O signal-line (level 4);
1 kV communications-line (level 3)
Immunity Surge:EN61000-4-5:1 kV between lines
(power and output lines) (level 3);
2 kV between grounds
(power and output lines) (level 3)
Enclosure Ratings
Panel surface: IP66 and NEMA Type 4 (indoors)
Rear case: IP20
Terminal block: IP20
5
6
7
8
±8 kV (malfunction), ±15 kV (destruction)
Vibration Resistance
Weight
Approx. 80 g
Certifications
cURus Recognized Component (File No. E14843, Guide NRNT2/NRNT8), CE Marked, C-Tick
Marked
Standards
EN61010-1, EN 61326, UL 508, CSA C22.2 No. 14
9
10
11
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
9-108
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
Bulletin 700-HXM
Plug-in Timing Relays
Operating Modes
Input/Output Modes and Count Values
Up (Increment) Mode 1
CP1: Count Input
0
Down (Decrement) Mode 1
CP1: Count Input
CP2: Count Prohibit input
CP1
CP1
CP2
CP2
CP2: Count prohibit input
1
UP
Count
2
Input
edge
CP1: Count input
CP1: Count Input
CP2: Count prohibit input
CP2: Count prohibit input
CP1
CP1
H
L
CP2
H
L
3
CP2
DOWN
Count
Count
4
Up/Down C Quadrature Input1
Up/Down B Individual Input
CP1
CP1
CP2
CP2
Count
Count
5
6
Note: H = Short-circuited
L = Open
1 (A) indicates the minimum signal width and (B) requires at least 1/2 the minimum signal width. If these conditions are not met, a counting error
(+1 or -1) may occur.
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
9-109
Bulletin 700-HXM
Plug-in Timing Relays
Counter Function
0
Input/Output Mode Settings
Counter Function
If there is a power failure during output ON, output will turn ON again when the power supply has recovered. For one-shot output, an output
will be made again for the duration of the output time setting once the power supply has resumed. Output timing restarted during one-shot
outputs is ignored.
Input Mode
1
Up
Down
Up/Down B.C
Reset
9999
SV
2
N
0
-999
Output
3
Reset
9999
SV
F
0
-999
4
Output
Output
mode
Reset
5
9999
SV
C
0
-999
6
t
t
t
t
t-a
t
t
t-a
t
Output
Reset
9999
7
SV
K
0
-999
8
t-a
t
t-a
t-a
t
t-a
t
Output
Note: t-a: Less than the output time
t: Output time
Totalizing Counter Operation
9
Totalizing counter continues to count the present value, regardless
of whether an reset input (by the reset key) has been made to
reset the PV.
When totalizing count value has reset, the PV is reset at the same
time.
The totalizing count range is 0…99999999. If the totalizing count
exceeds 99999999, the count returns to 0. If the count drops
below 0, it becomes 99999999.
Reset
Totalizing Count Reset
(Reset Key)
10
PV
Totalizing Count Value
11
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
9-110
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
Bulletin 700-HXM
Plug-in Timing Relays
Timer Function
Timer Function
Start
Start
Gate
Gate
Reset
Control
output
SV
Up
0
SV
Down
0
Reset
Control
output
SV
Up
0
SV
Down
0
D Mode: Signal OFF-Delay
2
E Mode: One Shot
Start
Start
Gate
Gate
Reset
Control
output
SV
Up
0
SV
Down
0
Reset
Control
output
SV
Up
0
SV
Down
0
Time display
Time display
1
Power
supply
Power
supply
F Mode: Accumulative
3
4
Z Mode: ON/OFF-Duty Adjustable Repeat Cycle
5
Power
supply
Power
supply
Start
Start
Gate
Gate
Reset
Control
output
SV
Up
0
SV
Down
0
Time display
Time display
0
B Mode: Repeat Cycle1
Power
supply
Time display
Time display
A Mode: Signal ON-Delay1
Power
supply
6
Reset
Control
output
Cycle time
ON duty setting
(%) ON time
Up
0
Cycle time
ON duty setting
(%) ON time
Down
0
7
Z Mode
Output quantity can be adjusted by changing the cycle time set in the adjustment level to 1 and by changing the ON duty (%) set value.
The set value shows the ON duty (%) and can be set to a value between 0 and 100 (%). When the cycle time is 0, the output will always be
OFF. When the cycle time is not 0 and when ON duty has been set to 0 (%), the output will always be OFF. When ON duty has been set to
100 (%), the output will always be ON.
Cycle time
ON duty (%)
8
Cycle time
9
1 One-shot output or HOLD output can be selected for output:
10
11
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
9-111
Bulletin 700-HXM
Plug-in Timing Relays
Approximate Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Approximate Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.
0
1
2
3
4
Cat. No. 700-HXM…
5
Terminal Arrangement
Not
Not
Connected
connected
RS-485
Output
Output
6
Out
CP1/
Start
7
24-VDC
24V DC
power supply
power
supply
8
CP2/
Gate
Reset
Reset
Contact
inputs
Contact Inputs
9
Open-collector
inputs
Open-collector
inputs
10
Cat. No. 700-HXM…
11
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
9-112
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
Bulletin 700
Industrial Relays
Product Overview
0
1
Bulletin No.
Type
Features
700-CF and
700-S-CF
700-K
700-P
and 700S-P
700-PK
700-R
Control Relay
Miniature Control Relay
Heavy-duty control relay
Heavy-duty control relay
Sealed Switch
Mechanically linked
contacts
Timer and latch
operations
Switch up to 690V AC
and DC
Bulletin 700S-CF for
safety circuits
Smallest size
Long life
Low power
consumption
Switch up to 690V AC
and DC
Convertible contacts
Up to 600V AC & DC
Very long life
Timer & latch options
Mechanically linked
Bulletin 700S-P for
safety circuits
Hazardous location
Five contact styles
ratings
Mechanically linked
Long life in dirty
contacts
environment
Timer and latch options
Timer and latch options
Switch up to 600V AC
Switch 600V AC, 300V
and DC
DC
Contact Form
4…12 Poles, double break
4...8 Poles Double Break
2…12 poles, double break
2…12 poles
2...8 Poles
Contact Type
Cross stamp or bifurcated
Bifurcated
Bifurcated double break
Double break
Sealed Switch
Silver, gold
Silver
Bifurcated silver nickel
Single silver CAD
Sealed Switch
Max. Current AC
Resistive
20 A (relay)
10 A (adder deck)
10 A
10 A
20 A
5A
Min. load
17V, 10 mA (Silver)
5V, 3 mA (Gold)
15V, 2 mA (700-K)
10V, 50 mA
1 mA, 5V with Bulletin
700-CPR
10V, 100 mA
1 mA, 5V
Coil Voltage
12…600V AC
9…250V DC
12…600V AC
9…250V DC
24…600V AC
6…600V DC
24…600V AC
6…600V DC
24…240V AC
24…250V DC
Coil Voltage
Pickup
85…110% AC coils,
80…110% DC coils
85…110% AC Coils,
80…110% DC Coils
85…110% AC coils,
80…110% DC coils
85…110% AC coils,
80…110% DC coils
85…110% AC Coils,
80…110% DC Coils
2640V
2640V
2640V
2640V
2640V
Electric Service
Life (cycles)
1.2 million at 10 A
800K at 10 A,
120V AC
10 million at 10 A,
120V AC
1.5 million at 10 A,
120V AC
1.5 million at 5 A,
120V AC
Certifications
CE, cULus, CCC
CE, cULus, CCC
cULus, CE
cULus, CE
UL, CSA, CE
DIN Rail or panel mount
DIN Rail or panel mount
DIN Rail, relay rail, or
panel mount
DIN Rail, relay rail, or
panel mount
Panel or rail mount
page 9-162
page 9-115 and
page 9-128
page 9-115
page 9-136
Contact Material
2
3
4
Electrical
Dielectric
Withstand
5
6
Reference
Sockets
Page Number
page 9-147
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
9-113
Bulletin 700
Industrial Relays
Product Overview
0
1
2
Bulletin No.
Type
Features
3
4
700-RTC
700-PS
Solid-state Timing Relay
Solid-state Timer
Changes all contacts on Bulletin 100-C
contactors and Bulletin 700-CF control
relays into timed contacts
Timed and instantaneous contacts.
Sealed contacts for harsh environments
and hazardous locations.
Self-contained or external potentiometer.
Continuous carrying current of 5 A AC or
DC.
Stand alone or mount on Bulletin 700-P or
700-R.
Control Outputs:
Time Limit
Instantaneous
Four timed contacts on relay
Four output contacts
Three output contacts
Timing Operation
Modes:
On-Delay
Off-Delay
On-Delay
Off-Delay
On-Delay
Off-Delay
0.1…180 s
0.05 s…64 min
0.1 …120 s
Supply Voltage
110…240V
50/60 Hz
24V DC
110…250V DC
24V AC
110…120V AC
220…240V AC
24V DC
120V DC
240V DC
110…120V
50/60 Hz
Page Number
page 9-151
page 9-141
page 9-145
Time Range
5
100-ETA/ 100-ETB
Solid-state Timing Module
(for 700-CF relays)
6
7
8
Bulletin No.
Type
9
Features
10
700-PT
Pneumatic Time-Delay Timer
Timing function works independently of the supply voltage
Relay contact operates instantaneously
Continuous adjustment type
Continuous carrying current of 10 A
Contacts of N.O. and N.C.
Open Type Without Enclosure
Mounts on Bulletin 700-P relay
Control Outputs:
Time Limit
Instantaneous
Two timed contacts
One open, one closed
Timing Operation
Modes:
On-Delay
Off-Delay
On-Delay
Off-Delay
0.3…180 s
0.1…60 s
Supply Voltage
12…600V
50/60 Hz
12…250V DC
24…600V AC
6…600V DC
Page Number
page 9-151
page 9-115
Time Range
11
100-FPT
Pneumatic Timing Module
(for Bulletin 700-CF relays)
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
9-114
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
Bulletin 700-P
NEMA Heavy-Duty Industrial Controls
Overview/Product Selection
Table of Contents
Bulletin 700-P and 700-PK — Direct Drive™ Convertible
Contact Cartridge Relays
NEMA and IEC ratings
600V maximum AC/DC
Accessories for field installation: Adder Decks, time delay, latching,
surge suppressors, mounting strip
Contact Ratings: (10 A) 700-CP1, (20 A) 700-CPM, (35 A) 700-CPH,
(Low Power) 700-CPR
For machine tool and other heavy-duty applications
Can accommodate ring tongue terminals
Integral DIN Rail adapter on AC relays
Finger-safe protection standard
700-P
Accessories . . . . . . . 9-121
1
Standards
UL 508
CSA C22.2, No. 14
EN/IEC 60947-1, -5-1
Certifications
cULus Listed (File No. E14840,
Guide NKCR/NKCR7)
ABS Certified
Description
The Bulletin 700-P family of relays has four types of contact cartridges to meet your specific switching requirements. Different cartridges can
be combined into one relay to yield a custom-tailored application solution. Time delay, latching attachments, overlapping, and logic reed
contacts are available.
Bulletin 700-P relays use standard (10 A) contact cartridges with a double-break and bifurcated design. Bifurcation provides excellent
contact reliability and low-contact bounce, while the double-break contact design reduces the possibility of contacts welding and enhances
the relay’s ability to break DC circuits. These relays are supplied with a max. of 12 contacts (max. 8 N.C.).
Bulletin 700-PK master control relays contain (20 A) master contact cartridges with large single-contact pads on each side of the spanner for
twice the current rating to control heavy loads and for master control of a system. The Bulletin 700-PK relay also has the same doublebreak
design as the 700-P relay. These relays are supplied with a max. of 12 contacts (max. 8 N.C.). Time delay and latching attachments are
available.
Bulletin 700-P and -PK relays combine the advantages of convertible contacts with Direct Drive, a construction designed to maintain nonoverlap operation between N.O. and N.C. contacts (within published ratings).
Bulletin 700-PH relays contain (35 A) tandem contact cartridges. A jumper kit (Cat No. 700-CPH) allows two (20 A) master contact
cartrridges to be connected in parallel. A maximum of six poles are supplied, up to four of which can be normally closed. Time delay and
latch attachments are available.
Electrically Held Relays
Bulletin 700-P Standard Contact Cartridge1
AC-Operated Relays
Contacts
N.O.
N.C.
2
—
4
—
6
—
8
—
10
—
12
—
Open Type
Relay Rail
Mount®
Contact Arrangement
and Markings
3
4
5
6
7
700-P200⊗
4-Pole
Relay
8
700-P400⊗
⊗
700-P600⊗
⊗
8-Pole
Relay
9
700-P800⊗
700-P1000⊗
⊗
12-Pole
Relay
10
700-P1200⊗
11
The Cat. No. as listed is incomplete. Select a voltage suffix code from the table below to complete the Cat. No. Example: Cat. No. 700-P200⊗
becomes Cat. No. 700-P200A48. For other coil voltages, consult your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor.
Hz
24
48
110
120
127
277
347
380
415
50
B24
B48
A1
B11
—
—
B27
200-208 220-230 230-240
—
B22
B2
—
—
B3
B41
B44
—
B50
—
60
A24
A48
—
—
A1
B11
—
A20
A22
A2
A27
A35
—
—
—
A4
—
A6
440-480 460-480
500
575-600
Optimized for 115…120V, 60 Hz. Operates satisfactorily at 110V, 50 Hz. Optimized for 110…115V, 50 Hz. Operates satisfactorily at 120V, 60 Hz.
‡ Location of contacts in 2-pole relays.
§ Location of contacts in 6-pole relays: 4-pole relay plus the two contacts indicated.
♣ Location of contacts in 10-pole relays: 8-pole relay plus the two contacts indicated.
1 Normally closed contacts: The normally open contacts can easily be changed to normally closed in the field. Relays can be supplied with N.C. contacts.
Overlap contacts: To order a relay containing one pair: Use Cat. No. 700-PZ110. To order a relay containing two pairs: Use Cat. No. 700-PZ2220. N.O.
contact closes before N.C. contact opens. AC Ratings: NEMA A600, DC Ratings: P161.
® See Accessories on page 9-123 for NEMA Type 1, Type 4/4X, and Type 7/9 enclosures available for field installation.
www.ab.com/catalogs
2
Cat. No.
⊗AC Coil Voltage Code
110-115 115-120
0
Specifications . . . . . 9-125
Approximate
Dimensions . . . . . . . 9-127
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
9-115
12
13
Bulletin 700-P
Heavy-Duty Industrial Relays
Product Selection
DC-Operated Relays
0
Contacts
N.O.
N.C.
2
—
4
—
6
—
8
—
10
—
12
—
1
2
3
Contact Arrangement
and Markings
4-Pole
Relay
8-Pole
Relay
12-Pole
Relay
Open Type
Relay Rail
Mount®
Open Type
DIN Rail Mount®
Cat. No.
Cat. No.
700DC-P200⊗
700DC-P200D⊗
700DC-P400⊗
⊗
700DC-P400D⊗
700DC-P600⊗
700DC-P600D⊗
700DC-P800⊗
⊗
700DC-P800D⊗
700DC-P1000⊗
700DC-P1000D⊗
700DC-P1200⊗
700DC-P1200D⊗
⊗DC Coil Voltage Code
4
5
6
The Cat. No. as listed is incomplete. Select a voltage suffix code from the table below to complete the Cat. No. Example: Cat. No. 700DCP200⊗ becomes Cat. No. 700DC-P200Z48. For other coil voltages, consult your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley
distributor.
6
Z06
12
Z12
18
Z18
24
32
Z32
Z24
48
Z48
64
Z64
72
Z72
90
Z90
115-125
Z1
230-250
Z2
500-550
Z5
575-600
Z6
Electrically Held Relays
Bulletin 700-PK Master Contact Cartridges1
AC-Operated Relays
Contacts
N.O.
N.C.
2
—
7
Open Type
Type 1®
Relay Rail Mount General Purpose
Contact Arrangement
and Markings
4-Pole
Relay
8
4
—
6
—
8-Pole
Relay
9
8
—
10
—
Cat. No.
Cat. No.
700-PK200⊗
⊗
700-PK201⊗
700-PK400⊗
700-PK401⊗
700-PK600⊗
⊗
700-PK601⊗
700-PK800⊗
700-PK801⊗
700-PK1000⊗
700-PK1001⊗
700-PK1200⊗
⊗
700-PK1201⊗
12-Pole
Relay
12
10
—
⊗AC Coil Voltage Code
The Cat. No. as listed is incomplete. Select a voltage suffix code from the table below to complete the Cat. No. Example: Cat. No.700PK200⊗ becomes Cat. No.700-PK200A48 for 48V 60 Hz. For other coil voltages, consult your local Rockwell Automation sales office or
Allen-Bradley distributor.
11
12
13
Hz
24
48
110
120
127
277
347
380
415
50
B24
B48
A1
110-115 115-120
B11
—
—
B27
200-208 220-230 230-240
—
B22
B2
—
—
B3
B41
440-480 460-480
B44
—
B50
500
575-600
—
60
A24
A48
—
—
A1
B11
—
A20
A22
A2
A27
A35
—
—
—
A4
—
A6
Optimized for 115…120V, 60 Hz. Operates satisfactorily at 110V, 50 Hz.
Optimized for 110…115V, 50 Hz. Operates satisfactorily at 120V, 60 Hz.
1 Normally closed contacts: The normally open contacts can easily be changed to normally closed in the field. Relays can be supplied with N.C. contacts.
Overlap contacts: To order a relay containing one pair: Use Cat. No. 700-PZ110. To order a relay containing two pairs: Use Cat. No. 700-PZ2220. N.O.
contact closes before N.C. contact opens. AC Ratings: NEMA A600, DC Ratings: P161.
‡ Location of contacts in 2-pole relays.
§ Location of contacts in 6-pole relays: 4-pole relay plus the two contacts indicated.
♣ Location of contacts in 10-pole relays: 8-pole relay plus the two contacts indicated.
® See Accessories on page 9-123 for NEMA Type 1, Type 4/4X, and Type 7/9 enclosures available for field installation.
www.ab.com/catalogs
9-116
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
Bulletin 700-P
Heavy-Duty Industrial Relays
Product Selection/ Connection Diagrams
DC-Operated Relays
Open Type
Relay Rail Mount
Contacts
N.O.
N.O.
2
—
®
Open Type
DIN Rail Mount ®
Cat. No.
Cat. No.
700DC-PK200⊗
700DC-PK200D⊗
700DC-PK400⊗
⊗
700DC-PK400D⊗
700DC-PK600⊗
700DC-PK600D⊗
700DC-PK800⊗
700DC-PK800D⊗
Contact Arrangement
and Markings
4-Pole
Relay
4
—
6
—
8-Pole
Relay
8
—
10
—
700DC-PK1000⊗ 700DC-PK1000D⊗
12-Pole
Relay
12
—
0
1
2
3
700DC-PK1200⊗ 700DC-PK1200D⊗
4
⊗DC Coil Voltage Code
The Cat. No. as listed is incomplete. Select a voltage suffix code from the table below to complete the Cat. No. Example: Cat. No. 700DCPK200⊗ becomes Cat. No. 700DC-PK200Z12 for 12V DC. For other coil voltages, consult your local Rockwell Automation sales office or
Allen-Bradley distributor.
6
Z06
12
Z12
18
Z18
24
Z24
32
Z32
48
Z48
64
Z64
72
Z72
90
Z90
115-125
Z1
230-250
Z2
500-550
Z5
575-600
Z6
Optimized for 115…120V, 60 Hz. Operates satisfactorily at 110V, 50 Hz.
Optimized for 110…115V, 50 Hz. Operates satisfactorily at 120V, 60 Hz.
1 Normally closed contacts: The normally open contacts can easily be changed to normally closed in the field. Relays can be supplied with N.C. contacts.
Overlap contacts: To order a relay containing one pair: Use Cat. No. 700-PZ110. To order a relay containing two pairs: Use Cat. No. 700-PZ2220. N.O.
contact closes before N.C. contact opens. AC Ratings: NEMA A600, DC Ratings: P161.
‡ Location of contacts in 2-pole relays.
§ Location of contacts in 6-pole relays: 4-pole relay plus the two contacts indicated.
♣ Location of contacts in 10-pole relays: 8-pole relay plus two contacts indicated
® See Accessories on page 9-123 for NEMA Type 1, Type 4/4X, and Type 7/9 enclosures available for field installation.
6
7
Electrically Held Relays — Typical Wiring Diagrams
EMERGENCY
STOP
STOP
MASTER CONTROL
RELAY
START
8
MCR
Surge
Suppressor
MCR
MCR
20 A
5
Standard Cartridge
700-CP1
MCR
20 A
700-N5 or
700-N24
Latch
Latch
Unlatch
Reset
9
10
CRL
EMERGENCY
STOP
STOP
MASTER CONTROL
RELAY
START
CRL
Control
Heating
Lighting
Single-Phase
11
MCR
MCR
35 A
12
Surge
Suppressor
MCR
Standard Cartridge
700-CP1
www.ab.com/catalogs
700-N5 or
700-N24
MCR
35 A
13
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
9-117
Bulletin 700-P
Heavy-Duty Industrial Relays
Product Selection
0
Electrically Held Relays
Bulletin 700-PH 35 A Tandem Contact Cartridges1
AC-Operated Relays
Contacts
1
2
3
Open Type
Relay Rail Mount®
Contact Arrangement
and Markings
N.O.
N.C.
1
—
700-PH100⊗
2
—
700-PH200⊗
⊗
3
—
4
—
5
—
Cat. No.
700-PH300⊗
4-Pole
Relay
700-PH400⊗
700-PH500⊗
6-Pole
Relay
4
6
Cat. No. 700-PH200
—
700-PH600⊗
⊗AC Coil Voltage Code
5
6
The Cat. No. as listed is incomplete. Select a voltage suffix code from the table below to complete the Cat. No. Example: Cat. No. 700PH100⊗ becomes Cat. No. 700-PH100A48. For other coil voltages, consult your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley
distributor.
Hz
24
48
110
120
127
277
347
380
415
50
B24
B48
A1
110-115 115-120
B11
—
—
B27
200-208 220-230 230-240
—
B22
B2
—
—
B3
B41
440-480 460-480
B44
—
B50
500
575-600
—
60
A24
A48
—
—
A1
B11
—
A20
A22
A2
A27
A35
—
—
—
A4
—
A6
DC-Operated Relays
Contacts
7
8
9
11
12
13
Open Type
Relay Rail Mount®
Open Type
DIN Rail Mount®
Cat. No.
Cat. No.
N.O.
N.C.
1
—
700DC-PH100⊗
700DC-PH100D⊗
2
—
700DC-PH200⊗
700DC-PH200D⊗
3
—
700DC-PH300⊗
700DC-PH300D⊗
700DC-PH400⊗
700DC-PH400D⊗
700DC-PH500⊗
700DC-PH500D⊗
700DC-PH600⊗
700DC-PH600D⊗
4
—
5
—
6
—
10
Cat. No. 700DC-PH200
Contact Arrangement
and Markings
4-Pole
Relay
6-Pole
Relay
⊗DC Coil Voltage Code
The Cat. No. as listed is incomplete. Select a voltage suffix code from the table below to complete the Cat. No. Example: Cat. No. 700DCPH200⊗ becomes Cat. No. 700DC-PH200Z12. For other coil voltages, consult your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley
distributor.
6
Z06
12
Z12
18
Z18
24
Z24
32
Z32
48
Z48
64
Z64
72
Z72
90
Z90
115-125
Z1
230-250
Z2
500-550
Z5
575-600
Z6
Optimized for 115…120V, 60 Hz. Operates satisfactorily at 110V, 50 Hz.
Optimized for 110…115V, 50 Hz. Operates satisfactorily at 120V, 60 Hz.
1 Normally closed contacts: The normally open contacts can easily be changed to normally closed in the field. Relays can be supplied with N.C. contacts.
Location of contacts in 1-pole relays.
‡ Location of contacts in 3-pole relays: 2-pole relay plus the contact indicated.
§ Location of contacts in 5-pole relays: 4-pole relay plus the contact indicated.
® See Accessories on page 9-123 for NEMA Type 1, Type 4/4X, and Type 7/9 enclosures available for field installation.
www.ab.com/catalogs
9-118
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
Bulletin 700-P
Heavy-Duty Industrial Relays
Product Selection
Time Delay Relays — Open Type With Pneumatic Time-Delay Attachment
Factory-Assembled Bulletin 700-PT and PKT Timing Relays
− Timing Range — 0.1…60 s
− 0, 2, or 4 instantaneous contacts
− Two timed contacts — both ON Delay or both OFF Delay
− Convertible from ON Delay to OFF Delay and vice versa
− Standard contact cartridges rated NEMA A600 (AC) and P600 (DC)
− Master contact cartridges rated 2X NEMA A600 (AC) and 2X P600 (DC)
0
1
Bulletin 700-P Standard Contact Cartridge1
AC-Operated Relays
DC-Operated Relays
Open Type
Relay Rail
Mount
Contacts
N.O. N.C.
Open Type
Relay Rail
Mount
2
Open Type
DIN Rail Mount
Contact Arrangement and Markings
Cat. No.
Contact Arrangement and Markings
Cat. No.
Cat. No.
Relay with only time delay contacts
700-PPT⊗
Relay with only time delay contacts
700DC-PPT⊗
700DC-PPTD⊗
0
—
2
—
700-PT200⊗
700DC-PT200⊗ 700DC-PT200D⊗
4
—
700-PT400⊗
700DC-PT400⊗ 700DC-PT400D⊗
4
Bulletin 700-PK Master Contact Cartridges1
AC-Operated Relays
DC-Operated Relays
Open Type
Relay Rail
Mount
Contacts
0
—
2
—
4
—
Open Type
Relay Rail
Mount
Open Type
DIN Rail Mount
Contact Arrangement
Cat. No.
Contact Arrangement
Cat. No.
Cat. No.
Relay with only time delay contacts
700-PPKT⊗
Relay with only time delay contacts
700DC-PPKT⊗
700DC-PPKTD⊗
700-PKT200⊗
700DCPKT200⊗
700DCPKT200D⊗
700-PKT400⊗
700DCPKT400⊗
700DCPKT400D⊗
N.O. N.C.
3
5
6
⊗AC Coil Voltage Code
The Cat. No. as listed is incomplete. Select a voltage suffix code from the table below to complete the Cat. No. Example: Cat. No. 700PKT200⊗ becomes Cat. No. 700-PKT200A48 for 48V 60 Hz. For other coil voltages, consult your local Rockwell Automation sales office or
Allen-Bradley distributor.
Hz
24
48
110
120
127
277
347
380
415
50
B24
B48
A1
110-115 115-120
B11
—
—
B27
200-208 220-230 230-240
—
B22
B2
—
—
B3
B41
440-480 460-480
B44
—
B50
500
—
60
A24
A48
—
—
A1
B11
—
A20
A22
A2
A27
A35
—
—
—
A4
—
A6
575-600
Optimized for 115…120V, 60 Hz. Operates satisfactorily at 110V, 50 Hz.
Optimized for 110…115V, 50 Hz. Operates satisfactorily at 120V, 60 Hz.
⊗DC Coil Voltage Code
The Cat. No. as listed is incomplete. Select a voltage suffix code from the table below to complete the Cat. No. Example: Cat. No. 700DCPKT200⊗ becomes Cat. No. 700DC-PKT200Z12 for 12V DC. For other coil voltages, consult your local Rockwell Automation sales office or
Allen-Bradley distributor.
6
Z06
12
Z12
18
Z18
24
Z24
32
Z32
48
Z48
64
Z64
72
Z72
90
Z90
115-125
Z1
230-250
Z2
500-550
Z5
7
575-600
Z6
1 Normally closed contacts: The normally open contacts can easily be changed to normally closed in the field. Relays can be supplied with N.C. contacts.
Overlap contacts: N.O. contact closes before N.C. contact opens. To order a relay containing one pair: Use Cat. No. 700-PTZ110. To order a relay containing
two pairs: Use Cat. No. 700-PTZ2220. AC Ratings: NEMA A600, DC Ratings: P161.
‡ Location of contacts in 2-pole relays.
♣ Timer has 1 N.O. and 1 N.C. convertible cartridge in addition to the instantaneous cartridges on the relay. Timer is supplied as On-Delay. Convertible to OffDelay in the field.
® The timer has 1 N.O. and 1 N.C convertible master cartridge in addition to the instantaneous master cartridges on the relay. Timer is supplied as On-Delay. It is
convertible to Off-Delay in the field.
8
9
10
11
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
9-119
Bulletin 700-P
Heavy-Duty Industrial Relays
Product Selection
Mechanical Latching Relays
Factory-Assembled Bulletin 700-PL Latching Relays
Converts all poles to latching
AC latch coil — max. six poles latching
DC latch coil — max. five poles latching
Latching relays have two coils — latch coil is the relay coil, reset coil is on the latch attachment
Latch/reset coils can have two AC coils, two DC coils, or one AC and one DC coil (e.g., latch with AC power, unlatch
with DC battery)
0
1
Bulletin 700-P Standard Contact Cartridge1
AC-Operated Relays
2
DC-Operated Relays
Open Type
Relay Rail
Mount with
Mechanical
Latch
Attachment
(Read
ATTENTION
Below)
3
Contacts
N.O. N.C.
4
5
Open Type
Relay Rail
Mount with
Mechanical
Latch
Attachment
(Read
ATTENTION
Below)
Open Type DIN
Rail Mount with
Mechanical
Latch
Attachment
(Read
ATTENTION
Below)
Contact Arrangement and Markings
Cat. No.
Contact Arrangement and Markings
Cat. No.
Cat. No.
—
—
—
—
—
0
—
2
—
700-PL200⊗
⊗
700DC-PL200⊗ 700DC-PL200D⊗
4
—
700-PL400⊗
⊗
700DC-PL400⊗ 700DC-PL400D⊗
6
—
700-PL600⊗
6-Pole Relay
700DC-PL500⊗ 700DC-PL500D⊗
5-Pole Relay
⊗AC Coil Voltage Code
6
7
The Cat. No. as listed is incomplete. Select a voltage suffix code from the table below to complete the Cat. No. Example: Cat. No. 700PL200⊗ becomes Cat. No. 700-PL200A48. For other coil voltages, consult your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley
distributor.
Relays with latch attachments: if the latch attachment coil is to be a different voltage other than the relay coil, add a second coil code suffix.
Example: Cat. No. 700-PL400A1A24. Only one suffix is required if both coils are the same voltage.
Hz
24
48
110
120
127
277
347
380
415
50
B24
B48
A1
110-115 115-120
B11
—
—
B27
200-208 220-230 230-240
—
B22
B2
—
—
B3
B41
440-480 460-480
B44
—
B50
500
575-600
—
60
A24
A48
—
—
A1
B11
—
A20
A22
A2
A27
A35
—
—
—
A4
—
A6
Optimized for 115…120V, 60 Hz. Operates satisfactorily at 110V, 50 Hz.
Optimized for 110…115V, 50 Hz. Operates satisfactorily at 120V, 60 Hz.
8
⊗DC Coil Voltage Code
The Cat. No. as listed is incomplete. Select a voltage suffix code from the table below to complete the Cat. No. Example: Cat. No. 700DCPL200⊗ becomes Cat. No. 700DC-PL200Z12. For other coil voltages, consult your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley
distributor.
9
10
6
Z06
12
Z12
18
Z18
24
Z24
32
Z32
48
Z48
64
Z64
72
Z72
90
Z90
115-125
Z1
230-250
Z2
500-550
Z5
575-600
Z6
ATTENTION – An open or failed unlatch control circuit will fail to unlatch the relay. For this reason, a mechanical latch unit should not be used where protection is
needed against automatic restart after a power failure or where reliability to a control function is critical to safety.
1 Normally closed contacts: The normally open contacts can easily be changed to normally closed in the field. Relays can be supplied with N.C. contacts.
Overlap contacts: To order a relay containing one pair: Use Cat. No. 700-PTZ110. To order a relay containing two pairs: Use Cat. No. 700-PTZ2220. N.O.
contact closes before N.C. contact opens. AC Ratings: NEMA A600, DC Ratings: P161.
‡ Location of contacts in 2-pole relays.
§ Location of contacts in 4-pole relays: 2-pole relay plus the 2 contacts indicated.
11
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
9-120
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
Bulletin 700-P
Heavy-Duty Industrial Relays
Accessories
Accessories
0
International Symbol for Mechanically Linked Contacts
Adder Decks
Description
Second Deck
(2-pole)
No. of N.O.
Contacts
No. of N.C.
Contacts
Continuous
Carrying Current
[A]
2
—
10
2
—
20
Arrangement
B1X
Second Deck
Cat. No. 700-PB40
—
10
4
—
20
2
—
10
2
—
20
700-PB20
1
700-PKB20
B1Y
4
Cat. No.
B4X
B4Y
B1X
B2X
B3X
B4X
B1Y
B2Y
B3Y
B4Y
700-PB40
2
Second Deck
(4-pole)
Third Deck
(2-pole)
C1X
C4X
C1X
Third Deck
Cat. No. 700-PC40
4
—
10
4
—
20
700-PC20
3
700-PKC20
C1Y
Third Deck
(4-pole)
700-PKB40
C2X
C4Y
C3X
4
C4X
700-PC40
C1Y
C2Y
C3Y
C4Y
5
700-PKC40
Contact Cartridges (Convertible from N.O. to N.C. and N.C. to N.O.)
Description
Standard Contact Cartridge
AC Rating NEMA A600
DC Rating NEMA P600
Standard Contact Cartridge Overlap Contact
Cat. No. 700-CP1, -CP11Z Cartridges
Overlapping
Used in pairs.
N.O. contact
closes before
N.C. contact
opens on pick-up
and vice versa
on drop-out.♣
Master Contact Cartridge
Cat. No. 700-CPM
Logic Reed Cartridge
Cat. No. 700-CPR
Safety Contact Cartridge
Cat. No. 700-CMS
Continuous
Carrying Current[A]
Arrangement
Pkg. Quantity
Cat. No.
10
OR
1
700-CP1
AC Rating
NEMA A600
10
DC Rating
NEMA P150
125V DC, 138 VA
Make and Break
5
Master Contact Cartridge
AC Rating Twice NEMA A600
DC Rating Twice NEMA P600
20
Logic Reed
Cartridge for
Maximum
Low Energy
150V AC
Circuits
150V AC 500 mA
25 VA Max.
30V DC 200 mA
Maximum
6W Max.1
30V DC
500 mA
7
OR
2
700-CP11Z
OR
1
700-CPM
OR
1
700-CPR
10
OR
20
700-CPS
12
1
700-CMS
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
9
11
♣ Not Direct Drive.
1 The 700-CPR Logic Reed cartridge must be installed only in the 2nd deck (B1X - B4X, B1Y - B4Y position) or 3rd deck (C1X - C4X, C1Y - C4Y position) of the
Bulletin 700 Type P relay. It is not recommended that the 700-CPR cartridge be installed in the single deck (A1X - A4X, A1Y - A4Y position) because this may
lead to improper operation.
www.ab.com/catalogs
8
10
200 mA
Safety Contact Cartridge
Cartridge meeting IEC 947-5
Note: Use this cartridge when full
compliance to IEC 947-5 is required.
700-P relays equipped with CPS
cartridges fully meet the IEC 947-5
spec for mechanically linked contacts.
6
9-121
13
Bulletin 700-P
Heavy-Duty Industrial Relays
Product Selection
Bulletin 700-PS and -PSR Solid-State Timers1
0
Description
1
Continuous
Carrying Current [A]
Timing Range
Cat. No.
0.1…2
700-PSAA1
0.4…8
700-PSBA1
1.5…30
700-PSCA1
S2
6…120
700-PSDA1
ADJ.
POT
POT.
0.1…2
700-PSPA1
0.4…8
700-PSRA1
1.5…30
700-PSTA1
6…120
700-PSUA1
0.1…2 s
700-PSRAA1
0.4…8 s
700-PSRBA1
1.5…30 s
700-PSRCA1
6…120 s
700-PSRDA1
0.1…2 s
700-PSRPA1
0.4…8 s
700-PSRRA1
1.5…30 s
700-PSRTA1
6…120 s
700-PSRUA1
Arrangement
External
Initiatingg
Contact
Self-Contained
Potentiometer
On-Delay
2
C1
S1
5
Output
Contact
(C1 C2)
(C1,
3
C2
L1
L2
Off-Delay
110/120V, 50/60 Hz Power
4
5
External
Potentiometer
C1
On-Delay
Output
Contact
(C1,
(C1 C2)
6
5
C2
S1
S2
R1
R2
L1
L2
7
Off-Delay
Remote Pot. Max. Shielded
Cable Length 50 ft
UL Style #2517 or Equivalent
8
Remote Potentiometers for Cat. No. 700-PSR…
9
10
Timing Range [s]
Resistance [mΩ]
Cat. No.
0.1…2
0.75
700-N35
0.4…8
0.75
700-N35
1.5…30
2.0
700-N36
6…120
3.5
700-N37
Pneumatic Time-Delay Unit – 1 N.O. and 1 N.C. Convertible Contact Cartridge1
Description
11
Operating
Mode
12
On-Delay
Off-Delay
No. of N.O.
Contacts
No. of N.C.
Contacts
1
Open Type
Without
Enclosure
Continuous
Carrying
Current [A]
Arrangement
10
D1X
20
1 Mounts on 4-pole Bulletin 700-P or -PK relay or 2-pole Bulletin 700-PH relay.
Maximum time may be 50% greater and the minimum time may be 50% less than the value specified.
www.ab.com/catalogs
700-PT
700-PKT
D1Y
9-122
Cat. No.
0.1…60 s
1
Pneumatic Time-Delay
13
Timing Range
D2X
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
D2Y
Bulletin 700-P
Heavy-Duty Industrial Relays
Product Selection/ Accessories
Mechanical Latch Units
Description
Arrangement
D1X
D2X
Continuous Carrying Current
[A]
Cat. No.
No cartridge
700-PLL⊗
⊗
10
700-PLL11⊗
20
700-PKLL11⊗
K3
AC-Operated Latch Units
D1Y
D2Y
1
K4
Reset
Input
D1X
0
D2X
No cartridge
700DC-PLL⊗
10
700DC-PLL10⊗
2
20
700DC-PKLL10⊗
3
K3
DC-Operated Latch Units
D1Y
D2Y
K4
⊗AC Coil Voltage Code
The Cat. No. as listed is incomplete. Select a voltage suffix code from the table below to complete the Cat. No. Example: Cat. No. 700-PLL⊗
becomes Cat. No. 700-PLLA1. For other coil voltages, consult your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor.
Hz
24
48
110
120
127
277
347
380
415
50
B24
B48
A11
110-115 115-120
B11
—
—
B27
200-208 220-230 230-240
—
B22
B2
—
—
B3
B41
440-480 460-480
B44
—
B50
500
—
60
A24
A48
—
—
A11
B11
—
A20
A22
A2
A27
A35
—
—
—
A4
—
A6
4
575-600
5
1 Optimized for 115…120V, 60 Hz. Operates satisfactorily at 110V, 50 Hz.
Optimized for 110…115V, 50 Hz. Operates satisfactorily at 120V, 60 Hz.
⊗DC Coil Voltage Code
The Cat. No. as listed is incomplete. Select a voltage suffix code from the table below to complete the Cat. No. Example: Cat. No. 700DC-PLL⊗ becomes Cat.
No. 700DC-PLLZ12. For other coil voltages, consult your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor.
6
Z06
12
Z12
18
Z18
24
Z24
32
Z32
48
Z48
64
Z64
72
Z72
Description
Mounting Strip
Cat. No. 700-MP4
Relay Rail
Simplifies panel layout. These indexed strips are easily cut to the
required length and bolted, riveted, or spot-welded in place.
Relays are installed adjacent to one another on the mounting strip
with the captive mounting screws provided. Rows of relays on
Relay Rail form their own wiring trough.
Can be used with the following relays: 700P, 700-PK, 700PH,
700S-P, 700N, 700-R, 700-RTC
90
Z90
115-125
Z1
Relays per Strip
230-250
Z2
500-550
Z5
6
575-600
Z6
Pkg. Quantity
Cat. No.
4
5
700-MP4
8
5
700-MP8
12
5
700-MP12
16
5
700-MP16
7
8
9
DIN Rail Adapter
Can be used with the following relays:
Bulletin 700P, 700-PK, 700-PH, 700S-P, 700-N, 700-R, 700-RTC
1
700-DRA
10
Cat. No. 700-DRA
DIN (#3) symmetrical hat rail
35 x 7.5 x 1 m
10
199-DR1
Type 1 Enclosure — Use for all Bulletin 700-P, -PH, and -PK relays except 10- and 12pole DC relays or 5- and 6-pole DC Bulletin 700-PH relays.
1
700-N31
Type 4/4X Enclosure — For 2- and 4-pole Bulletin 700-P, -PH, -N, and -R relays and 2pole Bulletin 700-PH relays.
1
700-N39
Type 7 & 9 Enclosure — For 2- and 4-pole Bulletin 700-P, -PK, -N, and -R relays and 2pole Bulletin 700-PH relays. 1 conduit hub; top and bottom.
1
700-N33
11
199-DR1
Cat. No. 700-N31
www.ab.com/catalogs
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
9-123
12
13
Bulletin 700-P
Heavy-Duty Industrial Relays
Accessories
Description
Pkg. Quantity
Cat. No.
1
700-N5
Mounting on coil
terminal
1
700-N24
24…48V AC/DC
1
199-FSMA9
50…120V AC/DC
1
199-FSMA10
130…250V
AC/DC
1
199-FSMA11
0
Surge Suppressor
Cat. No. 700-N5
1
2
Surge Suppressor
Cat. No. 700-N24
3
4
Surge Suppressors (RC Circuit) — Surge suppressors reduce
the high transient voltages generated when the coil circuit is
opened. These suppressors can be used with Bulletin 700-P, PH, -PK, and -N relays, and other electromechanical devices.
They contain a resistor and capacitor. Maximum ratings: 150V,
AC or DC, 35 VA. Cat. No. 700-N5 requires 1 in. additional depth
of enclosure.
Surge Suppressor
When the circuit to a DC operating coil is opened, the inductive
energy stored in the coil can generate very high transient voltages.
With the addition of the appropriate surge suppressor, the stored
energy is absorbed and dissipated limiting the voltage spikes. A
surge suppressor is not required with AC 700-R or -RM relays
because the AC operating coil transients are suppressed by a full
wave rectifier connected to the coil.
Surge Suppressor
Cat. No. 199-FSMA1
Diode Surge Suppressor — for 6…300V DC voltage coils. Used on Bulletin 700-P, PH, -PK, -N, -F, and -R relays.
1
199-FSMZ-1
1
700-CPH
35 A Jumper Kit
Cat. No. 700-CPH
35 A Jumper Kit – CSA Approved, UL Listed
This 35 A Jumper Kit can be used with any Bulletin 700-P and -PK AC or DC relay,
Time-Delay relay or Latch Unit equipped with 20 A Master Cartridges. It does not
require any additional panel space.
Jumper Kit terminals are designed for one #8 AWG wire or two #10 AWG wires. When
connecting the two 20 A Master Cartridges in parallel, it is important that they be the
same configuration (Normally Open or Normally Closed).
Jumpers can be added to any contact cartridge location on a relay except the two
center poles because of the wide spacing. An adhesive label is included with each kit
listing the contact ratings.
5
6
7
Mounting behind
relay
Jumpers (Not applicable for Bulletin 700-PH or -PK relays) – For
Jumper – For
connection between a middle pole and an outer pole on the left or
outer poles
right side of the relay.
Jumper
Cat. No. 700-N3
Jumper
Cat. No. 700-N4
Jumpers (Not applicable for Bulletin 700-PH or -PK relays) – For
connection between two middle poles.
700-N3
50
Jumper – For
middle poles
700-N4
Check Out Tool — Mechanically maintains the Bulletin 700-P, -PH, or -PK relay in the
energized position for troubleshooting purposes.
8
700-N23
1
Check Out Tool
Cat. No. 700-N23
9
Adapter Plate — Simplified relay conversion. Allows you to use the existing mounting
holes when you replace a Bulletin 700-B, -BR, -BX, or -D relay with a Bulletin 700-P, PH, or -PK relay.
700-N34
Protective Cover –— For 700-PT Timing Adjustment Knob. Helps prevent tampering
with time setting.
10
5
700-N38
IP 2x Finger-Safe Cover Accessories
Description
Top Covers (Covering Top Level Contact Screws)
IP2X Top Cover for 700-P, (AC Standard Relays)
IP2X Top Cover for 700-P, (DC Standard Relays)
IP2X Top Cover for 700PK, (AC Master Control Relays)
IP2X Top Cover for 700PK, (DC Master Control Relays)
Timer Top Cover Kit, (for Relays with Pneumatic Latch Attachment)
Timer Top Cover Kit (for Relays with Mechanical Latch Attachment)
Timer Top Cover Kit, (for Master Cont. Relays with Pneumatic Timer)
Latch Top Cover Kit (for Master Cont. Relays with Mechanical Latch)
Deck Covers (Covering all terminals not on top deck, only for multi-deck relays)
IP2X Deck Cover for all AC & DC Relays in the 700P Range
Coil Covers
IP2X Coil Cover for all AC Relays in the 700P Range
IP2X Coil Cover for all DC Relays in the 700P Range
11
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
9-124
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
Pkg. Quantity
Cat. No.
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
700-PFSACT
700-PFSDCT
700-PFSAPKT
700-PFSDPKT
700-PFSTC
700-PFSLCK
700-PFSKTC
700-PFSKLCK
10
700-PFSDEK
5
5
700-PFSDCC
700-PFSACC
Bulletin 700-P
Heavy-Duty Industrial Relays
Specifications
Type
700-P, PL, PT
700-PK, PKL, PKT
700-PH
10 A @ 600V AC
5 A @ 600V DC
20 A @ 600V AC
10 A @ 600V DC
35 A @ 600V AC
20 A @ 600V DC
AC
NEMA A600
2 x NEMA A600
2 x NEMA A600
DC
NEMA P600
2 x NEMA P600
2 x NEMA P600
0
Electrical
Contact Rating Continuous
Ratings
Make/Break
Additional Contact Ratings for
AC single-phase loads
3 Hp @ 240V AC - N.O.
5 Hp @ 240V AC - N.O.
2 Hp @ 240V AC - N.O./N.C.
3 Hp @ 240V AC - N.O./N.C.
1 Hp @ 120V AC - N.O./N.C.
2 Hp @ 120V AC - N.O./N.C.
20 A Resistive Heating to 600V AC
35 A General Use At 0.75 PF to 600V AC
20 A Tungsten Lighting Load to 480V AC 35 A Tungsten Lighting Load to 480V AC
—
DC Current
Ratings Make/Break
Cartridge Cat. No. 700-CP1
Cartridge Cat. No. 700-CPM
1
2
Cartridge Cat. No. 700-CPH
Volts DC
Contacts in
Series
DC Switching
Coil Voltage
Range
Coil
Consumption
P-PH-PK
24
64
125
250
500
600
24
64
125
250
500
24
64
125
250
500
600
480W 480W 275W 138W 135W 120W
1
5A
2.2 A 1.1 A .55 A .24 A
.2 A
10 A
5A
2
10 A
10 A
.5 A
20 A
10 A
3
—
—
7A
3A
1.5 A 1.0 A
—
15 A
7A
3A
1.5 A 1.0 A
—
15 A
7A
3A
1.5 A 1.0 A
4
—
—
10 A
5A
2.5 A 1.5 A
—
20 A
10 A
5A
2.5 A 1.5 A
—
20 A
10 A
5A
2.5 A 1.5 A
5A
2A
.7 A
2.2 A .55 A .24 A
600
5A
2A
.7 A
.2 A
10 A
5A
.5 A
20 A
10 A
2.2 A .55 A .24 A
5A
2A
AC
85…110%
85…110%
85…110%
DC
80…110%
80…110%
80…110%
Battery
Charging
85…115%
85…115%
85…115%
A Inrush
C Sealed
.7 A
50 Hz
60 Hz
50 Hz
60 Hz
50 Hz
60 Hz
138VA
132VA
138VA
132VA
138VA
19.3VA
19VA
19.3 VA
19VA
19.3VA
19VA
12.7VA
12.7VA
12.7VA
12.7VA
.5 A
3
4
132VA
D Inrush
C Sealed
.2 A
5
12.7VA
12.7VA
PLL - PKLL
AC Latch Unit
Inrush
15VA
15.6VA
5VA
15.6VA
15VA
15.6VA
Sealed
5.4VA
5.5VA
5.4VA
5.5VA
5.4VA
5.5VA
PLL - PKLL
DC Latch Unit
Unlatch
35VA
35VA
—
Intermittent
35 W
35 W
—
Reset Time
PT – PKT
75 ms
75 ms
—
Minimum Pulse
PLL–PKLL
75 ms
75 ms
—
6
7
Mechanical
Pickup
AC – 10…20 ms
DC – 30…50 ms
AC – 10…20 ms
DC – 30…50 ms
AC – 10…20 ms
DC – 30…50 ms
Dropout
AC – 10…20 ms
DC – 20…33 ms
AC – 10…20 ms
DC – 20…33 ms
AC – 10…20 ms
DC – 20…33 ms
Operating Time
Mechanical Life
8
10 million operations
Construction
Contact Arrangement
Contact Material
Mounting
Up to 12 Poles, Convertible to N.O. or
N.C. (8 N.C. Maximum)
Up to 12 Poles, Convertible to N.O. or
N.C. (8 N.C. Maximum)
Up to 6 Poles, Convertible to N.O. or
N.C. (4 N.C. Maximum)
Nickel Silver
Silver Cadmium Oxide
Silver Cadmium Oxide
Panel or Strip Mount
Horizontal Mounting Recommended
Panel or Strip Mount
Horizontal Mounting Recommended
Panel or Strip Mount
Horizontal Mounting Recommended
Environmental
Temperature
Operating1
–20…+65 °C (–4…149 °F)
–20…+65 °C (–4…149 °F)
–20…+65 °C (–4…149 °F)
Storage
–40…+65 °C (–40…149 °F)
–40…+65 °C (–40…149 °F)
–40…+65 °C (–40…149 °F)
Certifications
9
10
CSA Certified, CSA File #LR1234, UL Listed, UL File #E14840, Guide NKCR, CE Certified, ABS
Standards
UL 508, CSA C22.2 No. 14, EN/IEC 60947-1, -5-1
11
Wire Terminations
Wire size per UL/CSA
#18 AWG…(2) #12 AWG
Tightening Torque
8…12 lb•in (0.9…1.4 N•m)
1 Temperature inside the panel.
Average value for all coils within range. For values on a specific coil voltage, contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor.
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
9-125
Bulletin 700-P
Heavy-Duty Industrial Relays
Specifications
0
Operating Coils
Bulletin 700 Bulletin 700-P-PH-PK Relays — Bulletin 700-PLL-PKLL Mechanical Latch Attachments1
Coil
Volts1
1
24
2
3
Bulletin 700-P
Operating Coil
4
5
6
Bulletin 700-PL
Unlatch Coil and
Magnet Assembly
Bulletin 700-P, -PK 2…12-pole, Bulletin
700-PH 1…6-pole AC
Bulletin 700-PLL–PKLL AC Mechanical
Latch Attachment
60 Hz
50 Hz
60 Hz
50 Hz
—
PA013
PA407
PL013
PL407
PD714
PD718
32
—
—
—
—
48
PA222
PA314
PL222
PL314
PD724
110
—
PA236
—
PL236
PD733 § (100…110)
115…120
PA236
—
PL236
—
—
110…115‡
—
PA322
—
PL322
—
115…125
—
—
—
—
PD735
120‡
PA322
—
PL322
—
—
130…140
—
—
—
—
PD738
200…208
PA249
—
PL249
—
—
220…230
PA251
PA339
—
PL339
—
230…240
PA254
PA342
PL254
PL342
—
230…250
—
—
PD748
—
PD748
277
PA260
—
—
—
—
380
—
PA354
—
PL354
—
415
—
PA357
—
PL357
—
440…460
—
PA360
—
PL360
—
460…480
PA273
—
PL273
—
—
500
—
PA364
—
PL364
PD759
575…600
PA278
—
PL278
—
PD758
1 Coils for AC relays cannot be used in DC relays and vice versa.
7
This coil is optimized for 115…120V, 60 Hz applications and will operate satisfactorily at 110V, 50 Hz.
‡ This coil is optimized for 110…115V, 50 Hz applications and will operate satisfactorily at 120V, 60 Hz.
§ This coil is designed and marked for use at 100…110V DC.
8
9
10
11
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
9-126
Bulletin 700-P-PK
2…12-pole,
Bulletin 700-PH
1…6-pole DC
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
Bulletin 700-P
Heavy-Duty Industrial Relays
Approximate Dimensions
Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.
Bulletin 700-P, -PH and -PK Relays
0
103.43 (4-5/64)
— 171.68 (6-49/64)
1
1/2
2.77
(7/64)
2.77
(7/64)
2- and 4-pole Bulletin 700-P, -PK Relay — 2-pole Bulletin 700-PH Relay
Approximate Shipping Weight: AC – 0.68 kg (1.5 lb), DC – 1.34 kg (2.95 lb)
2- and 4-pole Bulletin 700-P or -PK Relay or
2-pole Bulletin 700-PH Relay with Pneumatic Time Delay Attachment
Approximate Shipping Weight: AC – 0.85 kg (1.88 lb), DC – 1.5 kg (3.33 lb)
AC 136.75 (5-25/64)
2
171.68 (6-49/64)
3
4
2.77
(7/64)
2.77
(7/64)
6- and 8-pole Bulletin 700-P, or
-PK Relay — 4-pole Bulletin 700-PH Relay Approximate Shipping Weight:
AC – 0.79 kg (1.75 lb), DC – 1.45 kg (3.20 lb)
2- and 4-pole Bulletin 700-P or -PK Relay or 2-pole Bulletin 700-PH Relay
with Mechanical Latch Attachment Approximate Shipping Weight:
AC – 0.97 kg (2.13 lb), DC – 1.62 kg (3.58 lb)
170.10 (6-45/64)
5
Cat. No. 700
6
2.77
(7/64)
#8 Screws
(Captive)
10- and 12-pole Bulletin 700-P, DIN Rail Adapter or
-PK Relay — 6-pole Bulletin 700-PH Relay
Approximate Shipping Weight: AC – 1.02 kg (2.25 lb), DC – 1.68 kg (3.7 lb)
Relay Rail for Bulletin 700-P, -PH, -PK, -N, -NM, -R, -RM, -RT, -RTA
Relays
Secure the mounting strip with two screws at each end relay position.
Use a minimum of one screw at the 3rd, 5th, 7th, etc., relay positions.
Alternate between upper and lower horizontal slots.
178.60
(7-1/32)
8
AC – 170.49 (6-23/32)
DC – 187 (7-25/64)
700-PS
Timer
Cat. No. 700-N31, Type 1 Enclosure for
Bulletin 700-P, -PH, -PK, -RTC Relays
Approximate Shipping Weight: 1.26 kg (2.8 lb)
9
Bulletin 700-PS Timer Mounted on a 4-pole Bulletin 700 Bulletin 700-P or
-PK Relay or 2-pole Bulletin 700-PH Relay
Approximate Shipping Weight: AC – 0.68 kg (1.5 lb) without 700-PS,
eDC – 1.34 kg (2.9 lb) without 700-PS
5.2
(13/64)
6.2
(15/64)
50
(1-63/64)
1.0
(0.04)
0.5
(.02)
35.0
(1.38)
1000
(39-3/8)
10
11
3.98
(0.16)
12.5
(1/2)
7
2.25
(0.09)
0.5
(.02)
27.0
(1.06)
12
7.5
(0.3)
Cat. No. 199-DR1 DIN Mounting Rail Series B
Cat. No. 199-DR4 DIN Mounting Rail Series B Has No Mounting Holes
www.ab.com/catalogs
13
DIN Rail Adapter
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
9-127
Bulletin 700S-P
Heavy-Duty Industrial Safety Relays
Overview/Product Selection
Bulletin 700S-P/700S-PK — Heavy-Duty Safety Control Relays Table of Contents
0
Features
Mechanically linked contacts meet IEC 947-5-1-L
2…12 poles – all mechanically linked
Red cover for easy identification of safety circuits
Tamper resistant cover helps prevent changes which could jeopardize
safety
IEC mechanically linked contacts symbol displayed on front
Visual indication of contact state
Ideal for use in safety circuits
1
cULus Listed (File No. E14840,
Guide NKCR/NKCR7)
CE Certified
ABS Certified
UL 508
CSA C22.2 No. 14
Product Selection
Bulletin 700S-P (10 A) Safety Control Relays — AC and DC Coil Voltages
AC Coils
4
5
24V DC Coils
Open Type Panel Mount Relay Rail Open Type Panel Mount Relay Rail
Mount
Mount
Contacts
6
Certifications
Standards Compliance
2
3
Specifications.............. 9-129
Approximate
Dimensions................... 9-130
Open Type DIN Rail
Mount
N.O.
N.C.
Cat. No.1
Cat. No.1
Cat. No.1
3
1
700S-P310⊗
700S-DCP310Z24
700S-DCP310DZ24
2
2
700S-P220⊗
⊗
700S-DCP220Z24
700S-DCP220DZ24
7
1
700S-P710⊗
700S-DCP710Z24
700S-DCP710DZ24
6
2
700S-P620⊗
700S-DCP620Z24
700S-DCP620DZ24
5
3
700S-P530⊗
700S-DCP530Z24
700S-DCP530DZ24
4
4
700S-P440⊗
700S-DCP440Z24
700S-DCP440DZ24
3
5
700S-P350⊗
700S-DCP350Z24
700S-DCP350DZ24
10
2
700S-P1020⊗
700S-DCP1020Z24
700S-DCP1020DZ24
⊗AC Coil Voltage Code
The Cat. No. as listed is incomplete. Select a coil voltage code from the table below to complete the Cat. No.
Example: Cat. No. 700S-P310 becomes Cat. No. 700S-P310A1 for a 120V AC coil.
[V]
60 Hz
7
24
A24
115-120
A1
230-240
A2
460-480
A4
1 For other coil voltages, consult your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor.
8
9
IEC 947-5-1 Annex L has 2 requirements for a relay to meet for mechanically linked contacts:
1.) If a N.O. contact welds, all the N.C. contacts will remain open and meet a 2500V impulse test.
2.) If a N.C. contact welds, all the N.O. contacts will remain open and meet a 2500V impulse test.
Bul. Nos. 700S-P and 700S-DCP relays meet these requirements including the 2500V impulse test.
The relays shown on this page are shipped from the factory with the Bul. 700-CPS safety cartridge installed and cannot be converted to N.O.
or N.C. in the Field.
Bulletin 700S-PK (20 A) Safety Control Relays
Contacts
10
11
12
13
N.O.
N.C.
Coil Voltage
Cat. No.
7
1
110V AC
700S-PK710A1
6
2
110V AC
700S-PK620A1
5
3
110V AC
700S-PK530A1
4
4
110V AC
700S-PK440A1
3
5
110V AC
700S-PK350A1
10
2
110V AC
700S-PK1020A1
3
1
110V AC
700S-PK310A1
7
1
24V DC
700S-DCPK710Z24
6
2
24V DC
700S-DCPK620Z24
5
3
24V DC
700S-DCPK530Z24
4
4
24V DC
700S-DCPK440Z24
3
5
24V DC
700S-DCPK350Z24
10
2
24V DC
700S-DCPK1020Z24
3
1
24V DC
700S-DCPK310Z24
www.ab.com/catalogs
9-128
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
Bulletin 700S-P
Heavy-Duty Industrial Safety Relays
Specifications
Type
Type
700S-P
700S-PK
Electrical
Electrical
Contact Rating
Continuous
Ratings
Make/
Break
AC
NEMA A600
DC
NEMA P600
Minimum Contact
Switching Ratings
DC
Switching
10V, 50 mA
Volts DC
24V
64V
125V
250V
500V
600V
1
5A
2.2 A
1.1 A
0.55 A
0.24 A
0.2 A
2
10 A
10 A
5A
2A
0.7 A
0.5 A
3
—
—
7A
3A
1.5 A
1.0 A
4
—
—
10 A
5A
2.5 A
1.5 A
1.5 million operations at 10A break at 120V AC
14 million operations at 1A break at 120V AC
6 million operations at 1A break at 24V DC
DC
NEMA A600
DC
NEMA P600
Additional Contact
Ratings for AC
Single-Phase Loss
3 Hp @ 240V AC - N.O.
2 Hp @ 240V AC - N.O./N.C.
1 HP @ 120V AC - N.O./N.C.
20 A resistive heating to 600V AC
20 A Tungsten lighting load to 480V AC
DC Current Ratings
Make/Break
Cartridge Cat. No. 700-CMS
DC
Switching
24V
64V
125V
250V
500V
600V
1
10 A
5A
2.2 A
0.55 A
0.24 A
0.2 A
2
20 A
10 A
5A
2A
0.7 A
0.5 A
3
—
15 A
7A
3A
1.5 A
1.0 A
—
20 A
10 A
5A
2.5 A
1.5 A
4
AC
85…110%
Battery
Charging
85…115%
DC
80…110%
Battery
Charging
85…115%
60 Hz
Inrush
132 VA
138 VA
Sealed
19.3 VA
19 VA
Inrush
12.7 W
Sealed
12.7 W
Coil Consumption
AC
DC
Mechanical
All contacts are mechanically linked per IEC 9475-1 annex L for 2 to 12 poles
AC – 10…20 ms
DC – 30…50 ms
Pickup
AC – 10…20 ms
DC – 20…33 ms
Dropout
Mechanical Life
50 Hz
60 Hz
132 VA
138 VA
Sealed
19.3 VA
Mounting
Sealed
Mechanically Linked
Contacts
Operating
Time
12.7 W
All contacts are mechanically linked per IEC 947-5-1
annex L for 2 to 12 poles
Pickup
AC – 10…20 ms
DC – 30…50 ms
Dropout
AC – 10…20 ms
DC – 20…33 ms
Silver Nickel/Bifurcated
Environmental
Operating Temperature‡
-20…+65 °C (-4…+149 °F)
Storage Temperature
-40…+65 °C (-40…+149 °F)
2 to 12 Poles, Convertible to
N.O. or N.C. (8 N.C. Maximum)
Contact Arrangement
Panel mount or mount on 700-MP Relay or DIN
Rail Horizontal Mounting Recommended
Contact
Material/Design
Mechanical
(Mechanically-Linked
Contacts)
Mounting
Silver Cadmium Oxide
8
All contacts, are mechnically linked per IEC 947-5-1
Annex L for 2 to 12 poles
Panel mount or strip mount recommended
9
Environmental
Wire Terminations
Tightening Torque
-20…+65 °C (-4…+149 °F)
#18 AWG…(2) #12 AWG
-40…+65 °C (-40…+149 °F)
8…12 lb•in (0.9…1.4 N•m)
1 Coil voltage required for proper operation (percent of rated coil voltage).
6
7
Construction
2 to 12 Poles, Double Break Contacts
N.O. or N.C. (8 N.C. Maximum)
Wire size per UL/CSA
5
19 VA
12.7 W
Construction
Contact Material/Design
4
Inrush
Inrush
3
Mechanical
10 million operations
Contact Arrangement
2
Contacts
in Series
80…110%
Coil
Voltage
Range1
1
Volts DC
85…110%
Mechanically Linked
Contacts
Operating
Time
AC
DC
50 Hz
0
20 A @ 600V AC
10 A @ 600V DC
AC
Coil Consumption
AC
Ratings
Make/
Break
Contacts
in Series
Contact Electrical Life—
Resistive Loads
Coil
Voltage
Range1
Contact Rating
Continuous
10 A @ 600V AC
5 A @ 600V DC
Operating‡
Temperature
‡ Temperature inside the panel.
CSA certified, CSA file #LR1234, UL listed, UL file
#E14840, Guide NKCR, CE certified IEC 947-5-1, IEC
336-1 CENELEC, BS 4794, VDE 0660, Listed: U.S.
Coast Guard and American Bureau of Shipping, UL
508, CSA22.2
10
Wire Terminations
Wire size per UL/CSA
Tightening Torque
#18 AWG…(2) #12 AWG
11
8…12 lb•in (0.9…1.4 N•m)
1 Coil voltage required for proper operation (percent of rated coil voltage).
‡ Temperature inside the panel.
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
9-129
Bulletin 700S-P
Heavy-Duty Industrial Safety Relays
Approximate Dimensions
Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended for manufacturing purposes.
0
103.43 (4-5/64)
AC 136.75 (5-25/64)
1/2
1
2.77
(7/64)
2
2.77
(7/64)
2- and 4-pole Bulletin 700S-P Relay
Approximate Shipping Weight: AC – 0.68 kg (1.5 lb), DC – 1.34 kg (2.95 lb)
6- and 8-pole Bulletin 700S-P Relay
Approximate Shipping Weight: AC – 0.79 kg (1.75 lb), DC – 1.45 kg (3.20 lb)
170.10 (6-45/64)
Cat. No. 700
3
2.77
(7/64)
4
#8 Screws
(Captive)
10- and 12-pole Bulletin 700S-P
Approximate Shipping Weight: AC – 1.02 kg (2.25 lb), DC – 1.68 kg (3.7 lb)
5.2
(13/64)
6.2
(15/64)
50
(1-63/64)
5
12.5
(1/2)
1.0
(0.04)
35.0
(1.38)
7.5
(0.3)
1000
(39-3/8)
6
27.0
(1.06)
DIN Rail
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
9-130
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
Relay Rail
Bulletin 700-N
Industrial Relays
Product Overview/Product Selection
Bulletin 700-N — Industrial Relay
Table of Contents
Contact cartridges convertible from N.O. to N.C. and vice versa
NEMA A300 AC
24…250V AC coils
Pneumatic timing unit
Solid-state timing unit
Overlap contacts
Logic reed contacts
4-…8-pole
Product Selection ...... this page
Accessories.................. 9-133
Specifications.............. 9-138
Approximate
Dimensions................... 9-135
0
1
Standards Compliance and
Certifications
cULus Listed (File No. E14840,
Guide NKCR/NKCR7) per
UL 508
CSA C22.2 No. 14
2
3
AC-Operated Relays
Contacts1 Open Type
N.O.
N.C.
4
—
Contact Arrangement
4-Pole
Relay
700-N400⊗
⊗
2
2
3
Coil
—
4
4
5
§
§
Type NM Relay
2 Poles‡
Cat. No.
700-NM200⊗
⊗
= Coil Terminals
2 = Latch
3 = Unlatch
6
7
⊗ AC Coil Voltage Code
The Cat. No. as listed is incomplete. Select a coil voltage code from the table below to complete the cat. no. Example: Cat. No. 700-N200⊗
becomes Cat. No. 700-N200A24 for 24V 60 Hz. For other coil voltages, contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley
distributor.
[V]
24
110
120
208
220
50 Hz
—
A1
—
—
A2
—
60 Hz
A24
—
A1
A20
—
A2
8
240
1 NORMALLY CLOSED CONTACTS: Listed relays are supplied with all contacts normally open. These contacts can be readily converted to normally closed in
9
the field.
OVERLAP CONTACTS: Overlap contacts (normally open contact closes before the normally closed contact opens) can be supplied. See page 9-133 for
information on kits for field installation of overlap contact cartridges.
§ Location of contacts in 2-pole relays
‡ Permanent Magnet Latch AC Relay. Mimimum Operating Time - Type NM - For reliable operation, power to the latch circuit must be maintained for a minimum
time of 75 milliseconds and power to the unlatch circuit must be maintained for minimum time of 50 milliseconds.
10
Operating Coils
Bulletin 700-N Relay • 2-…8-Pole
Bulletin 700-N
Operating Coil
Coil Voltage
60 Hz
50 Hz
24
84AB27
84AB28
110
84AB01
84AB86
120
84AB86
—
208
84AB113
—
220
84AB06
84AB83
240
84AB83
—
11
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
9-131
Bulletin 700-N
Industrial Relays
Accessories
Bulletin 700-NT Pneumatic Timing Unit
0
Timed
Contacts
1
Description
Timing Unit Only
(for Bulletin 700-N, 2…4-pole)
Cat. No. 700-NT
2
N.O.
1
Contact
Arrangement
Open Type
Cat. No.
N.C.
ON-Delay mode is
standard. Timer is
easily converted to
OFF-Delay mode.
1
700-NT
Bulletin 852S Solid-State Timing Unit for Mounting on Bulletin 700-N Relays1
(Supplied as On-Delay. Easily Converted to Off-Delay Mode) Input: 110V/50 Hz, 120V/60 Hz; Output: NEMA B300, Sealed Contacts
Timing Unit with Self-Contained Potentiometer
3
Minimum Time [s]
Minimum Time [s]
Cat. No.
0.1
5.0
852S-NSA
0.5
30.0
852S-NSB
1.0
60.0
852S-NSC
Timing Unit Only
4
Minimum Time [s]
5
0.1
6
7
External Potentiometer
Maximum Time [s]
Resistance
Cat. No.
0.21
15 kΩ
800T-U34
0.35
25 kΩ
800T-U37
0.70
50 kΩ
800T-U41
1.10
75 kΩ
800T-U46
100 kΩ
800T-U49
1.50
2.10
Cat. No.
852S-A
150 kΩ
800T-U50
5.6
400 kΩ
800T-U54
800T-U55
7.0
500 kΩ
14.0
1 MΩ
800T-U57
29.0
2 MΩ
800T-U59
800T-U41
2.0
50 kΩ
4.0
100 kΩ
800T-U49
8.0
200 kΩ
800T-U51
400 kΩ
800T-U54
800 kΩ
800T-U56
16.0
1.0
8
9
32.0
852S-C
40.0
1 MΩ
800T-U57
80.0
2 MΩ
800T-U59
120.0
3 MΩ
800T-U62
160.0
4 MΩ
800T-U64
1 The maximium time is fixed by component characteristics and may be up to 70% greater than listed
These timing relays require an external potentiometer. To order an external potentiometer, refer to right side of table.
10
11
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
9-132
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
Bulletin 700-N
Industrial Relays
Accessories
Universal Mounting Strip
Description
Relay Rail
Simplifies panel layout. These indexed strips are easily cut to
the required length and bolted, riveted, or spot-welded in
place. Relays are installed adjacent to one another on the
mounting strip with the captive mounting screws provided.
Rows of relays on Relay Rail form their own wiring trough.
Can be used with the following relays: 700P, 700-PK, 700PH,
700S-P, 700N, 700-R, 700-RTC
Cat. No.
Relays per strip
4
700-MP4
8
700-MP8
12
700-MP12
16
700-MP16
1
DIN Rail Adapter
—
700-DRA
2
Front Deck
Front decks can be attached to Bulletin 700 4-pole relays.
Provides up to 4 additional convertible poles – without
changing the mounting area.
Front Deck without Contact
Cartridges
700-NA00
0
Cat. No. 700-DRA
3
Cat. No. 700-NA00
Standard Contact Cartridges
Available for adding to both rear deck and front deck.
Rear Deck Contact Cartridge
1
700-C1
Front Deck Contact Cartridge
1
700-C2
Rear Deck Contact Cartridge
1
700-C1X
Gold-Plated Contact Cartridges
May be used in low power circuits to improve reliability. Good
for long term storage, because gold resists corrosion.
Front Deck Contact Cartridge
1
700-C2X
Logic Reed Cartridges
Cartridges are hermetically sealed contact for low energy
switching.
Rear Deck Contact Cartridge
(150V AC, 150 mA, 8VA Max.)
(30V DC, 60 mA Max.)
1
700-C1R
Rear Deck Contact Cartridge
1
700-C1B
Front Deck Contact Cartridge
1
700-C2B
Rear Deck Contact Cartridge
(1 pair in a package)
1
700-C11Z
Front Deck Contact Cartridge
(1 pair in a package)
1
700-C22Z
1
X-457011
Bifurcated Contact Cartridges
Cartridges are less apt to open because of vibration and
shock.
Overlap Contact Cartridges
Cartridges are available in pairs. The N.O. contact closes
before the N.C. contact opens.
300V AC max.
125V DC max.
Cat. No. 700-C11Z
Timing Unit Replacement (Bifurcated) Contact Cartridge for
Timing Unit Deck Contact Cartridge
Bulletin 700-NT relay
Jumpers (Not applicable for Bulletin 700-PH or -PK relays) –
For connection between a middle pole and an outer pole on
the left or right side of the relay.
Cat. No. 700-N4,-N3
Gold-Plated Contact Timing Unit Replacement Cartridge
Cat. No. 700-N5
Jumper for middle pole to outer poles
700-N3
Jumper for middle poles
700-N4
—
7
8
9
Check Out Tool for Bulletin 700-N AC
relay
11
700-N5
700-N24
12
700-N21
13
Cat. No. 700-N21
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
6
1 40163-447-03
1 All contact cartridges are convertible (N.O. or N.C.).
www.ab.com/catalogs
5
10
Surge Suppressors (RC Circuit) — Surge suppressors reduce
the high transient voltages generated when the coil circuit is
opened. These suppressors can be used with Bulletin 700-P, - For mounting behind relay
PH, -PK, and -N relays, and other electromechanical devices. (1 in. additional depth needed)
They contain a resistor and capacitor. Maximum ratings: 150V,
AC or DC, 35 VA. Cat. No. 700-N5 requires 1 in. additional
depth of enclosure.
Cat. No. 700-N24
For mounting on coil terminal
Check Out Tool
Mechanically maintains the Bulletin 700-N relay in operated
position.
4
9-133
Bulletin 700-N
Industrial Relays
Specifications
Bul. 700-N
0
Bul. 700-NT
Electrical Ratings
Rated Thermal Current Ith
10 A
Rated Insulation Voltage
300V
Contact Rating
1
Coil Voltage Range
10 A @ 300V AC, NEMA A300
AC
85…110%
—
DC
80…110%
—
Coil Consumption
2
AC
50 Hz
60 Hz
—
Inrush
120 VA
133 VA
—
Sealed
24 VA
20 VA
—
Mechanical
3
4
AC
—
Pickup
14 ms
—
Drop Out
13 ms
—
Timing Range
—
0.2…60 s
Repeat Accuracy
—
±15% of setting
Reset Time
—
75 ms
Timing Mode
—
On-Delay — convertible to OFF Delay, up to 2 poles
convertible to N.O. or N.C.
Max.
Operating Time
Construction
Contact Arrangement
5
Up to 8 Poles, Convertible to N.O. or N.C.
—
Silver
Silver
Panel or strip mount
Horizontal mounting recommended
On relay only
Contact Material
Mounting
Environmental
6
Ambient Temperature (Outside
Enclosure)
Operating
–20…+40 °C (–4…+104 °F)
Storage
–40…+60 °C (–40…+140 °F)
Operating Temperature Rise
(Inside Enclosure)
+25 °C Max
—
Wire Terminations
Wire size per UL/CSA
7
#18 AWG…(2) #12 AWG
Tightening Torque
8…12 lb•in. (0.9…1.4 N•m)
8
9
10
11
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
9-134
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
Bulletin 700-N
Industrial Relays
Approximate Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions
Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.
Open Type
Without Enclosure
No. of
Poles
Type of Relay
Bulletin
700
N
D
Approx.
Ship. Wt.
kg (lbs.)
A
Wide
B
High
C
Deep
D
E
Approx.
Ship. Wt.
kg (lbs.)
79.38
(3-1/8)
0.68
(1-1/2)
107.95
(4-1/4)
185.74
(7-5/16)
103.19
(4-1/16)
146.05
(5-3/4)
85.73
(3-3/8)
1.59
(3-1/2)
106.36
(4-3/16)
79.38
(3-1/8)
0.79
(1-3/4)
112.71
(4-7/16)
228.60
(9)
120.65
(4-3/4)
206.38
(8-1/8)
92.08
(3-5/8)
2.27
(5)
Drawing
Number
A
Wide
B
High
C
Deep
1
57.15
(2-1/4)
88.90
(3-1/2)
82.55
(3-1/4)
88.90
(3-1/2)
2…4
0
Type 1
General Purpose Enclosure
Bulletin
700
6…8
2
57.15
(2-1/4)
N
with
Pneumatic
Timer
Bulletin
700
2…4
3
57.15
(2-1/4)
88.90
(3-1/2)
138.11
(5-7/16)
79.38
(3-1/8)
0.91
(2)
—
—
—
—
—
—
N
with
Solid-State
Timer
Bulletin
700
2…4
3
57.15
(2-1/4)
88.90
(3-1/2)
160.34
(6-5/16)
79.38
(3-1/8)
1.02
(2-1/4)
—
—
—
—
—
—
1
2
3
C
A
A
C
A
C
4
D B
D B
D B
5
Drawing Number 2
Drawing Number 1
Drawing Number 3
178.60
(7-1/32)
Cat. No. 700
6
7
#8 Screws
(Captive)
Relay Rail for Bulletin 700-P, -PH, -PK, -N, -NM, -R, -RM, -RT, -RTA Relays
Type 1 Enclosure
5.2
(13/64)
6.2
(15/64)
50
(1-63/64)
12.5
(1/2)
8
1.0
(0.04)
9
35.0
(1.38)
27.0
(1.06)
10
7.5
(0.3)
1000
(39-3/8)
11
3.98
(0.16)
12
0.5
(.02)
2.25
(0.09)
13
0.5
(.02)
DIN Rail Adapter
www.ab.com/catalogs
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
9-135
Bulletin 700-R, -RM
Sealed Switch Relays
Product Overview/Product Selection
Table of Contents
Bulletin 700-R, -RM — Sealed Switch Relays
Sealed contacts
Extremely long mechanical and electrical life
Hazardous locations Class 1, Div 2 Groups A, B, C, D
Harsh environments
Suitable for applications with shock and vibration
High reliability circuit integrity
0
1
Product Selection ...... 9-137
Specifications.............. 9-139
Approximate
Dimensions................... 9-140
Standards Compliance
and Certifications
UL Listed (File No. E10314)
(Guide No. NOIV) per UL 508
CSA Certified
(File No. LR11924)
CE Certified
2
3
4
Electrically Held
ACOperated DC-Operated
Relay Only Relay Only
No.
of
Poles
Open Type
N.C.
Contact Arrangement
and Markings
Open Type
N.O.
Cat. No.
Cat. No.
0
0
0
Relay without Contact
700-R000⊗ 700DC-R000⊗
2
0
700-R200⊗ 700DC-R200⊗
1
1
700-R110⊗ 700DC-R110⊗
0
2
4
0
700-R400⊗ 700DC-R400⊗
3
1
700-R310⊗ 700DC-R310⊗
2
2
1
3
0
4
700-R040⊗ 700DC-R040⊗
6
0
700-R600⊗ 700DC-R600⊗
5
1
700-R510⊗ 700DC-R510⊗
4
2
700-R420⊗ 700DC-R420⊗
3
3
700-R330⊗ 700DC-R330⊗
2
4
1
5
0
6
700-R060⊗ 700DC-R060⊗
8
0
700-R800⊗ 700DC-R800⊗
7
1
700-R710⊗ 700DC-R710⊗
6
2
5
3
4
4
700-R440⊗ 700DC-R440⊗
3
5
700-R350⊗ 700DC-R350⊗
2
6
700-R260⊗ 700DC-R260⊗
1
7
700-R170⊗ 700DC-R170⊗
0
8
700-R080⊗ 700DC-R080⊗
Contacts
2
5
4
6
7
6
8
8
9
10
+ (DC)
700-R020⊗ 700DC-R020⊗
700-R220⊗ 700DC-R220⊗
– (DC)
700-R130⊗ 700DC-R130⊗
700-R240⊗ 700DC-R240⊗
+ (DC)
700-R150⊗ 700DC-R150⊗
700-R620⊗ 700DC-R620⊗
– (DC)
700-R530⊗ 700DC-R530⊗
⊗ Coil Voltage Code
The Cat. No. as listed is incomplete. Select a voltage code from the table below to complete the Cat. No. Example: Cat. No. 700-R000⊗
becomes Cat. No. 700-R000A24. For other coil voltages, contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor.
11
Coil Volts
Type of Relay
AC
12
13
DC
[V]
24
48
110
115-125
120
220
230-250
240
25 Hz
—
—
C11
—
C1
—
—
C2
50 Hz
B24
B48
A1
—
—
A2
—
—
60 Hz
A24
A48
—
—
A1
—
—
A2
—
Z24
Z48
—
Z1
—
—
Z2
—
Arrangement displays all N.O. contacts.
§ Polarity must be observed for DC voltage (700 DC) relays.
♣ Location of contacts in 2-pole relays.
® Location of contacts in 6-pole relays.
www.ab.com/catalogs
9-136
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
Bulletin 700-R, -RM
Sealed Switch Relays
Product Selection
Magnetic Latch
ACOperated
Relay Only
DC-Operated
Relay Only
Open Type
Open Type
Cat. No.
Cat. No.
No.
of
Poles
N.O.
N.C.
Contact Arrangement
and Markings 0
0
0
Relay without Contact
2
0
1
1
0
2
4
0
3
1
2
2
1
3
0
4
700-RM040⊗ 700DC-RM040⊗
6
0
700-RM600⊗ 700DC-RM600⊗
5
1
700-RM510⊗ 700DC-RM510⊗
4
2
700-RM420⊗ 700DC-RM420⊗
3
3
700-RM330⊗ 700DC-RM330⊗
2
4
1
5
0
6
8
0
7
1
6
2
5
3
4
4
700-RM440⊗ 700DC-RM440⊗
3
5
700-RM350⊗ 700DC-RM350⊗
2
6
700-RM260⊗ 700DC-RM260⊗
1
7
700-RM170⊗ 700DC-RM170⊗
0
8
700-RM080⊗ 700DC-RM080⊗
Contacts
2
4
6
8
700-RM000⊗ 700DC-RM000⊗
700-RM200⊗ 700DC-RM200⊗
+ (DC)
0
1
700-RM110⊗ 700DC-RM110⊗
700-RM020⊗ 700DC-RM020⊗
L
700-RM400⊗ 700DC-RM400⊗
R
700-RM310⊗ 700DC-RM310⊗
2
700-RM220⊗ 700DC-RM220⊗
– (DC)
700-RM130⊗ 700DC-RM130⊗
700-RM240⊗ 700DC-RM240⊗
+ (DC)
700-RM150⊗ 700DC-RM150⊗
3
4
700-RM060⊗ 700DC-RM060⊗
L
700-RM800⊗ 700DC-RM800⊗
R
700-RM710⊗ 700DC-RM710⊗
700-RM620⊗ 700DC-RM620⊗
– (DC)
5
700-RM530⊗ 700DC-RM530⊗
⊗ Coil Voltage Code
The Cat. No. as listed is incomplete. Select a voltage code from the table below to complete the Cat. No. Example: Cat. No. 700-RM000⊗
becomes Cat. No. 700-RM000A24. For other coil voltages, contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor.
6
7
Coil Volts
Type of Relay
AC
DC
[V]
24
48
110
115-125
120
220
230-250
240
25 Hz
—
—
C11
—
C1
—
—
C2
50 Hz
B24
B48
A1
—
—
A2
—
—
60 Hz
A24
A48
—
—
A1
—
—
A2
—
Z24
Z48
—
Z1
—
—
Z2
—
Arrangement displays all N.O. contacts.
§ Location of contacts in 6-pole relays.
♣ Polarity must be observed for DC voltage (700 DC) relays.
® Location of contacts in 2-pole relays.
8
9
10
Modifications
Letter
Designation
Description
Manual Actuator
A factory-installed manual actuator is available for manual
energization of the relay coils. To order, replace the letters “R” or
“RM” after the dash in the listed catalog number with the letters
listed at right.
Ratings 150V AC or DC maximum. Example: Cat. No. 700RM300A1 becomes Cat. No. 700-RMLR300A1.
RL
Manual Actuator
Addition for Relay
Actuation
Qty.
Type R
1
RML
Type RM on Latch Coil
1
RMR
Type RM on Reset Coil
1
RMLR
Type RM on Latch and Reset Coil (2 manual
actuators supplied)
2
11
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
9-137
Bulletin 700-R, -RM
Sealed Switch Relays
Accessories
Accessories for Bulletin 700-R, -RM Relays
Bul. 700-N
0
Bul. 700-NT
Electrical Ratings
th
1
Rated Thermal Current I
10 A
Rated Insulation Voltage
300V
Contact Rating
Coil Voltage Range
10 A @ 300V AC, NEMA A300
AC
85…110%
—
DC
80…110%
—
Coil Consumption
2
AC
50 Hz
60 Hz
—
Inrush
120 VA
133 VA
—
Sealed
24 VA
20 VA
—
Mechanical
3
4
AC
—
Pickup
14 ms
—
Drop Out
13 ms
—
Timing Range
—
0.2…60 s
Repeat Accuracy
—
±15% of setting
Reset Time
—
75 ms
Timing Mode
—
On-Delay — convertible to OFF Delay, up to 2 poles
convertible to N.O. or N.C.
Max.
Operating Time
Construction
Contact Arrangement
5
Up to 8 Poles, Convertible to N.O. or N.C.
—
Silver
Silver
Panel or strip mount
Horizontal mounting recommended
On relay only
Contact Material
Mounting
Environmental
6
Ambient Temperature (Outside
Enclosure)
Operating
–20…+40 °C (–4…+104 °F)
Storage
–40…+60 °C (–40…+140 °F)
Operating Temperature Rise
(Inside Enclosure)
+25 °C Max
—
Wire Terminations
7
Wire size per UL/CSA
#18 AWG…(2) #12 AWG
Tightening Torque
8…12 lb•in. (0.9…1.4 N•m)
8
9
10
11
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
9-138
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
Bulletin 700-R, -RM
Sealed Switch Relays
Specifications
Application Data – Because of the inherent characteristics of this device, the normally open contacts may close before the normally closed
contacts open on energization and the normally closed contacts may close before the normally open contacts open on de-energization.
Note: For Bul. 700-RM, energizing both the latch and unlatch coil together will cause the relay to be energized and both latch and unlatch
coils can be operated together continuously.
0
Ratings
AC Voltage
NEMA Rating
Designation
B300
C600
Voltage
Up to 300V
AC
Above 300V
AC
DC Voltage
Make
Break
120V
30
3
240V
15
1.5
480V
7.5
0.75
600V
6.0
0.60
Continuous
Carrying
Current [A]
NEMA Rating
Designation
5
Volts DC
Make/Break
Continuous
Carrying
Current [A]
46…300
138 VA
5
5…46
3A
5
NEMA P300
2.5
1
2
Maximum Allowable Off-State Leakage Current
Maximum Off-State Leakage
Current [mA]
Maximum Off-State Leakage
Current [mA]
Type R
Type RM
24V DC
23
8
24V AC
23
8
120V AC
5
2
Voltage
3
4
Relay Data
Type
Contact Arrangement
Contact Material
700-R
W (tungsten in a controlled gas atmosphere)
W (tungsten in a controlled gas atmosphere)
24…250V AC
24…250V DC
24…250V AC
24…250V DC
Sealed
Voltage Range: –15… +10%
5.5 VA, 50/60 Hz
5.5 W DC
1.7 VA, 50/60 Hz (latch or unlatch)
1.7 W DC
Inrush
5.5 VA, 50/60 Hz
5.5 W DC
1.7 VA, 50/60 Hz (latch or unlatch)
1.7 W DC
Coil Voltage Range
Coil
Power
700-RM
Up to 8 poles, available in any combination of N.O. or N.C. Up to 8 poles, available in any combination of N.O. or N.C.
contacts
contacts
Pickup Time
30 ms
75 ms min. latch pulse
Dropout Time
30 ms
75 ms min. unlatch pulse
–40…+60 °C (–40…+140 °F)
–40…+60 °C (–40…+140 °F)
Panel mount
Panel mount
Operating Temperature
Mounting
5
6
7
Bulletin 700-R Operating Coils
Bulletin 700-R 2-…8-Pole AC
Coil Volts
Bulletin 700-R Operating Coil
60 Hz
50 Hz
Bulletin 700-R
2-…8-Pole DC
24
77AB27
77AB27
77D152
48
77AB134
77AB134
77D166
110
77AB86
77AB86
—
115…125
—
—
77D155
—
120
77AB86
77AB86
208
—
—
—
220
77AB83
77AB83
—
240
77AB83
77AB83
—
230…250
—
—
77D156
8
9
10
11
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
9-139
Bulletin 700-R, -RM
Sealed Switch Relays
Approximate Dimensions
Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches) shown. Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.
C
A
C
0
B
1
B
D
Bulletin 700-R400…, -RM400…
A
B
D
Bulletin 700-R800, -RM800…
160.6 max
(6-21/64)
2
C
A
A
D
Bulletin 700-R with 852s timer
C
3.98
(0.16)
3
700-PS
Timer
700 Type R
B
D
2.25
(0.09)
0.5
(.02)
4
E
700-N26
Bulletin 700-PS Timer Mounted on a
4-Pole Bulletin 700-R Relay
Approximate Shipping Weight: 1.25 kg (2.75 lb)
0.5
(.02)
Type 1 Enclosure
Secure the mounting strip with 2 screws at each
end relay position. Use a minimum of one screw at
the 3rd, 5th, 7th, etc., relay positions. Alternate
between upper and lower horizontal slots.
Cat. No. 700
5
6
#8 Screws
(Captive)
7
Relay Rail
6.2
(15/64)
50
(1-63/64)
5.2
(13/64)
12.5
(1/2)
1.0
(0.04)
8
35.0
(1.38)
9
27.0
(1.06)
7.5
(0.3)
1000
(39-3/8)
Cat. No. 199-DR1 DIN Mounting Rail Series B
Bulletin 700-R, -RM Relays
10
Open Type
Without Enclosures
Type of Relay
11
12
R
R with
Bulletin 700
Bulletin 852S
and
Timer
Bulletin 700DC
RM
13
Bulletin 700
and
Bulletin 700DC
Bulletin 700
and
Bulletin 700DC
RM with
Bulletin 700
Bulletin 852S
and
Timer
Bulletin 700DC
Drawing
Number
A
Wide
B
High
C
Deep
D
D
E
Approx.
Ship Wt.
[kg (lb)]
2…4
1
55.56
(2-3/16)
88.90
(3-1/2)
92.25
(3-3/8)
79.38
(3-1/8)
0.91
(2)
104.78
(4-1/8)
185.74
(7-5/16)
103.19
(4-1/16)
146.05
(5-3/4)
85.73
(3-3/8)
1.81
(4)
5…8
2
55.56
(2-3/16)
88.90
(3-1/2)
111.13
(4-3/8)
79.38
(3-1/8)
1.02
(2-1/4)
112.71
(4-7/16)
228.60
(9)
120.65
(4-3/4)
206.38
(8-1/8)
92.08
(3-5/8)
2.49
(5)
2…4
3
55.56
(2-3/16)
88.90
(3-1/2)
165.1
(6-1/2)
79.38
(3-1/8)
1.25
(2-3/4)
—
—
—
—
—
—
2…4
1
55.56
(2-3/16)
88.90
(3-1/2)
95.25
(3-3/8)
79.38
(3-1/8)
0.91
(2)
104.78
(4-1/8)
185.74
(7-5/16)
103.19
(4-1/16)
146.05
(5-3/4)
85.73
(3-3/8)
1.81
(4)
5…8
2
55.56
(2-3/16)
89.90
(3-1/2)
111.13
(4-3/8)
79.38
(3-1/8)
1.02
(2-1/4)
112.71
(4-7/16)
228.60
(9)
120.65
(4-3/4)
206.38
(8-1/8)
92.08
(3-5/8)
2.49
(5)
2…4
3
55.56
(2-3/16)
88.90
(3-1/2)
165.1
(6-1/2)
79.38
(3-1/8)
1.25
(2-3/4)
—
—
—
—
—
—
No. of
Poles
www.ab.com/catalogs
9-140
Type 1
General Purpose Enclosure
Approx.
Ship Wt.
[kg (lb)]
A
Wide
B
High
C
Deep
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
Bulletin 700-RTC
Sealed Switch Timing Relays
Overview/Product Selection
Bulletin 700-RTC — Solid-State Timing Relay
Table of Contents
Timing functions
8 ON-delay
8 OFF-delay
Timing ranges
Seconds: 0.05…2, 0.2…8, 0.4…30, 2…120
Minutes: 0.015…1, 0.06…4, 0.25…16 and 1…64
AC, 50/60 Hz or DC
600V AC maximum
300V DC maximum
Relays with fixed time delay
Sealed contacts
Harsh environments
Hazardous locations Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C and D
Product Selection ...... this page
Accessories.................. 9-143
Specifications.............. 9-144
Approximate
Dimensions................... 9-144
Standards Compliance and
Certifications
See Specifications table in this
section, page 9-144.
Bulletin 700-RTC Relay – Relays with Provision for Instantaneous Contacts
Relays listed below have slots for two timed contacts and two instantaneous contacts. Unused slots are equipped with removable dummy
cartridges.
Open Type
Without
Enclosure
Number of Contact Cartridges
Instantaneous
Timed
Total
N.O.
N.C.
N.O.
N.C.
Cat. No.1
0
0
0
0
0
700-RTC00000⊗
1
2
3
4
0
0
1
0
700-RTC00100⊗
0
0
0
1
700-RTC00010⊗
0
0
2
0
700-RTC00200⊗
1
0
1
0
700-RTC10100⊗
0
1
1
0
700-RTC01100⊗
0
0
1
1
700-RTC00110⊗
1
0
0
1
700-RTC10010⊗
0
1
0
1
700-RTC01010⊗
0
0
0
2
700-RTC00020⊗
1
0
2
0
700-RTC10200⊗
2
0
1
0
700-RTC20100⊗
0
1
2
0
700-RTC01200⊗
1
1
1
0
700-RTC11100⊗
1
0
1
1
700-RTC10110⊗
2
0
0
1
700-RTC20010⊗
0
2
1
0
700-RTC02100⊗
0
1
1
1
700-RTC01110⊗
1
1
0
1
700-RTC11010⊗
1
0
0
2
700-RTC10020⊗
0
2
0
1
700-RTC02010⊗
0
1
0
2
700-RTC01020⊗
2
0
2
0
700-RTC20200⊗
1
1
2
0
700-RTC11200⊗
2
0
1
1
700-RTC20110⊗
0
2
2
0
700-RTC02200⊗
1
1
1
1
700-RTC11110⊗
2
0
0
2
700-RTC20020⊗
1
1
0
2
700-RTC11020⊗
0
2
1
1
700-RTC02110⊗
0
2
0
2
700-RTC02020⊗
1 To order a 700-RTC relay with the Remote Potentiometer Provision, add an "R" after the letters RTC in the catalog number. Only a "U24" (24V AC/DC) coil
code is available with this option. For example: 700-RTCR00000U24.
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
⊗ Coil Voltage Code
The Cat. No. as listed is not complete. Select a voltage code from the table below to complete the Cat. No. Example: Cat. No. 700RTC00100⊗ becomes Cat. No. 700-RTC00100U24. For other voltages consult your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley
distributor.
[V]
50/60 Hz
24V DC, 24V AC
U24
www.ab.com/catalogs
120V DC, 110/120V AC
U1
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
9-141
13
Bulletin 700-RTC
Sealed Switch Timing Relays
Product Selection
Bulletin 700-RTC Relays with Fixed Time Delay— Relays with Provision for Instantaneous Contacts
0
Relays listed below have slots for two timed and two instantaneous contacts. Unused slots are equipped with removable dummy cartridges.
Open Type Without
Enclosure
Number of Contact Cartridges
Timed
Instantaneous
Total
N.O.
N.C.
N.O.
N.C.
Cat. No.1
0
0
0
0
0
700-RTC00#0⊗
1
0
0
0
700-RTC10#0⊗
0
1
0
0
700-RTC20#0⊗
2
0
0
0
700-RTC40#0⊗
1
0
1
0
700-RTC11#0⊗
1
0
0
1
700-RTC12#0⊗
1
1
0
0
700-RTC30#0⊗
0
1
1
0
700-RTC21#0⊗
0
1
0
1
700-RTC22#0⊗
0
2
0
0
700-RTC50#0⊗
2
0
1
0
700-RTC41#0⊗
1
0
2
0
700-RTC14#0⊗
2
0
0
1
700-RTC42#0⊗
1
0
1
1
700-RTC13#0⊗
1
1
1
0
700-RTC31#0⊗
0
1
2
0
700-RTC24#0⊗
1
0
0
2
700-RTC15#0⊗
1
1
0
1
700-RTC32#0⊗
0
1
1
1
700-RTC23#0⊗
0
2
1
0
700-RTC51#0⊗
0
1
0
2
700-RTC25#0⊗
0
2
0
1
700-RTC52#0⊗
2
0
2
0
700-RTC44#0⊗
2
0
1
1
700-RTC43#0⊗
1
1
2
0
700-RTC34#0⊗
2
0
0
2
700-RTC45#0⊗
1
1
1
1
700-RTC33#0⊗
0
2
2
0
700-RTC54#0⊗
1
1
0
2
700-RTC35#0⊗
0
2
1
1
700-RTC53#0⊗
0
2
0
2
700-RTC55#0⊗
1
1
2
2
3
4
3
5
6
7
4
8
1 Operating Mode
Replace the # in the cat. no. with the appropriate letter and numbers to indicate the operating mode and the fixed time delay value. Refer to operating mode
table below.
9
10
11
Digit
Operating Mode
S
On-Delay – s
Z
Off-Delay – s
Y
On-Delay – Min.
I
Off-Delay – Min.
Fixed Time Delay
Seconds –Two digits indicating the fixed time delay in seconds.
Three digits indicating the fixed time delay (first digit indicates seconds, next
two digits indicate 1/100 seconds).
Minutes –Two digits indicating the fixed time delay in minutes.
Three digits indicating the fixed time delay (first digit indicates minutes, next
two digits indicate 1/100 minutes).
Examples: Cat. No. 700-RTC00Y200U1 is for a relay without contact cartridges. “Y20” indicates an On-Delay timer with a 20 minute fixed
time delay. This is a “standard relay.” Order the contact cartridges separately. Cat. No. 700-RTC42S020U1 is for a relay with 2 N.O.
cartridges in the timed position and 1 N.C. cartridge in the instantaneous position. “S02” indicates an On-Delay timer with a 2 second fixed
time delay.
⊗ Coil Voltage Code
The cat. no. as listed is not complete. To complete the cat. no., add a coil code selected from the table below.
[V]
50/60 Hz
12
24V DC, 24V AC
U24
120V DC, 110/120V AC
U1
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
9-142
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
Bulletin 700-RTC
Sealed Switch Timing Relays
Accessories
Description
Cat. No.
700-CRT5
Cat. No.
700-CRT6
Cat. No.
700-CR9
Cartridge Type
Color
Cat. No.
N.O.
Grey
700-CRT5
N.C.
Orange
700-CRT6
Dummy Cartridge
Black
700-CR9
Contact Cartridges – These cartridges are used to
add contacts to timing relays having unused slots.
The N.O., N.C., and Dummy cartridges are
interchangeable and can be used in timed or
instantaneous contact slots. Dummy cartridges
should be placed in unused cartridge slots to guard
against entrance of foreign material.
1
External Potentiometer – The potentiometer units
listed are recommended for timers with remote
potentiometer provision. Refer to catalog section on
Bulletin 800T or 800M for general construction
features.
Connection Cable – Use shielded twisted pair
cable, maximum of 50 feet. Recommended cable (or
equivalent): UL style 2517, having two #18 stranded
conductors with aluminum mylar foil shield and #20
drain wire. Rated 150 °C, FR-1, 300 volts.
Cat. No. 800MR-N37
0
Oiltight1
800T-U90
Small Oiltight – Round‡
800MR-N37
2
Small Oiltight – Square§
800MS-N37
3
ATTENTION – If the recommended potentiometer and cable are not used, be certain that the
potentiometer and cable wiring is insulated from ground and circuit common for 300V RMS or greater.
Type 1 Enclosure — Use for all Bulletin 700-P, -PH, and -PK relays except 10- and 12-pole DC relays or
5- and 6-pole DC Bulletin 700-PH relays.
Relay Rail
Simplifies panel layout. These indexed strips are
easily cut to the required length and bolted, riveted,
or spot-welded in place. Relays are installed
adjacent to one another on the mounting strip with
the captive mounting screws provided. Rows of
relays on Relay Rail form their own wiring trough.
Can be used with the following relays: 700P, 700PK, 700PH, 700S-P, 700N, 700-R, 700-RTC
700-N31
Relays per Strip
Pkg. Quantity
4
5
8
5
700-MP8
12
5
700-MP12
16
5
700-MP16
10
199-DR1
DIN (#3) symmetrical hat rail
35 x 7.5 x 1 m
700-MP4
4
5
6
7
Cat. No. 199-DR1
8
DIN Rail Adapter
Can be used with the following relays:
Bulletin 700P, 700-PK, 700-PH, 700S-P, 700-N, 700-R, 700-RTC
1
700-DRA
9
1 Legend plate, Cat. No. 800T-X609, must be specified when ordering.
Add suitable 400 KΩ potentiometer.
‡ Does not include legend plate.
§ Does not include legend plate. Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor.
To order a 700-RTC relay with the Remote Potentiometer Provision, add a "R" after the letters RTC in the selected catalog number. Only a "U24" (24V AC/DC)
coil code is available with this option. For example: 700-RTCR00000U24.
10
11
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
9-143
Bulletin 700-RTC
Sealed Switch Timing Relays
Specifications/Approximate Dimensions
Voltage and Power Requirements
0
1
AC Voltage
+10% –15% 50/60 Hz
Total Power Required
Initiate Terminal Power
Maximum Allowable Leakage
Current
Coil Code
24V AC
8 VA
4 VA
10 mA
U24
110/120V AC
9 VA
4 VA
2.4 mA
U1
DC Voltage
+10% –20%
Total Power Required
Initiate Terminal Power
Maximum Allowable Leakage
Current
Coil Code
24V DC
10 W
5W
10 mA
U24
120V DC
11 W
5W
2.4 mA
U1
2
Type
Contact Rating
(See pub. 700-SG003*)
700-RTC
NEMA B600 600V AC, 5 A
NEMA P300 300V DC, 5 A
Contact Arrangement
1…4 poles. Max. of 2 timed and 2 instantaneous.
Available in any combination of N.O. and N.C. contacts
Contact Material
W (tungsten in a controlled gas atmosphere)
Operating Mode
Convertible to ON-Delay or OFF-Delay
Timing Range
0.05…64 min.
3
4
25 ms
Repeat Accuracy
±1% (or ±50 ms) at constant voltage and temperature
Mounting
Panel or strip mount
Surge Suppression
Not required. Timers have internal suppression
Certifications
UL Listed, File E10314, Guide NOIV, CSA Certified, File LR11924
Suitable for use in Class I, Division 2, Groups A, B, C, and D
Maximum Allowable Leakage Current
5
6
Reset Time
24V AC/DC
10 mA
110/120V AC,
120V DC
2.4 mA
Ambient Temperature1
Operating:
–20…+60 °C (–4…+140 °F)
Storage:
–20…+60 °C (–4…+140 °F)
1 Continuous duty units placed close to each other (3 in a row) have a temperature range of –20…+45 °C (–4…+113 °F) or should have air circulated around the
units. Approximate space of 3/4 in (mm) on all sides is needed.
Typical Wiring Diagram
L1
External
Initiating Contact
(N.O. or N.C.)
7
Timed Contacts
Any Combination
of N.O. and N.C.
8
Instantaneous
Contacts Any
Combination of
N.O. and N.C.
L2
P TIMED
L1 +
INST
L2
Approximate Dimensions
9
Approximate Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Approximate Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.
10
5.2 (2-13/64) Dia. Mounting Holes
Approximate Shipping Weight 0.92 kg (2.1 lb.)
11
NEMA Type 1 Enclosure for RTC Relays
Approximate Shipping Weight 1.26 kg (2.8 lb.)
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
9-144
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
Bulletin 700-PS
Industrial Timing Relays
Product Overview/Product Selection/Specifications
Bulletin 700-PS — Solid State Timing Relay
Table of Contents
Solid-state timer
600V AC maximum, 300V DC maximum
Time range 0.1…120 sec
Can be attached to a Bulletin 700 Type P, PK, R and RM relay
Convertible to ON-Delay or OFF-Delay
Product Selection ...... this page
Specifications.............. this page
Approximate
Dimensions................... 9-146
Standards Compliance
UL 508
CSA C22.2 No. 14
UL 1604
0
1
C22.2 No. 213
Certifications
cULus Listed (File No.
E10319, Guide NOIV/NOIV7)
CSA Certified (File No.
LR11924)
2
3
Bulletin 700-PS
Timing Relay with SelfContained Potentiometer Unit
Operating Mode
On-Delay
Off-Delay
Cat. No. 700-PSPA1
Timing Relay for Use with
External Potentiometer Unit
Timing Range1[s]
Cat. No.
Cat. No.
0.1…2
700-PSAA1
700-PSRAA1
0.4…8
700-PSBA1
700-PSRBA1
1.5…30
700-PSCA1
700-PSRCA1
6…120
700-PSDA1
700-PSRDA1
0.1…2
700-PSPA1
700-PSRPA1
0.4…8
700-PSRA1
700-PSRRA1
1.5…30
700-PSTA1
700-PSRTA1
6…120
700-PSUA1
700-PSRUA1
Accessories
Description
700-N25
Adapter for Bulletin 700-R, -RM Relays
Allows you to mount the Bulletin 700-PS timer on a 1…4 pole Bulletin 700-R or -RM relay.
700-N26
Timing Range1
Resistance[mΩ]
0.1…2
(0.4…8)
0.75
700-N35
0.1…2
(0.4…8)
0.75
700-N35
1.5…30
2.0
700-N36
6…120
3.5
700-N37
Cat. No. 700-N25
Cat. No. 700-N26
5
6
Cat. No.
Adapter Plate — For mounting Bulletin 700-PS timers directly on a panel or on Bulletin
700-MP universal mounting strips.
4
7
8
9
1 The maximum range may be 50% greater and the minimum range may be 50% less than the values specified.
This Cat. No. includes only the potentiometer. Order Cat. No. 800T-N37 for the potentiometer operator and housing.
Specifications
Bulletin 700-PS
Operation
10
The timer must be energized continuously (L1-L2). ON-Delay: When the initiating contact closes, timing begins. At time-out, the output
contact closes. OFF-Delay: When the initiating contact closes, the output contact closes instantly. When the initiating contact re-opens,
timing begins. At time-out, the output contact re-opens.
Typical Wiring Diagram‡
11
External
Initiating Contact
(See Attention)
Attention — To avoid damage to timer, do not switch any load
in addition to timing relay at terminals S1–S2. Do not apply an
external voltage to terminals S1–S2.
C1
Output
Contact
To Load
‡ External Potentiometer units have R1, R2 terminals for
connecting the potentiometer.
12
S2
Type PS Timer
C2
www.ab.com/catalogs
S1
L1
13
L2
110/120V, 50/60 Hz
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
9-145
Bulletin 700-PS
Industrial Timing Relays
Approximate Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions
0
Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.
Bulletin 700-PS
1
2
3
Cat. No. 700-N25
4
2 Mounting Screws
5.2 (13/64)
with Springs
2 Mounting Slots
Bulletin 700-PS Timer Mounted on the Adapter Plate
Cat. No. 700-N25
Approximate Shipping Wt. 0.45 kg (1 lb)
164.7 max.
(6-31/64)
5
6
700-PS
Timer
700 Type P
7
Bulletin 700-PS Timer Mounted on a 4-Pole
Bulletin 700-P or -PK, or 2-Pole Bulletin 700-PH Relay
Approximate Shipping Wt. 1.02 kg (2.3 lb)
8
160.6 max.
(6-5/16)
9
700 Type R
10
11
700-PS
Timer
Cat. No. 700-N26
Bulletin 700-PS Timer Mounted on a 4-Pole
Bulletin 700-R or -RM Relay
Approximate Shipping Wt. 1.25 kg (2.8 lb)
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
9-146
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
Bulletin 700-CF
IEC Industrial Control Relays
Product Overview/Product Selection
Bulletin 700-CF — Control Relay
Table of Contents
IEC industrial relays
Mechanically linked contact performance per IEC 60947-5-1
Gold plated, bifurcated version for low level switching applications
Master control relay version rated 15 A (AC-15)
Solid-state and pneumatic timing modules
4-…10 Poles
Product Selection ...... this page
Accessories.................. 9-150
Specifications.............. 9-154
Approximate
Dimensions................... 9-156
Standards Compliance
Certifications
UL 508
CSA C22.2 No. 14
EN/IEC 60947-1, -5-1
Meets the material restrictions
for European Directive
2002/95/EC - EU-RoHS
cULus Listed (File No. E14840, Guide NKCR/NKCR7)
CE Marked
CCC Certified
0
1
2
4-Pole AC Coil Voltage (Ratings for 700-CF Only)
AC-12
AC-15
Ith [A]
Ie [A]
40 °C 60 °C 24/48V
20
20
10
Connection
Diagrams
120V 240V 400V 500V 600V 690V
10
10
3
Contacts
6
2.5
1
Standard
Contacts
Cat. No.
Gold Plated
Bifurcated
Contacts
Cat. No.1
Master
Contacts
Cat. No.1
N.O.
N.C.
2
2
⊗
700-CF220⊗ 700-CFB220⊗ 700-CFM220⊗
3
1
700-CF310⊗ 700-CFB310⊗ 700-CFM310⊗
4
0
700-CF400⊗ 700-CFB400⊗ 700-CFM400⊗
0
4
700-CF040⊗ 700-CFB040⊗
1
11
4
5
21 31 41
—
12 22 32 42
For spring clamp terminals, insert R after 700-C. Example: Cat. No. 700-CRF220D.
6
⊗ AC Coil Voltage Code
The cat. no. as listed is incomplete. Select a coil voltage code from the table below to complete the cat. no. Example: Cat. No. 700-CF220⊗
becomes Cat. No. 700-CF220D for 120V, 60 Hz
[V]
12
24
50 Hz
R
60 Hz
Q
50/60 Hz
—
42
100
200
208 220
230
380
400
...
...
... ...
...
...
...
48 100 110 110 120 127 200 220 208 240 230 230 240 240 277 347 380 400 400 415 440 480 500 550 600
W
X
Y
KP
—
D
P
S
KG
L
—
—
F
—
VA
T
—
—
—
N
—
G
B
—
M
C
V
—
X
—
KP
—
D
—
—
KG
H
L
—
—
—
A
T
I
E
—
—
—
N
B
—
—
C
—
—
KY KP
—
KD
—
—
KG KL
—
—
KL
KF
—
KA
—
—
—
—
KN
—
KB
—
—
—
—
32
36
K
V
J
—
KJ
—
—
4-Pole DC Coil Voltage (Ratings for 700-CF Only)
AC-12
AC-15
Ith [A]
Ie [A]
40 °C 60 °C 24/48V
20
20
10
10
6
2.5
1
Connection
Diagrams
Standard
Contacts
Cat. No.‡
Gold Plated
Bifurcated
Contacts
Cat. No.1
Master
Contacts
Cat. No.1
N.O.
N.C.
2
2
⊗
700-CF220⊗ 700-CFB220⊗ 700-CFM220⊗
3
1
700-CF310⊗ 700-CFB310⊗ 700-CFM310⊗
4
0
700-CF400⊗ 700-CFB400⊗ 700-CFM400⊗
9
10
1
11
‡ For spring clamp terminals, insert R after 700-C. Example: Cat. No. 700-CRF220ZJ.
1
8
Contacts
120V 240V 400V 500V 600V 690V
10
7
Ratings for Bulletin 700-CFB and 700-CFM are on page 9-159
⊗ DC Coil Voltage Code§
The cat. no. as listed is incomplete. Select a coil voltage code from the table below to complete the cat. no. example: Cat. No. 700-CF220⊗
becomes Cat. No. 700-CF220ZJ for 24V DC
[V]
9
12
24
36
48
48...
72
60
64
72
80
110
110...
125
115
125
220
220...
250
230
250
Standard
ZR
ZQ
ZJ
ZW
ZY
—
ZZ
ZB
ZG
ZE
ZD
—
ZP
ZS
ZA
—
ZF
ZT
Standard diode
—
—
DJ
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Electronic with diode
—
EQ
EJ
—
—
EY
—
—
—
—
—
ED
—
—
—
EA
—
—
§ When ordering DJ coil with built-in surge suppression, the DJ is not polarity sensitive. Drop out time: 14…20 ms.
www.ab.com/catalogs
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
9-147
12
13
Bulletin 700-CF
IEC Industrial Control Relays
Product Selection
6- and 8-Pole Relays
0
1
Cat. No. 700-CFZ1420
Cat. No. 700-CFZ0530
Control Relays with Overlapping Side-Mounted Contacts
2
AC-12
AC-15
Ith [A]
Ie [A]
40 °C 60 °C 24/48V 120V
3
Main
Relay
20
20
10
240V
400V
500V
600V
690V
10
6
2.5
1
1
10
Left
Aux.
Relay
Arrangement
Right
Aux.
4
Side
Contacts
10
10
6
6
5
3
1.6
1
N.C.
N.O.
N.C.
Cat. No.
4
0
1
1
700-CFZ1510⊗
3
1
1
1
700-CFZ1420⊗
2
2
1
1
700-CFZ1330⊗
4
0
2
2
700-CFZ2620⊗
3
1
2
2
700-CFZ2530⊗
2
2
2
2
700-CFZ2440⊗
Control Relays with Standard Side-Mounted Contacts
AC-12
AC-15
Ith [A]
Ie [A]
40 °C 60 °C 24/48V 120V
7
8
Contacts
N.O.
1
5
6
Overlapping
SideMounted
Contacts
Main
Relay
20
20
10
240V
10
10
400V
500V
6
2.5
600V
690V
1
Left
Aux.
Relay
Arrangement
Right
Aux.
1
9
Side
Contacts
10
10
6
6
5
3
1.6
1
1
10
Standard
SideMounted
Contacts
Contacts
N.O.
N.C.
N.O.
N.C.
Cat. No.
4
0
1
1
700-CFZ0510⊗
3
1
1
1
700-CFZ0420⊗
2
2
1
1
700-CFZ0330⊗
4
0
2
2
700-CFZ0620⊗
3
1
2
2
700-CFZ0530⊗
2
2
2
2
700-CFZ0440⊗
⊗ AC Coil Voltage Code
11
12
The cat. no. as listed is incomplete. Select a coil voltage code from the table below to complete the cat. no. Example: Cat. No. 700CFZ0510⊗ becomes Cat. No. 700-CFZ0510F.
[V]
12
24
32
36
42
100
200
208 220
230
380
400
...
...
... ...
...
...
...
48 100 110 110 120 127 200 220 208 240 230 230 240 240 277 347 380 400 400 415 440 480 500 550 600
50 Hz
R
K
V
W
X
Y
KP
—
D
P
S
KG
L
—
—
F
—
VA
T
—
—
—
N
—
G
B
—
M
C
60 Hz
Q
J
—
V
—
X
—
KP
—
D
—
—
KG
H
L
—
—
—
A
T
I
E
—
—
—
N
B
—
—
C
50/60 Hz
—
KJ
—
—
—
KY KP
—
KD
—
—
KG KL
—
—
KL
KF
—
KA
—
—
—
—
KN
—
KB
—
—
—
—
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
9-148
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
—
Bulletin 700-CF
IEC Industrial Control Relays
Assignment of Contacts
Assignment of Contacts
Device Combinations in Accordance with IEC 60947-1 / -4-1
Auxiliary Contact Blocks
0
Control Relays 700-CF (AC and DC Control)
700-CF⊗220
700-CF⊗310
A1 13 21 31 43
Control
A2 14 22 32 44
700-CF⊗400
A1 13 23 33 43
33 43
K1
K1
Circuit Diagram
A1 13 21
K1
A2 14 22 34 44
A2 14 24 34 44
Front Mounting 1
1
51 61
100-FA02
AC/DC
22E + 02E = 24Y
31E + 02E = 33Y
40E + 02E = 42Y
AC/DC
22E + 11E = 33Y
31E + 11E = 42Y
40E + 11E = 51Y
AC/DC
22E + 20E = 42Y
31E + 20E = 51Y
40E + 20E = 60Y
AC/DC
22E + 22E = 44Y
31E + 22E = 53Y
40E + 22E = 62Y
AC/DC
22E + 31E = 53Y
31E + 31E = 62Y
40E + 31E = 71Y
AC/DC
22E + 40E = 62Y
31E + 40E = 71Y
40E + 40E = 80Y
AC/DC
22E + L22E = L44Y
31E + L22E = L53Y
40E + L22E = L62Y
52 62
2
53 61
100-FA11
54 62
53 63
100-FA20
54 64
3
53 61 71 83
100-FA22
54 62 72 84
53 61 73 83
100-FA31
4
54 62 74 84
53 63 73 83
100-FA40
5
54 64 74 84
53 61 75 87
100-FAL22
54 62 76 88
1 Control relay and auxiliary contact block AC/DC max. 4 N. C.
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
9-149
Bulletin 700-CF
IEC Industrial Control Relays
Accessories
Auxiliary Contacts
0
Description
N.O. N.C.
1
Auxiliary Contact Blocks for Front Mounting‡
2- and 4-pole
Quick and easy mounting without tools
Electronic-compatible contacts down to 17V, 5 mA
Mechanically linked performance between N.O. and
N.C. poles and to the main relay poles (except for L
types)
Models with equal function with several terminal
numbering choices
1L = Late break N.C./early make N.O.
Bifurcated version for switching down to 5V, 3 mA
2
3
Connection Diagrams
100-FAB11
100-FA20
100-FAB20
1
2
0
1L
1L
100-FAL11
—
0
4
100-FA04
100-FAB04
1
3
100-FA13
100-FAB13
2
2
100-FA22
100-FAB22
3
1
100-FA31
100-FAB31
4
0
100-FA40
100-FAB40
100-FAL22
—
1+1
L
-FA02
-FA20
-FA11
-FAL11
-FA13
-FB22
1+1
L
-FA31
-FAL22
For spring clamp terminals, insert CR after 100-. Example: Cat. No. 100-CRFA02.
Auxiliary Contact Blocks for Side Mounting
without Sequence Terminal Designations‡
1- and 2-pole
Two-way numbering for right or left mounting on the
contactor
Quick and easy mounting without tools
Electronic-compatible contacts down to 17V, 10 mA
Mirror contact performance to the main relay poles
1L = Late break N.C./early make N.O.
7
8
N.O.
N.C.
0
1
Connection Diagrams
100-SA01
1
0
100-SA10
0
2
100-SA02
1
1
2
0
-SA01
For Use With
Cat. No.
100-SA11
-SA10
100-SA20
700-CF
-SA02
1L
-SA11
1L
100-SAL11
-SA20
-SAL11
‡ For maximum no. of contacts: Refer to the following tables.
700-CF (DC conventional coils), vertical mounting, 60 °C ®
700-CF (AC and DC electronic coils), vertical mounting, 60 °C®
12
100-FA11
1
-FA22
6
11
Cat. No.
100-FAB02
700-CF
Description
10
Cat. No.
100-FA02
2
-FA40
9
Bifurcated
Contacts
0
-FA04
4
5
Standard
Contacts
For Use
With
Cat. No.
700…
Max.
N.O.
Side
Aux.
CF400
CF310
Max.
N.C.
Front
Aux.
Max.
N.O.
Front +
Side
Aux.
Max.
N.C.
Front +
Side
Aux.
Max.
N.O. +
N.C.
Front +
Side
Aux.
Cat. No.
700…
Max.
N.O.
Side
Aux.
Max.
N.C.
Side
Aux.
Max.
N.O.
Front
Aux.
Max.
N.C.
Front
Aux.
Max.
N.O.
Front +
Side
Aux.
Max.
N.C.
Front +
Side
Aux.
Max.
N.O. +
N.C.
Front +
Side
Aux.
8
Max.
N.C.
Side
Aux.
Max.
N.O.
Front
Aux.
2
4
4
4
6
7
8
CF400
2
2
4
4♣
6
5
2
4§
4
4♣
6
5
8
CF310
2
2
4
4♣
6
5
8
CF220
4
4§
4
2
8
5
8
CF220
2
2
4
2
6
4
8
CF040
2
2
4
0
6
2
6
§ With no front auxiliary contacts installed. Otherwise 3 N.C. Maximum
♣ With no side auxiliary contacts installed. Otherwise 3 N.C. Maximum
® For other operating conditions, please contact your local
Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor.
♣ With no side auxiliary contacts installed. Otherwise 3 N.C. Maximum
® For other operating conditions, please contact your local
Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor.
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
9-150
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
Bulletin 700-CF
IEC Industrial Control Relays
Accessories
Control Modules
Connection
Diagrams
Description
Reset Time
Pneumatic Timing Modules1 ON-Delay
Pneumatic timing element contacts
switch after the delay time. The contacts
on the main control relay continue to
operate without delay.
Repeat
Accuracy
25…90 ms
for AC Coils
+/-10%
Pneumatic Timing Modules OFF-Delay
Pneumatic timing element contacts
switch after the delay time. The contacts
on the main control relay continue to
operate without delay.
47…85 ms
for DC coils
Delay
For Use With
Cat. No.
0.3…30 s
100-FPTA30
1.8…180 s
100-FPTA180
700-CF all1
0.3…30 s
100-FPTB30
1.8…180 s
0.1…3 s
1…30 s
Electronic Timing Modules — On-Delay
Delay of the control relay coil assembly.
The control relay is energized at the end
of the delay time.
10…180 s
100 ms
+/-1%
10…180 s
0.3…3 s
1…30 s
Electronic Timing Modules — Off-Delay
Delay of the control relay coil assembly.
After interruption of the control signal, the
control relay is deenergized at the end of
the delay time.
10…180 s
100 ms
+/-1%
700-CF
110…240V AC
110…250V DC
coils
100-ETA3
2
100-ETA30
100-ETA180
100-ETAZJ3
700-CF
24…48V DC
coils
100-ETAZJ30
3
100-ETAZJ180
700-CF
110…240V AC
coils
0.3…3 s
100-ETB3
100-ETB30
100-ETB180
4
100-ETBKJ3
700-CF
24V AC
coils
1…30 s
Cat. No. 100-ETB30
1
100-FPTB180
0.1…3 s
1…30 s
0
10…180 s
100-ETBKJ30
100-ETBKJ180
5
1 On-Delay modules cannot be used with side-mounted auxiliary contacts on DC coil relays.
Connection
Diagrams
Description
For Use With
Cat. No.
6
Mechanical Latch
Following relay latching, the relay coil is immediately de-energized (off)
by the N.C. auxiliary contact (65-66).
Electrical or manual release
1 N.O. + 1 N.C. auxiliary contacts
700-CF with AC
coils
100-FL11⊗
7
Cat. No. 100-FL⊗
Connection
Diagrams
Description
For Use
With
Cat. No.
24…48V
50/60 Hz
RC Module
AC Operating
Mechanism
Surge Suppressors
For limitation of coil
switching transients.
Plug-in, coil mounted
700-CF
with AC
coils
110…280V
50/60 Hz
Diode Module
DC Operating
Mechanism
Dropout Time
70…95 ms
100-FSC280
380…480V
50/60 Hz
100-FSC480
12…55V AC/
12…77V DC
100-FSV55
56…136V AC/
78…180V DC
Varistor Module
AC/DC Operating
Mechanism
8
100-FSC48
100-FSV136
700-CF all
137…277V AC/
181…350V DC
100-FSV277
278…575V AC
100-FSV575
700-CF
with DC
coils
12…250V DC
100-FSD250
9
10
11
For spring clamp terminals, insert CR after 100-. Example: Cat. No. 100-CRFSC48.
⊗ Coil Voltage Code
The cat. no. as listed is incomplete. Select a coil voltage code from the table below to complete the cat. no. Example: Cat. No. 100-FL11⊗
becomes Cat. No. 100-FL11J.‡
[V]
24
48
100
110
120
230...240
240
277
380...400
400...415
440
480
50 Hz
K
Y
KP
D
—
VA
T
—
N
G
B
—
60 Hz
J
—
—
—
D
—
A
T
—
—
N
B
‡ For special voltages, consult your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor.
www.ab.com/catalogs
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
9-151
12
13
Bulletin 700-CF
IEC Industrial Control Relays
Accessories
Connection
Diagrams
Description (Relays)
0
1
Cat. No. 100-JE
DC Interface (electronic)
Interface between the DC control signal (PLC)
and the AC operating mechanism of the
control relay.
Control (input) voltage
12V DC
18…30V DC (24V nominal)
48V DC
Requires no additional surge suppression on
the relay coils
2
For Use With
(Relays)
Cat. No.
Input:
18…30V DC
Output:
110…240V AC
100-JE
Input:
12V DC
Output:
110…240V AC
700-CF with
110…240V AC
coils
Input:
48V DC
Output:
110…240V AC
100-JE12
100-JE48
E1, E2 = DC Signal
Cat. No. 100-JE
Cat. No. 100-JE12
Cat. No. 100-JE48
Electrical
3
Input Voltage
24V DC
12V DC
48V DC
Input Voltage Range
18…30V DC
6…12V DC
35…48V DC
110…240V AC
Output Voltage
110…240V AC
110…240V AC
Power Consumption
0.1…0.4 W
0.02…0.12 W
0.2…0.5 W
Minimum Actuation
5V DC, 2 mA DC
5V DC, 2 mA DC
5V DC, 2 mA DC
4
Mechanical
5
Finger Protection
IP20
IP20
IP20
Pickup Time
0…10 ms + pickup time
of the
contactor
0…10 ms + pickup time
of the
contactor
0…10 ms + pickup time
of the
contactor
Dropout Time
0…10 ms + dropout time 0…10 ms + dropout time 0…10 ms + dropout time
of the contactor
of the contactor
of the contactor
Max. Cycles Per Second
21
21
21
Isolation/Breakdown Voltage
In: 50V, Out: 250V
In: 50V, Out: 250V
In: 50V, Out: 250V
4 kV
4 kV
4 kV
Ambient Temperature Range
-25…60 °C
-25…60 °C
-25…60 °C
Storage Temperature Range
-50…+80 °C
-50…80 °C
-50…80 °C
Operating Life
100+ million ops
100+ million ops
100+ million ops
Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage
6
Environmental
7
Construction
Flexible wire
Wire Size Range
Solid wire
8
9
1 Wire
0.5…2.5 mm2
0.5…2.5 mm2
0.5…2.5 mm2
2 Wire
0.75…2.5 mm2
0.75…2.5 mm2
0.75…2.5 mm2
1 Wire
1.0…2.5 mm2
1.0…2.5 mm2
1.0…2.5 mm2
2 Wire
1.0…2.5 mm2
1.0…2.5 mm2
1.0…2.5 mm2
18…14 AWG
18…14 AWG
18…14 AWG
Tightening Torque
Solid and Stranded
1…1.5 N•m/7…15 lb•in
1…1.5 N•m/7…15 lb•in
1…1.5 N•m/7…15 lb•in
Type of Light
LED
LED
LED
1 To consider the maximum operations/hour of the relays.
Assembly Components
Description
10
Protective Covers
Provides protection against unintended manual operation
For Use With
Pkg. Quantity1
Cat. No.
700-CF all
1
100-SCCA
100-FA, -FB, -FC, FP, -FL;
10
100-SCFA
Cat. No. 100-SCCA
11
Cat. No. 100-SCFA
Protective Covers
Provides protection against unintended manual operation
For front mounted auxiliary contacts, pneumatic timers and latches
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
9-152
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
Bulletin 700-CF
IEC Industrial Control Relays
Accessories
Marking Systems
Uniform labelling materials for contactors, motor startup equipment, relays, and circuit breakers.
Pkg. Quantity1
Cat. No.
Label Sheet
105 self-adhesive paper labels each, 6 x 17 mm
10
100-FMS
Marking Tag Sheet
160 perforated paper labels each, 6 x 17 mm, to be used with a transparent cover
10
100-FMP
Transparent Cover
To be used with marking tag sheets
100
100-FMC
Description
Marking Tag Adapters
To be used with marking tag: System V4/V5
100-FMA1
100
System 1492 W
100-FMA2
0
1
2
1 Must be ordered in multiples of package quantities.
Coils
AC Coil Code
Q
R
J
K
KJ
V
W
X
Y
KY
KP
D
KD
P
S
KG
H
L
KL
A
F
KF
VA
T
KA
I
E
N
KN
G
B
KB
M
C
50Hz
—
12V
—
24V
—
32V
36V
42V
48V
—
100V
110V
—
120V
127V
200V
—
200 - 220V
—
220V
220 - 230V
—
230 - 240V
240V
—
—
—
380 - 400V
—
400-415V
440V
—
500V
550V
AC Voltages
60Hz
12V
—
24V
—
—
36V
—
48V
—
—
100 - 110V
120V
—
—
—
200 - 220V
208V
208 - 240V
—
240V
260V
—
—
277V
—
347V
380V
440V
—
—
480V
—
—
600V
50/60Hz
—
—
—
—
24V
—
—
—
—
48V
100V
—
110V
—
—
200V
—
—
200 - 230V
—
—
230V
—
—
240V
—
—
—
400V
—
—
440V
—
—
Cat. No.
700-CF
TA006
TA404
TA013
TA407
TA855
TA481
TA410
TA482
TA414
TA860
TA861
TA473
TA856
TA425
TA428
TA862
TA049
TA296
TA864
TA474
TA441
TA851
TA440
TA480
TA858
TA065
TA067
TA071
TA863
TA457
TA475
TA859
TA479
TA476
DC Coil
Code
ZR
ZQ
DJ
ZJ
ZW
ZY
ZZ
ZB
ZG
ZE
ZD
ZP
ZS
ZA
ZF
ZT
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
DC Voltages
9V
12V
24V Diode
24V
36V
48V
60V
64V
72V
80V
110V
115V
125V
220V
230V
250V
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Cat. No.
700-CF
TA766
TA708
TA714M
TA714
TA719
TA724
TA774
TA727
TA728
TA729
TA733
TA734
TA737
TA747
TA749
TA751
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
9-153
Bulletin 700-CF, 700-CFB, 700-CFM
IEC Industrial Control Relays
Specifications
General
0
Main Relay
Cat. Nos.
700-CF, 700SCF
A600, Q600
A600, Q600
2 x A600, P600
A600, Q600
A600, Q600
17V, 10 mA
17V, 5 mA
8V, 5 mA
—
5V, 3 mA
17V, 10 mA
24V
10 A
6A
3A
15 A
3A
6A
48V
10 A
6A
3A
15 A
3A
6A
120V
10 A
6A
3A
15 A
3A
6A
240V
10 A
5A
3A
15 A
3A
5A
400V
6A
3A
2A
7.5 A
2A
3A
480V/500V
2.5 A
1.6 A
1.2 A
5A
1.2 A
1.6 A
600V
1A
1A
0.7 A
2A
0.7 A
1A
690V
1A
1A
0.7 A
2A
0.7 A
1A
Ith
20 A
10 A
10 A
20 A
10 A
10 A
6A
6A
20 A
6A
6A
Contact Ratings — IEC AC-15
(solenoids, contactors) at rated
voltage
IEC 60947-5-1
AC-12 (Control
of resistive
loads)
IEC 60947-5-1
60 °C
DC-12 Switching DC Loads
L/R < 1ms, Resistive Loads
IEC 60947-5-1
6
DC-13 IEC 60947-5-1, Solenoids
and contactors
7
8
Side-mounted
Auxiliary
Contacts
A600, P600
40 °C
5
Front Mounted
Bifurcated
Auxiliary
Contacts
Min. Contact Rating
3
4
Master Relay
Cat. No.
700-CFM
Contact Ratings — NEMA
1
2
Front Mounted
Main Relay
Standard
Cat. No.
Auxiliary
700-CFB, 700SContacts
CFB
230V
8 kW
400V
14 kW
690V
24 kW
Ith
20 A
230V
8 kW
400V
14 kW
690V
24 kW
24V
15 A
10 A
6A
20 A
6A
6A
48V
10 A
9A
3.2 A
20 A
3.2 A
3.2 A
110V
6A
3.5 A
1A
8A
1A
1A
220V
1A
0.7 A
0.5 A
1.5 A
0.5 A
0.5 A
440V
0.4 A
0.2 A
0.2 A
0.4 A
0.2 A
0.2 A
24V
5A
5A
2.5 A
5A
2.5 A
5A
48V
3A
3A
1.5 A
3A
1.5 A
2.5 A
110V
1.2 A
1.2 A
0.6 A
1.2 A
0.6 A
0.68 A
220V
0.6 A
0.6 A
0.3 A
0.6 A
0.3 A
0.32 A
440V
0.3 A
0.15 A
0.15 A
0.3 A
0.15 A
0.15 A
State of N.C. Contacts if N.O. contact welds
Location of welded N.O.
contacts
Main
Front aux.
Side aux.
Main
Open
Open
Open1
Front aux.
Open
Open
—
Mechanically Linked
Contacts
1 Side mounted auxiliary contacts provide “mirror contact” performance with main poles only.
9
Defined in IEC 60947-5-1 annex L. Mechanically linked is a relationship between contacts of opposite types (i.e., N.O. and N.C.).
Cat. No.
700-CF
10
Mechanical Life
Electrical Life
11
Aux./Pneu
matic
Timer
Contact
(Frontmounted)
DC Switching Ratings for 700-CF Main Poles in Series (Resistive Load at
60 °C)
1 pole
2 poles
24/48V
25/20 A
25 A
25 A
125V
6A
25 A
25 A
[Mil]
15
5
220V
1.5 A
8A
25 A
AC-15
(240V, 3 A)
[Mil]
1.5
1.5
440V
0.4 A
1A
3A
AC Coil
[g]
390
—
2 x A4
2 x A4
1.5…6
0.5…2.5
0.75…2.5
Weight
Terminal Cross-Sections
Terminal Type
Terminal Size per IEC60 947-1
Solid/
Stranded
1
Conductor
[mm2]
§
2
Conductor
[mm2]
1.5…6
Max. Wire Size per UL/CSA
[AWG]
16…10
18…14
Tightening Torque
[lb·in]
13.3…22
8.9…13.3
Tightening Torque
[N·m]
1.5…2.5
1…1.5
12
13
§ For 16 or more strands, end ferrule is required.
www.ab.com/catalogs
9-154
3 poles
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
Bulletin 700-CF
IEC Industrial Control Relays
Specifications
Control Circuit
General
Cat. No. 700-CF
Cat. No. 700-CF
Operating Voltage
AC 50/60 Hz
DC1
Pickup
[x Us]
0.85…1.1
Dropout
[x Us]
Pickup
[x Us]
Dropout
[x Us]
IEC
690V
0.3…0.6
UL; CSA
600V
0.8…1.1
Rated Impulse StrengthUimp
6 kV
0.1…0.6
High Test Voltage
1 minute (per IEC 60947-4)
2500V
Coil Consumption
AC 50/60 Hz
DC (conventional)
DC (electronic)
DC (conventional)
DC (electronic)
1
Rated Voltage Ue
Inrush
[VA/W]
70/50
Seal
[VA/W]
8/2.6
AC
115, 230, 400, 500, 690V
6.5
DC
24, 48, 110, 220, 440V
Inrush/Seal
[W]
Short-Circuit Protection gG Fuse 10 A
Inrush (avg./
peak)
[W]
10/17
Seal
[W]
1.7
Rated Frequency
Storage
–55…+80 °C (–67…176 °F)
Pickup Time
[ms]
15…30
Operation at nominal current
–25…+60 °C (–13…140 °F)
Dropout Time
[ms]
10…60
–25…+70 °C (–13…158 °F)
40…70
15% current reduction
for AC-12 at > 60 °C
Corrosion Resistance
humid-alternating climate, cyclic,
per IEC 60068-2-30 and
DIN 50 016, 56 cycles
Altitude
2000 m above mean sea level, per
IEC60 947-4
Pickup Time
[ms]
Dropout Time
[ms]
7…15
Pickup Time
[ms]
25…50
Dropout Time
[ms]
25…50
Min OFF time
[ms]
200
Max. ripple
Latch Attachment Release, 100-FL
Coil Consumption
[VA/W]
45/40
DC
[W]
25
[min./max]
0.03…15 s
Contact Signal Duration
3
4
Type of Protection
± 15%
AC
2
50/60 Hz, DC
Ambient Temperature
Operating Times
AC 50/60 Hz
0
Rated Insulation Voltage Ui
IP2X (IEC 60529 and DIN 40050)
in connected state
Shock Resistance
IEC 60068-2: Half sinusoidal shock
11 ms, 30 G (in 3 directions)
Vibration Resistance
IEC 60068-2: Static >2 G, in normal
position no malfunction <5 G
5
Timing Attachment
Reset Time, 100ETA, 100-ETB
at min. time
setting
[ms]
10
at max. time
setting
[ms]
70
Repeat Accuracy
6
± 10%
7
1 For 9V DC, code ZR, use operating voltage 0.65…1.3 x Us.
For 24V DC, code ZJ, DJ, or EJ use operating voltage 0.7…1.25 x Us.
For 110V DC, code ED use operating voltage 0.7…1.25 x Us.
Utilization Category Table from EN 60947-5-1
8
Verification of Making and Breaking Capacities of Switching Elements Under Normal Conditions
Corresponding to the Utilization Categories
Normal Condition of Use
Utilization
Category
Make‡
I/Ie
U/Ue
Number and Rate of Making and Breaking
operations
Break‡
cos ψ
I/Ie
U/Ue
cos ψ
No. operating
cycles§
Operating cycles per
minute
ON time [s]®
AC-12
1
1
0.9
1
1
0.9
6050
6
0.05
AC-13
2
1
0.65
1
1
0.65
6050
6
0.05
AC-14
6
1
0.3
1
1
0.3
6050
6
0.05
AC-15
10
1
0.3
1
1
0.3
6050
6
0.05
DC
—
—
T0.95
—
—
T0.95
—
—
—
DC-12
1
1
1 ms
1
1
1 ms
6050
6
0.05®
DC-13
1
1
6 x P♣
1
1
6 x P♣
6050
6
0.05®
DC-14
10
1
15 ms
1
1
15 ms
6050
—
0.05®
Ie Rated operational current, I Current to be made or broken
Ue Rated operational voltage, U Voltage before make
PUeIe Steady-state power consumption (W)
T0.95 Time to reach 95% of the steady-state current (ms)
See sub-clause 8.3.3.5.2.
‡ For tolerances on test quantities, see sub-clause 8.3.2.2.
§ The first 50 operating cycles shall be run at U/Ue=1.1 with the loads set at Ue.
♣ The value “6 x P” results from an empirical relationship which is found to represent most DC magnetic loads to an upper limit of P = 50 W, e.g., 6 x P= 300 W.
® The ON time shall be at least equal to T0.95.
Where the break current differs from the make current value, the ON time refers to the make current value after which the current is reduced to the break
current value for a suitable period e.g., 0.05 s.
www.ab.com/catalogs
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
9-155
9
10
11
12
13
Bulletin 700-CF, 700-CFB, 700-CFM
IEC Industrial Control Relays
Approximate Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Approximate Dimensions are not intended for manufacturing purposes.
0
Mounting Position
AC and DC Control Relay with DC Electronic Coil
1
2
Front View
1May be mounted to 35 mm EN 50 022 DIN Rail.
Side View
DC Control Relay
3
4
Side View
Front View
5
AC and DC Control Relays with 12V or 24V DC Electronic Coil
6
7
8
9
Type
a
b
c
c1
c2
700-CF, -CFB,
-CFM
45
(1-25/32)
81
(3-3/16)
80.5
(3-11/64)
75.5
(3-3/32)
6
(1/4)
Ød
2 screws
4.5
(3/16)
d1
d2
60
(2-23/64)
35
(1-25/64)
d1
d2
60
(2-23/64)
35
(1-25/64)
d1
d2
60
(2-23/64)
35
(1-25/64)
DC Control Relays with 110V or 220V DC Electronic Coil
Type
a
b
c
c1
c2
700-CF, -CFB,
-CFM
45
(1-25/32)
105
(4-1/8)
80.5
(3-11/64)
75.5
(3-3/32)
6
(1/4)
Ød
2 screws
4.5
(3/16)
DC Control Relays
Type
a
b
c
c1
c2
700-CF, -CFB,
-CFM
45
(1-25/32)
81
(3-3/16)
106.5
(4-3/16)
101.5
(4)
6
(1/4)
Ød
2 screws
4.5
(3/16)
Accessories
10
AC Control Relay
Relay with
11
DC Control Relay
mm
(inches)
mm
(inches)
c/c1 + 39
(c/c1 + 1 – 37/64)
c/c1 + 39
c/c1 + 1 – 37/64)
Auxiliary Contact for Front Mounting
2- or 4-pole
Auxiliary Contact for Side Mounting
1- or 2-pole
a+9
(a + 23/64)
a+9
(a + 23/64)
Pneumatic Timing Module
⎯
on coil terminal side
c/c1 + 58
(c/c1 + 2 – 23/64)
b + 24
(b + 15/16)
⎯
b + 24
⎯
(b + 15/16)
⎯
on coil terminal side
c/c1 + 61
(c/c1 + 2 – 31/64)
⎯
⎯
DC Interface
b+9
(b + 23/64)
Surge Suppressor
on coil terminal side
b+3
(b + 1/8)
⎯
b+3
⎯
(b + 1/8)
Labelling with:
label sheet
+0
(+0)
+0
(+0)
⎯
marking tag with cover
+0
(+0)
+0
(+0)
⎯
marking tag carrier for System V4/V5
+5.5
(+7/32)
+5.5
(+7/32)
⎯
marking tag carrier for System Bull.
1492W
+5.5
(+7/32)
+5.5
(+7/32)
Solid-state Timing Module
Mechanical Latching
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
9-156
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
Bulletin 700S-CF
IEC Industrial Control Relays
Overview/Product Selection
Bulletin 700S-CF — Safety Control Relay
Table of Contents
The Bulletin 700S-CF Safety Control Relay provides mechanically or
mirror contact performance, which are required in feedback circuits for
safety applications. Bifurcated contacts are ideal for low energy
feedback safety dircuits where high contact reliability is required.
Features
IEC industrial safety relay
Mechanically linked contacts as per IEC 60947-5-1
Third party certification SUVA
Red cover and mechanically linked contact symbol on front face
Gold plated, bifurcated version for low level switching applications
Permanently fixed front mounted auxiliary contact block
Product Selection ...... this page
Specifications.............. 9-158
Approximate
Dimensions................... 9-160
1
Standards Compliance
EN/IEC 60947-1, -5-1
UL 508
CSA C22.2 No. 14
Meets the material restrictions
for European Directive
2002/95/EC - EU-RoHS
Certifications
cULus Listed (File No. E14840, Guide NKCR/NKCR7)
CE Marked
CCC Certified
Product Selection
Type CF and CFB Safety Control Relays — 8-Pole AC Coil Voltage (Ratings for 700S-CF Only)
AC-12
AC-15
240
V
400
V
500
V
600
V
690
V
Main
Contacts
A1
13
21
Auxiliary
Contacts
33
43
53
61
71
A2
20
20
10
10
10
6
2.5
1
14
22
34
54
62
13
21
33
43
53
61
71
83
14
22
34
44
54
62
72
84
13
21
33
43
53
61
73
83
14
22
34
44
54
62
74
84
44
1
A1
72
A2
A1
10
6
6
6
5
3
1.6
1
1
5
Gold-Plated
Bifurcated, All
Contacts
Cat. No.
N.O.
N.C.
4
4
700S-CF440⊗
⊗BC 700S-CFB440⊗C
5
3
700S-CF530⊗BC 700S-CFB530⊗C
6
82
K1
Adder
Deck
Contacts
Standard
Contacts (Main)
Gold-Plated
Bifurcated
(Front)
Cat. No.
81
K1
Main
Contacts
3
Contacts
Ie [A]
120
40 °C 60 °C 24/48V V
2
4
Connection Diagrams
Ith [A]
0
K1
7
6
A2
2
700S-CF620⊗BC 700S-CFB620⊗C
Ratings for Bulletin 700S-CFB are on page 9-159
8
⊗ AC Coil Voltage Code
The cat. no. as listed is incomplete. Select a coil voltage code from the table below to complete the cat. no. Example: Cat. No. 700SCF440⊗BC becomes Cat. No. 700S-CF440DBC for 120V, 60 Hz.
[V]
12
24
32
36
50 Hz
R
60 Hz
Q
K
V
J
—
50/60 Hz
—
KJ
—
100...
110
110
⎯
KP
D
—
—
KP
—
KD
—
380...
400
42
48
100
W
X
Y
KP
V
—
X
—
—
KY
120
200...
220
208
208...
240
KG
L
—
—
F
—
KG
H
L
—
KG
KL
—
—
KL
127
200
P
S
D
—
—
220...
230
[V]
230
230...
240
240
277
347
380
400
400...
415
440
480
500
550
600
50 Hz
⎯
VA
T
G
B
C
A
⎯
⎯
N
⎯
⎯
⎯
C
⎯
KA
⎯
⎯
⎯
⎯
⎯
KN
⎯
B
M
⎯
⎯
E
⎯
⎯
KF
⎯
I
N
60 Hz
⎯
T
⎯
KB
⎯
⎯
⎯
⎯
50/60 Hz
9
10
11
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
9-157
Bulletin 700S-CF
IEC Industrial Control Relays
Product Selection
Type CF and CFB Safety Control Relays — 8-Pole DC Coil Voltage (Ratings for 700S-CF Only)
0
AC-12
AC-15
Ith [A]
Ie [A]
Contacts
Connection Diagrams
1
40 °C 60 °C 24/48V
120
V
240
V
400
V
500
V
600
V
690
V
2
A1
Auxiliary
Contacts
13
21
33
43
53
61
71
81
14
22
34
44
54
62
72
82
53
61
71
83
54
62
72
84
53
61
73
83
54
62
74
84
K1
A2
Main
Contacts
3
Main
Contacts
No. of
No. of
N.O.
N.C.
Contacts Contacts
Adder
Deck
Contacts
20
20
10
6
10
10
6
6
10
6
5
2.5
3
1.6
1
1
1
1
Standard
Contacts
(Main)
Gold-Plated
Bifurcated
(Front)
Cat. No.
Gold Plated
Bifurcated, All
Contacts
Cat. No.1
4
4
700SCF440⊗
⊗BC
700SCFB440⊗C
5
3
700SCF530⊗BC
700SCFB530⊗C
6
2
700SCF620⊗
⊗BC
700SCFB620⊗C
1 Ratings for Bulletin 700S-CFB are on page 9-159
4
5
⊗ DC Coil Voltage Code
The cat. no. as listed is incomplete. Select a coil voltage code from the table below to complete the cat. no. Example: 700S-CFB440⊗C
becomes Cat. No. 700S-CFB440ZJC for 24V DC.
[V]
9
12
24
36
48
48...72
60
64
72
80
110
110...
125
115
125
220
220...
250
230
250
Standard
ZR
ZQ
ZJ
ZW
ZY
⎯
ZZ
ZB
ZG
ZE
ZD
⎯
ZP
ZS
ZA
⎯
ZF
ZT
Standard with
diode
⎯
⎯
DJ
⎯
⎯
⎯
⎯
⎯
⎯
⎯
⎯
⎯
⎯
⎯
⎯
⎯
⎯
⎯
Electronic with
diode
⎯
EQ
EJ
⎯
⎯
EY
⎯
⎯
⎯
⎯
⎯
ED
⎯
⎯
⎯
EA
⎯
⎯
6
Assignment of Contacts
Safety Control Relays with Front-mount Auxiliary Contacts, 8-Pole AC or DC Coil Voltage
7
8
A1
53 61 71 81
53 61 71 83
53 61 73 83
54 62 72 82
54 62 72 84
54 62 74 84
A1
13 21 33 43
K1
A2
14 22 34 44
700S-CF530…
700S-CFB530…
10
11
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
9-158
A1
13 21 33 43
A2
14 22 34 44
K1
A2
14 22 34 44
700S-CF440…
700S-CFB440…
9
13 21 33 43
K1
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
700S-CF620…
700S-CFB620…
Bulletin 700S-CF
IEC Industrial Control Relays
Specifications
For general Bulletin 700S-CF specifications, refer to page 9-154
Cat. No.
Aux. Contact
700S-CF (Front-mounted)
Mechanical Life
Electrical Life
AC-15
(240V, 3 A)
Weight
AC Coil
[Mil]
15
15
[Mil]
1.5
1.5
[g]
390
⎯
2 x A4
2 x A4
[mm2]
1.5…6
0.5…2.5
Terminal Cross-Sections
0
1
Terminal Type
Terminal Size per IEC 947-1
1 Conductor
Solid/
Stranded‡ 2 Conductor
[mm2]
1.5…6
0.75…2.5
Max. Wire Size per UL/CSA
[AWG]
16…10
18…14
Tightening Torque
[lb•in]
13.3…22
8.9…13.3
Tightening Torque
[N•m]
1.5…2.5
1…1.5
2
3
‡ For 16 or more strands, end ferrule is required
DC Switching Ratings for 700S-CF Main Poles in Series
(Resistive Load at 60 °C)
1 pole
2 poles
24/48V
25/20 A
25 A
3 poles
25 A
125V
6A
25 A
25 A
220V
1.5 A
8A
25 A
440V
0.4 A
1A
3A
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
9-159
Bulletin 700S-CF
IEC Industrial Control Relays
Approximate Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Approximate Dimensions are not intended for manufacturing purposes.
0
c2
1
2
c1
c
3
AC and DC Safety Control Relays with 12V or 24V DC Electronic Coil
Cat. No.
700S-CF
4
a
b
c
c1
c2
Ød
d1
45
81
119.5
114.5
6
2 - 4.5
60
d2
35
(1-25/32)
(3-3/16)
(4-3/4)
(4-43/64)
(1/4)
(2 - 3/16)
(2-23/64)
(1-25/64)
d2
DC Safety Control Relays with 110V or 220V DC Electronic Coil
Cat. No.
5
700S-CF
a
b
c
c1
c2
Ød
d1
45
105
119.5
114.5
6
2 - 4.5
60
35
(1-25/32)
(4-1/8)
(4-3/4)
(4-43/64)
(1/4)
(2 - 3/16)
(2-23/64)
(1-25/64)
d2
DC Safety Control Relays
6
Cat. No.
700S-CF
a
b
c
c1
c2
Ød
d1
45
81
145.5
140.5
6
2 - 4.5
60
35
(1-25/32)
(3-3/16)
(5-49/64)
(5-37/64)
(1/4)
(2 - 3/16)
(2-23/64)
(1-25/64)
7
Accessories
8
Safety Control Relays with
mm
[in.]
Auxiliary contact block for side mounting 1- or 2-pole
a+9
(a + 23/64)
Electronic Timing Module on coil terminal side
b + 24
(b + 15/16)
Interface Module on coil terminal side
b+9
(b + 23/64)
Surge Suppressor on coil terminal side
b+3
(b + 1/8)
Labeling with label sheet
+0
(+ 0)
Marking tag sheet with clear cover
+0
(+ 0)
Marking tag adapter for System Bul. 1492W
+ 5.5
(+ 7/32)
9
10
Mounting Position
AC and DC E Safety Control Relays
DC Safety Control Relays
11
Front View
12
Side View
Front View
Side View
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
9-160
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
Bulletin 700S-CF
IEC Industrial Control Relays
Typical Application
Safety Relay Circuit With 5 Safety Outputs
Use for E-stop control. E-stop will work properly if any one fault occurs (a fault could be one welded contact or one undesired open
connection such as a loose wire).
High output switching capability and long contact life.
Circuit complies with EN 954 categories 1, 2, 3, 4.
Helps prevent restart of the 5 safety outputs if there is a single fault anywhere in the system.
Use (3) 700S-CF relays and this diagram to construct the circuit
Basic Circuit
(1) Output Circuit (3 Relays, 9 Terminal Blocks)
0
1
Basic Circuit
(1) Output Circuit (3 Relays, 9 Terminal Blocks)
2
Start
3
Push To Stop
Pull To Reset
4
5
Included in factory
wired units
6
7
8
LOAD 1
(5) Output Circuit (3 Relays, 17 Terminal Blocks)
9
LOAD 2
10
LOAD 3
LOAD 4
11
LOAD 5
1 Numbers shown are the line numbers where the contacts for this relay appear.
Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for availability.
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
9-161
Bulletin 700-K
IEC Industrial Control Relays
Overview/Product Selection
0
Bulletin 700-K — Miniature Control Relays
Table of Contents
IEC compact industrial relay
IP2X Finger Protection
Bifurcated contacts for low-level signals
Optional integrated coil protection diode
Product Selection ...... this page
Accessories.................. 9-164
Specifications.............. 9-165
1
Standards Compliance
Certifications
2
3
4
UL 508
CSA C22.2 No. 14
EN/IEC 60947-1, -5-1
Meets the material restrictions
for European Directive
2002/95/EC - EU-RoHS
cULus Listed (File No. E33916,
Guide NKCR/NKCR7)
CE Marked
CCC
4-Pole AC or DC Coil Voltage
AC-12
AC-15 (B600)
Ith [A]
Ie [A]
40 °C
60 °C
24/48V
120V
240V
400V
Contacts
500V
600V
690V
Connection
Diagrams
Screw Type
Terminals
Spring Clamp
Terminals
Cat. No.
Cat. No.
N.O.
N.C.
Pkg.
Qty. 1
4
0
1
700-K40E-⊗
700-KR40E-⊗
3
1
1
700-K31Z-⊗
700-KR31Z-⊗
2
2
1
700-K22Z-⊗
700-KR22Z-⊗
1
700-KL22Z-⊗ 700-KRL22Z-⊗
A1 13 23 33 43
A2 14 24 34 44
A1 13 33 43 21
5
A2 14 34 44 22
10
6
3
3
2
1
1
0.6
0.6
A1 13 43 21 31
A2 14 44 22 32
6
A1 13 47 21 35
1+1L 1+1L
A2 14 48 22 36
7
8
9
10
1 May be ordered in package quantities of 20. Add letter M to the end of the cat. no. Example: 700-K40E-ZJM.
⊗ Coil Voltage Codes
The cat. no. as listed is incomplete. Select a coil voltage code from the table below to complete the cat. no. Example: 230V, 50/60 Hz: Cat.
No. 700-K40E-⊗ becomes Cat. No. 700-K40E-KF. For other voltages, consult your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley
distributor.
For Screw Type Terminal Versions
12
24
110
120
125
220
230
240
250
400
440
480
525
AC, 50 Hz
[V]
—
—
D
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
B
—
VC
—
AC, 60 Hz
—
—
—
D
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
B
—
VC
AC, 50/60 Hz
Standard
Standard
diode
11
12
DC
600
—
KJ
—
—
—
—
KF
KA
—
KN
—
—
—
—
ZQ
ZJ
ZD
—
ZS
ZA
—
—
ZT
—
—
—
—
—
—
DJ
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
For Spring Clamp Type Terminal Versions
AC, 50 Hz
—
—
D
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
AC, 60 Hz
—
—
—
D
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
AC, 50/60 Hz
—
KJ
—
—
—
—
KF
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
ZJ
ZD
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
DJ
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Standard
Standard
diode
DC
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
9-162
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
Bulletin 700-K
IEC Industrial Control Relays
Assignment of Contacts
Assignment of Contacts
Device Combinations in Accordance with IEC 60947-1 / -4-1
Table valid for : AC / DC = 0.85…1.1 x Us, Tamb. = -25 °C…+60 °C, normal position (horizontal rail mounting). Also valid for Bulletin 700-KR
relays and Bulletin 100-KR auxiliary contacts. 1
Auxiliary Contact Blocks
0
Control Relays 700-K (AC and DC Control)
Circuit Diagram
Control
700-K22Z-⊗
700-K31Z-⊗
700-K40E-⊗
700-KL22Z-⊗
A1 13 43 21 31
A1 13 33 43 21
A1 13 23 33 43
A1 13 47 21 35
A2 14 44 22 32
A2 14 34 44 22
A2 14 24 34 44
A2 14 48 22 36
1
Front Mounting
51 61
100-KFA02E
AC/DC
—
31Z + 02E = 33Y 40E + 02E = 42Y
—
AC/DC
22Z + 11E = 33Y
31Z + 11E = 42Y
40E + 11E = 51Y
L22Z + 11E = L33Y
AC/DC
22Z + 20E = 42Y
31Z + 20E = 51Y
40E + 20E = 60Y
L22Z + 20E = L42Y
AC/DC
—
—
40E + 04E = 44Y —
2
52 62
53 61
100-KFA11E
54 62
53 63
100-KFA20E
3
54 64
51 61 71 81
100-KFA04E
4
52 62 72 82
53 61 71 81
100-KFA13E
AC/DC
—
31Z + 13E = 44Y 40E + 13E = 53Y
—
AC/DC
—
31Z + 22Z = 53Y 40E + 22Z = 62Y
—
AC/DC
—
—
40E + 31Z = 71Y ‡
—
AC/DC
22Z + 40E = 62Y
31Z + 40E = 71Y
40E + 40E = 80Y
L22Z + 40E = L62Y
54 62 72 82
53 83 61 71
100-KFA22Z
5
54 84 62 72
53 73 83 61
100-KFA31Z
54 74 84 62
6
53 63 73 83
100-KFA40E
54 64 74 84
1 For other operating limits, please contact our technical consultant.
Tamb. max. +40 °C
‡ Tamb. max. +40 °C and only allowed for coil voltage 24V DC or 230V AC
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
9-163
Bulletin 700-K
IEC Industrial Control Relays
Accessories
Auxiliary Contact Blocks
0
Connection
Diagrams
Description
2
100/104-K,
700-K
1
100-KFA02E
100-KRFA02E
1
1
100/104-K,
700-K
1
100-KFA11E
100-KRFA11E
2
0
100/104-K,
700-K
1
100-KFA20E
100-KRFA20E
0
4
100/104-K,
700-K
1
100-KFA04E
100-KRFA04E
1
3
100/104-K,
700-K
1
100-KFA13E
100-KRFA13E
2
2
100/104-K,
700-K
1
100-KFA22Z
100-KRFA22Z
3
1
100/104-K,
700-K
1
100-KFA31Z
100-KRFA31Z
4
0
100/104-K,
700-K
1
100-KFA40E
100-KRFA40E
53 63
54 64
51 61 71 81
52 62 72 82
53 61 71 81
54 62 72 82
53 83 61 71
4
54 84 62 72
53 73 83 61
54 74 84 62
5
Cat. No.
0
54 62
3
Cat. No.
For Use With
53 61
Front-mounted auxiliary contacts
Auxiliary Contact Blocks
2- and 4-pole versions
Choice of contact configurations
Snap on, no tools required
Electronic-compatible bifurcated
contacts for signals down to 15V/2 mA
Spring Clamp
Terminals
N.C.
52 62
2
Screw Type
Terminals
N.O.
51 61
1
Pkg.
Qty. 1
53 63 73 83
54 64 74 84
1 May be ordered in package quantities of 10. Add letter M to the end of the cat. no. Example: 100-KFA02EM.
6
Control Modules
Connection
Diagrams
Pkg.
Qty.
Cat. No.
100-K, 700-K
(AC & DC
Control)
1
100-KMCH
11
100-KFSC50
100/104-K,
700-K
11
100-KFSC280
380…480V AC
11
100-KFSC480
12…55V AC,
12…77V DC
11
100-KFSV55
11
100-KFSV136
11
100-KFSV277
11
100-KFSD250
Description
Mechanical Interlock
For interlocking of two adjacent contactors
No added width to contactor assembly
Front mount plug-in type
Optional auxiliary contact blocks and suppressor modules mount onto
the interlock
7
For Use With
24…48V AC
RC Suppressor
8
Surge Suppressor
Plug-in type
Limits surge voltage on
coil drop-off
9
MOV Suppressor
56…136V AC,
78…180V DC
100/104-K,
700-K
137…277V AC,
181…250V DC
Diode Suppressor
10
110…280V AC
12…250V DC
100/104-K,
700-K
1 May be ordered in package quantities of 10. Add letter M to the end of the cat. no. Example: 100-KFSC50M.
Marking Systems
Pkg.
Qty.
Cat. No.
Label Sheet
105 self-adhesive paper labels each, 6 x 17 mm
10
100-FMS
Snap-In Marker Card
5
1492-M6X12
11
Description
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
9-164
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
Bulletin 700-K
IEC Industrial Control Relays
Specifications
IEC Specifications
700-K
0
700-KR
AC-12 Rated Thermal Current
Ambient temperature 40°C
Ith
24…240V
[A]
10
230…500V
[A]
10
230…690V
[A]
10
1
Ambient temperature 60°C
Ith
24…240V
[A]
6
230…500V
[A]
6
230…690V
[A]
6
24V
[A]
3
48V
[A]
3
120V
[A]
3
230V
[A]
2
2
AC-15/B600
Switching of Solenoids and contactors
Ie
240V
[A]
2
400V
[A]
1.2
480V
[A]
1
500V
[A]
1
600V
[A]
0.6
690V
[A]
0.6
[A]
10
3
4
Short-circuit Protection
"gG" Fuse acc. to IEC 60947-5-1, no welding of contacts
Fuse gG
5
Min. Switching Capacity 15V
For bifurcated contacts (control relays and auxiliary contact blocks)
[mA]
2
[mΩ]
6.5
[W]
2.6
AC control, warm
[W]
4.4
DC control, warm
[W]
5.2
6
Resistance and Power Dissipation
Main current circuit resistance, 1 pole
Power dissipation, 4 poles
Total power dissipation
7
Lifespan
Mechanical
[Mio. op.]
15
Electrical AC-15 (240V / 2 A)
[Mio. op.]
0.7
8
Weight
AC control
kg (lbs.)
0.16 (0.35)
DC control
kg (lbs.)
0.2 (0.44)
AC
[V]
max. 600
Load Carrying Capacity per UL/CSA
Rated voltage
Continuous rating
40 °C
[A]
Switching capacity
AC
[A]
10
B 600
Rated voltage
DC
[V]
max. 600
Switching capacity
DC
[A]
Q 600
9
6
10
11
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
9-165
Bulletin 700-K
IEC Industrial Control Relays
Specifications
700-K
0
DC-13/Q600
1 pole
1
2
24V
[A]
48V
[A]
2.3
1
110V
[A]
0.55
125V
[A]
0.55
220V
[A]
0.27
250V
[A]
0.27
400V
[A]
0.15
440V
[A]
0.15
600V
[A]
0.1
Cross Sections
3
Conductor Cross Sections
- Main Contacts, Auxiliary Contacts, and Coil
Terminals
700-K
700-KR
1
Terminal type
4
5
Fine stranded
with ferrule
(1) Conductor
(2) Conductors
[mm2]
[mm2]
0.75…2.5
0.75…2.5
0.50…2.5
0.50…2.5
Solid or coarse
stranded
(1) Conductor
(2) Conductors
[mm2]
[mm2]
1…4
1…2.5 + 1…4
0.75…2.5 §
0.75…2.5 §
Recommended torque
Cross section per UL/CSA
6
Recommended torque
1.2
—
[AWG]
[Nm]
18…12 18…14 §
[lb-in]
10.6
—
1 Pozidriv No. 2 / Blade No. 3 screw
Use same cross sections
§ Stranded wire only
7
Coil Data
700-K
Operating Limits
8
AC control
50 Hz, 60 Hz, 50/60 Hz
DC control
9
AC control
50 Hz, 60 Hz, 50/60 Hz
0.85…1.1
0.2…0.75
pick-up
[x Us]
0.8…1.1
9, 12, 24, 110V DC: 0.7…1.25
dropout
[x Us]
0.1…0.75
pick-up
[VA/W]
35/32
hold-in
[VA/W]
pick-up
[W]
cold 3.0, warm 2.6
hold-in
[W]
cold 3.0, warm 2.6
closing delay
[ms]
15…40
opening delay
[ms]
15…33
opening delay
[ms]
15…28
closing delay
[ms]
18…40
6…12
5/1.8
Operating Times
AC
With RC module
11
[x Us]
[x Us]
Coil Consumption
DC control
10
pick-up
dropout
DC
opening delay
[ms]
With integrated diode
opening delay
[ms]
8…12
With external diode
opening delay
[ms]
35…50
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
9-166
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
Bulletin 700-K
IEC Industrial Control Relays
Approximate Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions are shown in millimeters. Approximate Dimensions are not intended for manufacturing purposes.
0
1
(mm)
2
12
35
45
4
180°
54
56
50
25° 25°
35.2
3
*)
*) -Minimum distance to grounded parts or walls
49
4
79
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
9-167
Bulletin 700
Solid-State Relays
Product Overview
0
1
700-SA
700-SC
700-SE
Tube Base, Socketed
Miniature, Ice Cube Socketed
Flat Pack
Bulletin No.
2
Type
Features
5
6
7
AC (47…63 Hz)
DC
AC (47…63 Hz)
75…264V AC
3…125V DC
75…264V AC
3…52.8V DC or
3…125V DC
75…264V AC
5A
3A
3A
3A @ 48V DC or Z
2A @ 110V DC
5 A/20 A
Max. Leakage
Current to Load
5 mA @ 100V, 10 mA @
200V
5 mA @ 125V
5 mA @ 100V AC
10 mA @ 200V AC, 5 mA
@ 50V DC or 0.1mA @
100V DC
5 mA @ 100V, 10 mA @
200V
Zero Cross Load
Switching
Yes
Not Applicable
Yes (optional)
Not Applicable
Yes (optional)
Load Voltage
Range
Equivalent
Electromechanical
Relay Contact
Arrangement
Form A
Form A
Form A
Rated Control
(Input) Voltage
5…24V DC
5…24V DC, 100…110V
AC, 200/220V AC
5...24V DC
LED Indicator
Yes
Yes (optional)
Yes (optional for 48V DC)
5V DC, 12V DC, 24V DC
No
Mounting Method
Panel or DIN with socket
Panel or DIN with socket
Panel without heat sink,
Panel or DIN with heat
sink
Dielectric Strength
1500V AC, 50/60 Hz, 1 min.
1500V AC, 50/60 Hz, 1 min.
2000V AC, 50/60 Hz, 1
min.
cURus, CE, VDE
cURus, CE, VDE
cURus, CE, TÜV
-30…80 °C, (no condensation)
-30…80 °C (no condensation)
-30…80 °C (no
condensation)
page 9-170
page 9-174
Web‡
Certification
Max. Ambient
Operating
Temperature
Product Selection
8
Panel/DIN Mount, Low
Profile
DC
Load Current Max.
(Continuous)
4
Compatible with 700-HN103 or 128 socket, LED
Status & Zero-cross AC Switching Options
AC
(47…63 Hz)
Load Type
3
Compatible with 700-HN100, 125,108, and 204
socket, LED status, zero-cross switching
With heat sink.
‡ Information for this product line is available on the Industrial Controls Catalog website: www.ab.com/catalogs.
9
10
11
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
9-168
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
Bulletin 700
Solid-State Relays
Product Overview
0
1
700-SF
700-SH
700-SK
Square Base, Socketed
Hockey Puck
Slim Line, Socketed
Bulletin No.
Type
Features
Compatible with 700-HN116
socket, LED status, zero-cross
AC switching
Load Type
AC (47…63 Hz)
Load Voltage
Range
75…264V AC
Load Current Max.
(Continuous)
Panel/DIN Mount, High Current,
Protective Cover, LED Status
DC
AC (47…63 Hz)
3…60V DC
3 … 52.8V DC
3A
Compatible with 700-HN121 socket. Supports Input (sensor) module
or Output (SSR) module
Output Module
AC
(47…63 Hz)
3…50V DC, 24…265V AC
42…530V AC, 42…265V AC,
42…660V AC
75 … 264V AC
10 A/100 A
2A
Input Module
DC
AC
(47…63 Hz)
DC
4 … 60V DC,
40 … 200V DC
Field Input:
60… 264V AC
Field Input:
6.6… 32V DC
2A @ 60V, 1.5A Supply Current: Supply Current:
@ 200V
0.1 … 100 mA 0.1 … 100 mA
Max. Leakage
Current to Load
5mA @ 100V
AC, 10mA @
200V AC
5mA @ 50V DC
<3 mA
1.5 mA
1 mA
5 μA
5 μA
Zero Cross Load
Switching
Yes
Not Applicable
Yes
Yes (optional)
N/A
No
N/A
Equivalent
Electromechanical
Relay Contact
Arrangement
3
4
5
Form A
Form A
Rated Control
(Input) Voltage
4V DC or 24V DC
3…32V DC, 4…32V DC,
80…130V AC, 20…260V AC
20…280V AC/22…48V DC
LED Indicator
Yes
Yes
Yes
Mounting Method
Panel or DIN with socket
Panel without heat sink, Panel or
DIN with heat sink
Panel or DIN with socket
Dielectric Strength
1500V AC, 50/60 Hz, 1 min.
>4000V AC RMS
4000V AC, 50/60 Hz, 1 min.
cURus, CE, VDE
cURus, CE , CSA
cURus, CE, TÜV
Max. Ambient
Operating
Temperature
-30…80 °C (no condensation)
-20…70 °C (no condensation)
-30…80 °C (no condensation)
Page Number
page 9-179
page 9-183
page 9-191
Certification
2
Form A
5 … 24 V DC
5 … 24 V DC
5 … 24V DC
5 … 24V DC
6
7
8
With heat sink
9
10
11
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
9-169
Bulletin 700-SA
Solid-State Relays
Overview/Product Selection
Table of Contents
Bulletin 700-SA — Tube Base Relay
0
5 A (resistive) max. continuous load (output) current
264V AC or 125V DC max. load voltage options
Photocoupler isolation between control and load voltage
LED indicator (standard) for input/logic ON/OFF status monitoring
700-HN100, -HN125, -HN 202, or -HN108 specialty socket compatible
700-HT2 timing module
1
Product Selection ...... this page
Accessories.................. 9-171
Specifications.............. 9-172
Approximate
Dimensions................... 9-173
Standards Compliance
and Certifications
See page 9-185.
2
Product Selection
3
Input-to-Output
Isolation Method
Zero Cross
Function
Status Indicator
Output (Load) Max. Continuous
Current and Rated Voltage Range
Rated Input
(Control) Voltage
5 A @ 100…240V AC
(47…63 Hz)
Yes
Cat. No.
700-SAZY5Z25
4
Photocoupler
Yes
Not Applicable
5…24V DC
3 A @ 5…110V DC
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
9-170
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
700-SANY3Z25
Bulletin 700-SA
Solid-State Relays
Accessories
Description
Pkg. Quantity
Cat. No.
Screw Terminal Tube Base Socket — Panel or DIN Rail
Mounting; Guarded Terminal Construction. 8-Pin for use with
DPDT Bulletin 700-HA Relays.
10
700-HN100
Specialty Socket
8-pin backwired socket with solder terminals
10
700-HN108
Screw Terminal Tube Base Socket — Panel or DIN Rail
Mounting; Open Style Construction. 8-Pin for use with DPDT
Bulletin 700-HA Relays. No retainer clip required.
10
700-HN125
2
DIN (#3) symmetrical hat rail
35 x 7.5 x 1 m
10
199-DR1
3
Pre-Printed Identification Tags — contains 10 sheets of preprinted and blank tags. Each sheet contains 13 sets of the
markings CR…9CR, TR…9TR, M…9M, F, R, 1S, and 117 blank
tags. Tags are peel-off with sticky backing for easy placement
on relays.
10
700-N40
4
Blank Identification Tags — contains 10 sheets of blank
identification tags for customer specialized printing. Each sheet
contains 546 blank tags. Tags are peel-off with sticky backing
for easy placement on relays.
10
700-N41
5
Retainer Clip for Sockets with 700-SA AND 700-HB Relays.
Secures relay in socket.
10
700-HN158
0
1
6
7
8-Pin Socket — Can Be Used With or Without Timing
Module or Surge Suppressor. Screw Terminal Tube Base
Sockets — panel or DIN Rail mounting. Guarded terminal
construction. Used with DPDT Bulletin 700-HA Relays.
10
700-HN204
8
9
10
11
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
9-171
Bulletin 700-SA
Solid-State Relays
Specifications
Control/Input Ratings
0
Rated Control
Voltage
Cat. No.
700-SAZY5Z25
700-SANY3Z25
1
2
Control Voltage Levels
Max. Operating
Control Voltage Range
Max. Reverse
Control Voltage
Impedance
4…32V DC
-32V DC
15 mA max.1
4…30V DC
-30V DC
1.5 kΩ (+20% -10%)
5…24V DC
Pick-up Voltage
Drop-out Voltage
4V DC max.
1V DC min.
Load/Output Ratings
Continuous Load Current (Resistive) [A]
Cat. No.
Rated Load Voltage
Maximum Load
Voltage Range
Min.
Max
Max. Inrush Current‡
700-SAZY5Z25
100…240V AC
75…264V AC
0.1
5.0
80 A, @ 50/60 Hz
for 1 cycle
700-SANY3Z25
5…110V DC
3…125V DC
0.1
3.0
12 A (10 ms)
Characteristics
Cat. No. 700-SANY3Z25
Triac
Transistor
Pick-up Time
1/2 cycle of load power source cycle time§ + 1 ms
max.
0.5 ms max.
Drop-out Time
1/2 cycle of load power source cycle time§ + 1 ms
max.
2.5 ms max.
Output ON Voltage Drop
1.6V (RMS) max.
1.5V max.
Output Leakage Current
5 mA max. (at 100V AC); 10 mA max. (at 200V AC)
5 mA max. (at 125V DC)
Output VDRM VCEO (V)
600
150
Output di/dt (A/uS)
50
—
Output dv/dt (V/uS)
500
—
Output I2t (A2S)
41.6
—
Output Tj (ºC) Max.
125
Insulation Resistance
Dielectric Strength
1500V AC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min
Vibration Resistance (Max.)
10…55 Hz, 1.5 mm double amplitude (10 G)
Shock Resistance (max.)
Operating
–30…80 °C (–22…176 °F) with no icing or condensation
Storage
–30…100 °C (–22…212 °F) with no icing or condensation
Ambient Humidity
45…85% (no condensation)
Standards Compliance
UL 508, CSA C22.2 No. 14, EN 60947-1, -4-3
Certifications
1 With constant current input system. SSR input impedance varies with a change in input (control) voltage.
Refer to the following graph “Load Current Vs. Ambient Temperature Characteristics” for additional load current details.
‡ If the SSR operation is continuous ON/OFF, this value should be reduced by 50%. Refer to “Inrush Current Resistivity” graph below.
§ 60 Hz full cycle time = 16.6 ms, 50 Hz full cycle time = 20 ms.
Load Current vs. Ambient Temperature Characteristics
Inrush Current Resistivity♣
700-SA
700-SA
80
Inrush Current [A. Peak]
700-SAZY5Z25
5
Load Current [A]
10
11
4
700-SANY3Z25
3
2
1
50
40
700-SAZY5Z25
30
20
10
100
80
60
40
20
0
-30
-20
0
12
70
60
0
700-SANY3Z25
5000
9
Approx. 70 g
500
8
cURus Recognized (File No. E96956, Guide NMFT2/NMFT8), CE Marked, VDE Certified
Weight
1000
7
Ambient Temperature
1000 m/s2 (100 G)
100
6
150
100 MΩ min. (at 500V DC)
200
5
Cat. No. 700-SAZY5Z25
30
50
4
Description
Load Switching Method/Device
10
3
Energizing Time [ms]
Ambient Temperature [° C]
♣ Inrush current resistivity is the ability of an SSR to withstand a large surge current for a short period of time. Surges are considered non-repetitive (max.
repeatability once every 5 seconds). Keep the inrush current to half the rated value if it occurs repetitively. Exceeding the non-repetitive inrush current will
damage the SSR.
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
9-172
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
Bulletin 700-SA
Solid-State Relays
Specifications/Approximate Dimensions
Terminal Arrangement (Bottom View)
0
Load
Load
power
supply
Load
Input
1
Input voltage
Note: The plus and minus symbols shown in parentheses
are for DC loads.
Basic Application Considerations
High Density Mounting of Multiple SSRs
If multiple SSRs are installed side-by-side be aware that the outer case wall of the SSR serves to dissipate heat. Install the relays so that they
are adequately ventilated. If poor ventilation is unavoidable, reduce the load current to half.
2
Protective Component
When controlling AC inductive loads, connect an inrush/surge absorbing device (varistor) across the SSR load terminals. If the SSR has builtin surge suppression (Bulletins 700-SE and 700-SH) and additional surge suppression is required, connect the varistor across the terminals of
the load device. Select a varistor that meets the conditions of the load voltage outlined in the table below.
Load Voltage
Varistor Voltage [V]
100…120V AC
240…270
200…240V AC
440…470
380…480V AC
820…1000
3
Varistor Surge Resistance
4
1000 A min.
Note: For additional details applying solid-state relays, refer to pub. 700-AT001*, Solid-State Relay Application Guide.
For a DC inductive load, a diode should be connected parallel to the load to absorb the counter electromotive force (OFF) of the load.
EMC Directive Compliance
1. AC-switching models comply with EMC Directives
under the following conditions:
Load
Load power
supply
SSR
Input
5
3 m max.
6
Load
Input
700-SA
Varistor: 470 V, 0.6 W
Film Capacitor: 1μ F, 250 VAC
Output
Varistor
Film Capacitor
7
• Connect a varistor between the output terminals.
• Connect a film capacitor to the load power supply.
• The input cable must be less than 3 m.
8
2. DC-switching models comply with EMC Directives
under the following conditions:
Less than 10 m
Load
Input
700-SA Output
9
• The input cable must be less than 10 m.
10
Approximate Dimensions
All units in millimeters unless otherwise indicated. To convert millimeters to inches multiply by 0.0394. Dimensions are not intended to be
used for manufacturing purposes.
Bul. 700-SA1
11
+
35
max.
12
+
35
max.
52.5
max.
13
1 Bulletin 700-SA is compatible with Cat. Nos. 700-HN100, -108, -125, and -204 (sockets).
www.ab.com/catalogs
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
9-173
Bulletin 700-SC
Solid-State Relays
Overview/Product Selection
Bulletin 700-SC — Ice Cube Relay
0
Table of Contents
3 A (resistive) max. continuous load (output) current
264V AC, 48V DC or 125V DC max. load voltage options
5…24V DC or 110/220V AC control (input) voltage options
LED indicator (optional) for input/logic On/Off status monitoring
Bulletins 700-HN103, 700-HN104, or 700-HN128 socket compatible
Compatible with Bulletins 700-AT1 or 700-AT2 timer module
1
Product Selection ...... this page
Accessories.................. 9-175
Specifications.............. 9-176
Approximate
Dimensions................... 9-178
Standards Compliance
and Certifications
See page 9-176.
2
Product Selection
3
Input-to-Output
Isolation Method
Photocoupler
Zero Cross
Function
Status
Indicator
Yes
Yes
4
Phototriac
Photocoupler
Phototriac
5
Rated Input (Control)
Voltage
Cat. No.
3 A @ 100…240V AC1
5…24V DC
700-SCZY3Z25
2 A @ 100…240V AC1
700-SCZY2A1
200/220V AC
700-SCZY2A2
No
3 A @ 100…240V AC1
24V DC
700-SCTY3Z24
3 A @ 4…48V DC
5…24V DC
700-SCNY3Z25
4…24V DC
700-SCZN3Z26
Yes
Not Applicable
3 A @ 100…240V AC1
No
24V DC
700-SCTN3Z24
3 A @ 4…48V DC
4…24V DC
700-SCNN3Z26
2 A @ 5…110V DC
5…24V DC
700-SCNN2Z25
1 47…63 Hz
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
9-174
100/110V AC
Not Applicable
No
Photocoupler
Output (Load) Max.
Continuous Current and
Rated Voltage Range
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
Bulletin 700-SC
Solid-State Relays
Accessories
Description
Pkg. Quantity
Cat. No.
0
Screw Terminal Socket — Panel or DIN Rail Mounting;
Guarded Terminal Construction.Ith = 10 A per pole. 14blade miniature socket for use with Bulletin 700-SC Relays.
10
700-HN103
1
Screw Terminal Socket — Panel or DIN Rail Mounting;
Guarded Terminal Construction Ith = 10 A per pole. 14blade miniature socket for use with Bulletin 700-SC relays.
This socket has coil and contact separation as well as the
ability to plug in optional plug in modules (700-A__
accessories: LED, Surge Suppression, Timing Modules)
10
Screw Terminal Base Socket — Panel or DIN Rail
Mounting; Open-Style Construction Ith = 10 A per pole. 14blade miniature socket for use with Bulletin 700-SC Relays.
10
DIN (#3) symmetrical hat rail
35 x 7.5 x 1 m
10
199-DR1
4
Pre-Printed Identification Tags — contains 10 sheets of
pre-printed and blank tags. Each sheet contains 13 sets of
the markings CR…9CR, TR…9TR, M…9M, F, R, 1S, and 117
blank tags. Tags are peel-off with sticky backing for easy
placement on relays.
10
700-N40
5
Blank Identification Tags — contains 10 sheets of blank
identification tags for customer specialized printing. Each
sheet contains 546 blank tags. Tags are peel-off with sticky
backing for easy placement on relays.
10
700-N41
Retainer Clip for Cat. Nos. 700-HN103, -HN104 and HN128 Sockets with 700-HC Relays. Secures relay in
socket.
10
Timing Module
On-Delay or One-Shot
selectable voltage range:
12…24V AC/DC used with
sockets that accept plug-in
accessory modules.
Timing Module
On-Delay or One-Shot
selectable voltage range:
110…125V AC used with
sockets that accept plug-in
accessory modules.
Timing Module
On-Delay or One-Shot
selectable voltage range:
230…240V AC used with
sockets that accept plug-in
accessory modules.
700-HN104
2
700-HN128
3
1
6
700-HN114
7
8
700-AT3
On-Delay
9
U (A1/A2)
LED & R
t
1
700-AT3A1
One-Shot
U (A1/A2)
LED & R
t
10
700-AT3A2
11
1 Series B retainer clip must be used with Bulletin 700-SC.
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
9-175
Bulletin 700-SC
Solid-State Relays
Specifications
Control/Input Ratings
0
1
2
Cat. No.
Rated Control
Voltage
Max. Operating
Control Voltage
Range
Max. Reverse
Control Voltage [V]
Control Voltage Levels
Impedance
Pick-up Voltage
700-SCZY3Z25
5…24V DC
4…28V DC
-28.8
15 mA max. 1
4V DC max.
1V DC min.
700-SCZY2A1
100/110V AC
75…125V AC
NA
41 kΩ± 20%
75V AC max.
20V AC min.
40V AC min.
700-SCZY2A2
200/220V AC
150…250V AC
NA
72 kΩ± 20%
150V AC max.
700-SCTY3Z24
24V DC
19.2…28.8V DC
-28.8
2 kΩ± 20%
19.2V DC max.
700-SCNY3Z25
5…24V DC
4…28V DC
-28
1.5 kΩ +20%/ -10% 4V DC max.
700-SCZN3Z26
4…24V DC
3…28V DC
-28.8
15 mA max. 1
3V DC max.
700-SCTN3Z24
24V DC
19.2…28.8V DC
-28.8
2 kΩ± 20%
19.2V DC max.
700-SCNN3Z26
4…24V DC
700-SCNN2Z25
5…24V DC
1.5 kΩ +20%/ -10% 3V DC max.
-28
3…28V DC
-28.8
Drop-out Voltage
1V DC min.
Load/Output Ratings
3
Cat. No.
Rated Control
Voltage
Max. Load
Voltage Range
100…240V AC
75…264V AC
Continuous Load Current
(Resistive) [A]
Min.
Max.§
0.1
3
Max. Inrush Current‡
700-SCZY3Z25
4
700-SCTY3Z24
700-SCZN3Z26
700-SCTN3Z24
45 A (@50/60 Hz, 1
cycle)
700-SCZY2A1
5
700-SCZY2A2
700-SCNN3Z26
6
2
4…48V DC
3…52.8V DC
0.1
3
18 A (10 ms)
5…110V DC
3…125V DC
0.1
2
10 A (10 ms)
700-SCNY3Z25
700-SCNN2Z25
0.1
1 With constant current input circuit system. SSR impedance varies with a change in input (control) voltage.
Input impedance attains its maximum at the operating voltage.
‡ If the SSR operation is continuous ON/OFF, this value should be reduced by 50%. Refer to “Inrush Current Resistivity” graphs on page 9-177 for details.
§ Refer to the following “Load Current Versus Ambient Temperature Characteristics” graphs on page page 9-177 for additional load current details.
Characteristics
7
Description
Cat. No. 700-SCZ…
Cat. No. 700-SCT
Load Switching Method/Device
Pick-up time
8
Drop-out time
9
10
11
12
Cat. Nos. 700-SCNY, 700SCNN3…
Triac
Cat. Nos. 700-SCNN2…
Transistor
1/2 of load power source cycle
time ♣+ 1 ms max. (DC input)
1 ms max
3/2 of load power source cycle
time ♣+ 1 ms max. (AC input)
1/2 of load power source cycle
time♣ + 1 ms max. (DC input) 1/2 of load power source cycle
time♣ + 1 ms max
3/2 of load power source cycle
time♣ + 1 ms max. (AC input)
0.5 ms max.
0.5 ms max.
2 ms max.
2.5 ms max.
Output On Voltage Drop
1.6 V (RMS) max.
1.6 V (RMS)
1.5 V max.
1.5 V max.
Output Leakage Current
5 mA max (@ 100 V AC)
10 mA max (@ 200 V AC)
2.5 mA max (@ 100 V AC) 5
mA max (at 200 V AC)
5 mA max (@ 50 V DC)
0.1 mA max (@ 100 V DC)
Output VDRM, VCEO (V)
600
600
80
80
Output di/dt (A/uS)
50
50
—
—
Output dv/dt (V/uS)
250
250
—
—
Output I2t (A2S)
18
18
—
—
Output Tj (°C) Max.
125
125
150
150
Insulation Resistance
100 MΩ min (@500V DC)
Dielectric Strength
1500V AC, 50/60 Hz for 1 minute
Vibration Resistance (max.)
10…55 Hz, 1.5 mm double amplitude (10 G)
Shock Resistance (max.)
1000 m/s2 (100 G)
Ambient Temperature
Operating: -30…+80 °C (-22...+176 °F) with no icing or condensation
Storage: -30…+100 °C (-22...+212 °F) with no icing or condensation
Standards Compliance
UL5 08, CSA C22.2 No. 14, EN/IEC 60950, EN 50011, EN 61000-6-2, EN/IEC 60947-1, -4-3
Certifications
cURus Recognized (File No. E96956, Guide NMFT2/NMFT8), CE Marked, VDE Certified
Ambient Humidity
Operating: 45…85% (no condensation)
Weight
Approx. 50 g
13
♣ 60 Hz full cycle time = 16.6 ms, 50 Hz full cycle time = 20 ms
www.ab.com/catalogs
9-176
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
Bulletin 700-SC
Solid-State Relays
Specifications
Load Current Versus Ambient Temperature Characteristics
700-SC_ _2...
5
4
4
1
2
Ambient Temperature [° C]
700-SCNN3...
100
80
700-SCNN2...
4
10
8
5
6
4
6
Energizing Time [ms]
5000
3000
1000
300
500
100
0
20
30
50
2
10
Inrush Current [A. Peak]
Energizing Time [ms]
2000
5000
500
1000
200
10
0
100
10
200
300
500
20
20
30
50
70
100
30
700-SCNY3
12
10
Inrush Current [A. Peak]
40
30
50
Inrush Current [A. Peak]
50
30
28
26
24
22
20
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
3
Ambient Temperature [° C]
1000
Inrush Current Resistivity1
700-SCZ....
700-SCT...
60
100
60
20
80
0
40
0
0
1
40
2
1
20
2
0
3
0
3
-30
-20
Load Current [A]
5
-30
-20
Load Current [A]
700-SC_ _3...
Energizing Time [ms]
7
1 Inrush current resistivity is the ability of an SSR to withstand a large surge current for a short period of time. Surges are considered non-repetitive (max.
repeatability once every 2…5 seconds). Keep the inrush current to half the rated value if it occurs repetitively. Exceeding the non-repetitive inrush current will
damage the SSR.
8
EMC Directive Compliance
1. AC-switching models comply with EMC Directives under the
following conditions
9
3 m max.
Load
Input
700-SC
Varistor: 470 V, 0.6 W
Film capacitor: 1μ F, 250 VAC
Output
Varistor
Film capacitor
10
• Connect a varistor between the output terminals.
• Connect a film capacitor to the load power supply.
• The input cable must be less than 3 m.
11
2. DC-switching models comply with EMC Directives under the
following conditions
Less than 10 m
Load
Input
700-SC
12
Output
• The input cable must be less than 10 m.
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
9-177
Bulletin 700-SC
Solid-State Relays
Approximate Dimensions
0
All units in millimeters unless otherwise indicated. To convert to inches multiply by 0.0394. Dimensions are not intended for manufacturing
purposes.
Terminal Arrangement/
Internal Connections
(Bottom View)
1
28 max.
1
4
5
8(+)
9
Load
Load
(+)
12(–)
(–)
21.5 max.
2
13
36.5 max.
14
–
42.5 max.
–
Note:
3
Input
Load
power
supply
+
Input voltage
+
The plus and minus symbols shown
in parentheses are for DC loads.
Cat. No 700-SC…1
1 Bulletin 700-SC is compatible with Cat. Nos. 700-HN103, -HN104, and -HN128 socket.
Basic Application Considerations For Bulletin 700-SC
Connection
4
For DC Load Switching, Bulletin 700-SC will operate properly if the load is connected to either the positive or negative SSR load terminal.
High-Density Mounting of Multiple SSRs
If multiple relays are mounted side-by-side, be aware that the outer wall of each SSR works as a radiator.
5
The SSR casing serves to dissipate heat. Install the relays so that they are adequately ventilated. If poor ventilation is unavoidable, reduce the
load current by half.
Protective Component
When controlling AC inductive loads, connect an inrush/surge absorbing device (varistor) across the SSR load terminals. If the SSR has builtin surge suppression (Bulletins 700-SE and 700-SH) and additional surge suppression is required, connect the varistor across the terminals of
the load device. Select a varistor that meets the conditions of the load voltage outlined in the table below.
6
Load Voltage [V AC]
Varistor Voltage [V]
100…120
240…270
7
200…240
440…470
380…480
820…1000
Varistor Surge Resistance
1000 A min.
For a DC inductive load, a diode should be connected parallel to the load to absorb the counter electromotive force (OFF) of the load.
Load
8
Input
SSR
Load power
supply
Note: For additional details when using Solid-State Relays, refer to pub. 700-AT001*, Solid-State Relay Application Guide.
9
10
11
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
9-178
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
Bulletin 700-SF
Solid-State Relays
Product Overview/Product Selection
Bulletin 700-SF — Square Base Relay
Table of Contents
3 A (resistive) max. continuous load (output) current
264V AC or 52.8V DC max. load voltage options
4…24V DC control/input voltage
Photocoupler or phototriac isolation option between control and
output voltage
LED Indicator for input/logic ON/OFF status monitoring
Bulletin 700-HN116 socket compatible
Product Selection ...... this page
Accessories.................. this page
Specifications.............. 9-180
Approximate
Dimensions................... 9-182
0
1
Standards Compliance
and Certifications
See page 9-180.
2
3
Product Selection
Input-to-Output
Isolation Method
Zero Cross Function
Photocoupler
Yes
Phototriac
No
Photocoupler
Not Applicable
Status Indicator
Output (Load)
Max. Continuous
Current and Rated
Voltage Range
Rated Input Control
Voltage
Cat. No.
3 A @ 100…240V AC
(47 to 63 Hz)
5…24V DC
700-SFZY3Z25
24V DC
700-SFTY3Z24
3 A @ 4…48V DC
4…24V DC
700-SFNY3Z25
Yes
4
5
6
Accessories
Description
Pkg. Quantity
Cat. No.
Screw Terminal Socket — Panel or DIN Rail Mounting 8blade miniature socket for use with DPDT HF relays.
10
700-HN116
DIN (#3) symmetrical hat rail
35 x 7.5 x 1 m
10
199-DR1
10
700-N40
10
700-N41
10
10
700-HN1141
11
Pre-Printed Identification Tags — contains 10 sheets of preprinted and blank tags. Each sheet contains 13 sets of the
markings CR…9CR, TR…9TR, M…9M, F, R, 1S, and 117 blank
tags. Tags are peel-off with sticky backing for easy placement
on relays.
Blank Identification Tags — contains 10 sheets of blank
identification tags for customer specialized printing. Each sheet
contains 546 blank tags. Tags are peel-off with sticky backing
for easy placement on relays.
Retainer Clip for Cat. Nos. 700-HN103, -HN104 and -HN128
Sockets with 700-HC Relays. Secures relay in socket.
7
8
9
1 Bulletin 700-SF must use Cat. No. 700-HN114 series B retainer clip.
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
9-179
Bulletin 700-SF
Solid-State Relays
Specifications
0
1
Specifications
Control/Input Ratings
Cat. No.
Rated Control
Voltage
Max. Operating
Control Voltage
Range [V DC]
Max. Reverse
Control Voltage [V]
Control Voltage Levels
Impedance
Pick-up Voltage
700-SFZY3Z25
5…24V DC
4…28V DC
–32
15 mA max.1
4V DC max.
1V DC min.
700-SFTY3Z24
24V DC
19.2…28.8V DC
–28.8
2 kΩ ± 20%
19.2V DC max.
1V DC min.
700-SFNY3Z25
5…24V DC
4…28V DC
–28.8
1.5 kΩ +
20%/–10%
4V DC max.
1V DC min.
Drop-out Voltage
Load/Output Ratings
2
Cat. No.
Rated Load Voltage
700-SFZY3Z25
700-SFTY3Z24
3
700-SFNY3Z25
Max. Load Voltage
Range
100…240V AC
75…264V AC
4…48V DC
3…52.8V DC
Continuous Load Current (Resistive) [A]
Min.
Max.§
0.1
3
0.1
3
0.1
3
Max. Inrush Current‡
45 A @ 50/60 Hz, 1 cycle
18 A (10 ms)
Characteristics
Description
4
Load Switching Method/Device
Pick-up Time
Drop-out Time
Cat. No. 700-SFZY3Z25
6
1/2 cycle of load power source cycle
time ♣ + 1 ms max.
2 ms max.
1.6V (RMS) max.
1.5V max.
5 mA max. (@ 100 V AC);
10 mA max. (@ 200 V AC)
2.5 mA max. (@ 100V AC);
5 mA max. (@ 200V AC)
5 mA max. (@ 50V DC)
Output VDRM, VCEO (V)
600
600
80
Output di/dt (A/uS)
50
50
—
Output dv/dt (V/uS)
250
250
—
Output I2t (A2S)
18
18
—
Output Tj (°C) Max.
125
125
150
Output Leakage Current
100 MΩ min. (at 500V DC)
Dielectric Strength
1,500V AC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min
Vibration Resistance (Max.)
10…55 Hz, 1.5 mm double amplitude (10 G)
Shock Resistance (Max.)
Ambient Temperature
8
1000 m/s2 (100 G)
Operating: –30…+80 °C (–22…+176 °F) with no icing or condensation
Storage: –30…+100 °C (–22…=212 °F) with no icing or condensation
Ambient Humidity
Standards Compliance
Certifications
45…85% (no condensation)
UL 508, CSA C22.2 No. 14, EN/IEC 60947-1, -4-3, EN/IEC 60950
cURus Recognized (File No. E96956, Guide NMFT2/NMFT8), CE Marked, VDE Certified
Weight
9
0.5 ms max.
1 ms max.
1/2 cycle of load power source cycle time♣ + 1 ms max.
Insulation Resistance
7
Cat. No. 700-SFNY3Z25
Transistor
Output ON Voltage Drop
5
Cat. No. 700-SFTY3Z24
Triac
Approx. 50 g
1 With constant curent input circuit system, SSR impedance varies with a change in input voltage.
Input impedance reaches its maximum at the operating voltage.
‡ If the SSR operation is continuous ON/OFF, this value should be reduced by 50%. Refer to the “Inrush Current Resistivity” graphs on page 9-181 for more
details.
§ Refer to “Load Current vs. Ambient Temperature Characteristics” on page 9-181 for additional load current details.
♣ 60 Hz full cycle time = 16.6 ms, 50 Hz full cycle time 20 ms.
10
11
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
9-180
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
Bulletin 700-SF
Solid-State Relays
Specifications
Note: This data is non-repetitive. Keep the inrush current to half the rated value if it occurs repetitively. Inrush current resistivity is the ability of an SSR to
withstand a large surge current for a short period of time. Surges are considered non-repetitive (max. repeatability once every 2…5 seconds). Keep the
inrush current to half the rated value if it occurs repetitively. Exceeding the non-repetitive inrush current will damage the SSR.
700-SFN…
Ambient Temperature [° C]
2000
500
1000
3
200
300
5000
1000
100
80
60
40
20
-20
-30
0
10
0
0
500
10
2
50
70
100
Inrush Current [A]
20
200
1
30
100
2
40
30
50
3
1
30
28
26
24
22
20
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
20
30
50
Inrush Current [A Peak]
Load Current [A]
4
0
Inrush Current Resistivity1
Inrush Current Resistivity1
700-SFZ… 700SFT…
10
Load Current vs. Ambient
Temperature Characteristics
700-SF…
Energizing Time [ms]
Energizing Time [ms]
1 Inrush current resistivity is defined as the ability of an SSR to withstand a large surge current for a short period of time. Surges are considered non-repetitive
4
(max. repeatability once every 2…5 seconds). Keep the inrush current to half the rated value if it occurs repetitively. Exceeding the non-repetitive inrush current
will damage the SSR.
EMC Directive Compliance
5
1. AC-switching models comply with EMC Directives under the
following conditions
3 m max.
Load
Input
700-SF
Varistor: 470 V, 0.6 W
Film capacitor: 1μ F, 250 VAC
6
Output
Varistor
Film capacitor
7
• Connect a varistor between the output terminals.
• Connect a film capacitor to the load power supply.
• The input cable must be less than 3 m.
2. DC-switching models comply with EMC Directives under the
following conditions
8
Less than 10 m
Load
Input
700-SF
Output
9
• The input cable must be less than 10 m.
10
11
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
9-181
Bulletin 700-SF
Solid-State Relays
Approximate Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions
0
All units are in millimeters unless otherwise indicated. To convert to inches multiply by 0.0394. Dimensions are not intended for manufacturing
purposes.
Terminal Arrangement/Input Connections
(Bottom View)
1
28
max
1
2
3
4(+)
5
(+)
6(-)
(-)
7
2
Load
Load
-
36.5 max
42.5 max
21.5
max
Input
-
8
+
Input Voltage
+
Notes: 1. The plus and minus symbols
shown in parentheses are
for DC loads.
2. The coil has no polarity.
3
Note: Bul. 700-SF is compatible with Cat. No. 700-HN116 socket.
4
Basic Application Considerations of Bulletin 700-SF
High Density Mounting of Multiple SSRs
If multiple SSRs are mounted side-by-side, be aware that the outer case wall of the SSR acts as a radiator. The SSR case serves to dissipate
heat. Install the relays so that they are adequately ventilated. If poor ventilation is unavoidable, reduce the load current by half.
5
Connection
For DC load switching, the Bul. 700-SF SSR will operate properly if the load is connected to either the positive or negative load terminals.
Protective Component To Extend SSR Life
6
When controlling AC inductive loads, connect an inrush/surge absorbing device (varistor) across the SSR load terminals. If the SSR has builtin surge suppression (Bulletins 700-SE and 700-SH) and additional surge suppression is required, connect the varistor across the terminals of
the load device. Select a varistor that meets the conditions of the load voltage outlined in the table below.
7
8
Load Voltage [V AC]
Varistor Voltage [V]
100…120
240…270
200…240
440…470
380…480
820…1000
Varistor Surge Resistance
1000 A min.
For a DC inductive load, a diode should be connected parallel to the load to absorb the counter electromotive force (OFF) of the load.
Load
Input
Load power
supply
SSR
9
Note: For additional details when using Solid-State Relays, refer to pub. 700-AT001*, Solid-State Relay Application Guide.
10
11
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
9-182
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
Bulletin 700-SH
Solid-State Relays
Overview/Product Selection
Bulletin 700-SH — Hockey Puck Relay
Table of Contents
100 A max. continuous load (output) current with appropriate heat
sink
Product Selection ...... this page
264V AC, 530V AC, or 660V AC max. load voltage options
3…32V DC, 4…32V DC, 80…130V AC, 200…260V AC, 20…280V
AC/22…48V DC control (input) voltage options
Specifications.............. 9-185
Approximate
Dimensions................... 9-188
LED indicator for input/logic ON/OFF status monitoring
Protective cover for added safety
Standards Compliance
and Certifications
0
Accessories.................. 9-184
See page 9-185.
1
2
Product Selection
Input-to-Output
Isolation
Method
Zero Cross
Function
Yes
Status
Indicator
Yes
Optocoupler
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Output (Load) Max.
Continuous Current and
Rated Voltage Range‡
Rated Input Control
Voltage
3
Cat. No.1
10 A @ 42…265V AC
3…32V DC
700-SH10JZ24
10 A @ 42…265V AC
80…130V AC
700-SH10JA12
10 A @ 42…265V AC
200…260V AC
700-SH10JA22
10 A @ 42…530V AC
4…32V DC
700-SH10HZ25 (Series B)
25 A @ 42…530V AC
4…32V DC
700-SH25HZ25 (Series B)
25 A @ 24…265V AC
3…32V DC
700-SH25GZ24
25 A @ 24…265V AC
20…280V AC/22…48V DC
700-SH25GA24
50 A @ 24…265V AC
3…32V DC
700-SH50GZ24
50 A @ 24…265V AC
20…280V AC/22…48V DC
700-SH50GA24
50 A @ 42…530V AC
4…32V DC
700-SH50HZ25
25 A @ 42…660V AC
4…32V DC
700-SH25VZ25
25 A @ 42…660V AC
20…280V AC/22…48V DC
700-SH25VA24
50 A @ 42…660V AC
4…32V DC
700-SH50VZ25
50 A @ 42…660V AC
20…280V AC/22…48V DC
700-SH50VA24
75 A @ 42…530V AC
4…32V DC
700-SH75HZ25
75 A @ 42…660V AC
4…32V DC
700-SH75VZ25
75 A @ 42…530V AC
20…280V AC/22…48V DC
700-SH75HA24
75 A @ 42…660V AC
20…280V AC/22…48V DC
700-SH75VA24
100 A @ 42…530V AC
4…32V DC
700-SH100HZ25
100 A @ 42…530V AC
20…280V AC/22…48V DC
700-SH100HA24
100 A @ 42…660V AC
4…32V DC
700-SH100VZ25
100 A @ 42…660V AC
20…280V AC/22…48V DC
700-SH100VA24
5A @ 3...60V DC
3…32V DC
700-SH5FZ24
25 A @ 90…280V AC
4…20 mA DC
700-SH25WA25
50 A @ 90…280V AC
4…20 mA DC
700-SH50WA25
4
5
6
7
8
9
1 All catalog numbers are Series A unless noted.
This type is also called Phase Angle 0.
‡ When used with heat sink.
10
11
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
9-183
Bulletin 700-SH
Solid-State Relays
Accessories
Description
Pkg. Quantity
Cat. No.
Heat Sink— Panel or DIN Rail Mount
1
700-SN10
Heat Sink— Panel or DIN Rail Mount
1
700-SN25
Heat Sink— Panel or DIN Rail Mount
1
700-SN50
Heat Sink— Panel or DIN Rail Mount
1
700-SN50HC
Heat Sink— Panel or DIN Rail Mount
1
700-SN50VHC
DIN (#3) symmetrical hat rail
35 x 7.5 x 1 m
10
199-DR1
Thermal Conductive Pads
50
700-SHCPAD
Plastic Covers — for DC output version
25
700-SHCOV
Thermal Adapters - for 100 A Wire
10
700-SHTRMA
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
9-184
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
Bulletin 700-SH
Solid-State Relays
Specifications
Control/Input Ratings
Input Current @ Max.
Voltage
Voltage Level Pickup Voltage
3…32V DC
12 mA
2.75V DC max.
1.2V DC min.
80…130V AC
13 mA
70V AC max.
30V AC min.1
200...280V AC
13 mA
190V AC max.
90V AC min.
4…32V DC
12 mA
4V DC max.
1V DC min.
20…280V AC/22…48V DC
20 mA
18V AC/DC
6V AC/DC
Cat. No.
Operating Voltage
700-SH10J…
700-SH_ _ H…
700-SH_ _ G…
Drop-Out Voltage
3…32V DC
12 mA
2.5V DC
1.2V DC
20…280V AC/22…48V DC
20 mA
-32V DC
6V AC/DC
4…32V DC
12 mA
3.5V DC
1.2V DC
20…280V AC/22…48V DC
20 mA
18V AC/DC
6V AC/DC
700-SH_ _ W…
Current Control
4…20 mA
—
—
700-SH_ _ F…
3…32V DC
12 mA
3V DC max.
1.0V DC
700-SH_ _ V…
0
1
2
3
1 When specified heatsink is used.
Output Ratings
Cat. No.
Load Voltage Range
Applicable Load Current with Heat Sink [A]
700-SH5FZ24
3…60V DC
0.001…5 A DC
700-SH10J…
42…265V AC
0.15…10
700-SH10H…
42…530V AC
0.15…10
700-SH25G…
24…265V AC
0.15…25
700-SH25H…
42…530V AC
0.15…25
700-SH25V…
42…660V AC
0.15…25
700-SH25W…
90…280V AC
0.15…25
700-SH50G…
24…265V AC
0.15…50
700-SH50H…
42…530V AC
0.15…50
700-SH50V…
42…660V AC
0.15…50
700-SH50W…
90…280V AC
0.15…50
700-SH75H…
42…530V AC
0.15…75
4
5
6
700-SH75V…
42…660V AC
0.15…75
700-SH100H…
42…530V AC
0.15…100
700-SH100V…
42…660V AC
0.15…100
7
Cat. Nos. 700-SH10, 25, 50 (not including 700-SH_
_W)
Cat. Nos. 700-SH75, 100
8
AC unless indicated.
Characteristics
Description
Pick-up Time
1/2 of load power source cycle time(DC input)
1 of load power source cycle time (AC input)
Drop-out Time
1/2 of load power source cycle time (DC input)
2 of load power source cycle time (AC input)
Output ON Voltage Drop
1.6V (RMS) max.
Output Leakage Current
<3 mArms
100 MΩ min (@ 500V DC)
Insulation Resistance
100 MΩ min. (at 500V DC)
Dielectric Strength
>4000 VACrms
Vibration Resistance
Malfunction: 1000 m/s2
Operating: –20…+70 °C with no icing or condensation
Ambient Temperature
Storage: –40…+100 °C with no icing or condensation
Ambient Humidity
Certifications
10
Malfunction: 10…55 Hz, 1.5 mm double amplitude
Shock Resistance
Standards Compliance
9
11
0…95% no condensing
UL 508, CSA C22.2 No. 14, EN/IEC 60947-1, -4-2, -4-3, EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4
cURus Recognized (File No. E14843, Guide NPNT2), CSA Certified (File No. 240924)
Weight
Approx. 60 g
Approx. 100 g
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
9-185
Bulletin 700-SH
Solid-State Relays
Specifications
Characteristics
0
Description
<10V DC @ 20 mA
<3 mA
Vibration Resistance
Malfunction: 10…55 Hz, 1.5 mm double amplitude
Shock Resistance
Malfunction: 1000 m/s2
Ambient Temperature
Operating: –20…+70 °C with no icing or condensation
Ambient Humidity
0…95% no condensing
Standards Compliance
UL 508, CSA C22.2 No. 14, EN/IEC 60947-1, -4-2, -4-3, EN 61000-6-2,
EN 61000-6-4
Certifications
cURus Recognized (File No. E14843, Guide NPNT2), CSA Certified
(File No. 24024)
Weight
Approx. 60 g
Description
Cat. No. 700-SH5FZ24
Pick-up Voltage
<3V DC
Drop-out Voltage
>1V DC
Activating Frequency
<100 Hz
Input Impedance
1kΩ
Response Time Pick-up @ Vin > 5V
<4000 uS
Response Time Drop-out
<1 mS
On-state Voltage Drop @ Rated Current
<1.5V
Off-state Current Drop @ Rated Voltage
<1 mA
Insulation Voltage
<1 mA
Vibration Resistance
Malfunction: 10…55 Hz, 1.5 mm double amplitude
Shock Resistance
Malfunction: 1,000 m/s2
Ambient Temperature
Operating: –20…+70 °C with no icing or condensation
Ambient Humidity
0…95% no condensing
Standards Compliance
UL 508, CSA C22.2 No. 14, EN/IEC 60947-1, -4-2, -4-3, EN 61000-6-2,
EN61000-6-4
Certifications
cURus Recognized (File No. E14843, Guide NPNT2), CSA Certified
(File No. 240924)
Weight
Approx. 60 g
7
8
Voltage Drop
<4000 Vrms
3
6
4.1 mA
Insulation Voltage
2
5
4.2 mA
Drop-out Current
Leakage Current
1
4
Cat. No. 700-SH_ _W
Pick-up Current
Surge Current vs. Ambient Temperature Characterstics
Surge current resistivity for 700-SH10, 25....
11
12
700A
300A
600A
250A
500A
Inrush current (Apk)
10
Inrush current (Apk)
9
Surge current resistivity for 700-SH50....
350A
200A
150A
400A
300A
100A
200A
50A
100A
0A
10ms
100ms
1000ms
10000m s
0A
10ms
100ms
Energizing time (ms)
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
9-186
1000ms
Energizing time (ms)
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
10000m s
Bulletin 700-SH
Solid-State Relays
Specifications
Surge current resistivity for 700-SH75....
Surge current resistivity for 700SH100....
2000A
1200A
0
1800A
1000A
1600A
1400A
Inrush current (Apk)
Inrush current (Apk)
800A
600A
1
1200A
1000A
800A
400A
600A
2
400A
200A
200A
0A
10ms
100ms
1000ms
0A
10ms
10000m s
100ms
1000ms
Energizing time (ms)
10000m s
3
Energizing time (ms)
Load Current vs. Ambient Temperature Characteristics
Load current vs. ambient temperature characteristics for 700-SH10….
Load current vs. ambient temperature characteristics for 700-SH25….
30
12
700-SN50VHC
10
700-SN25
700-SN10
6
4
700-SN25
700-SN50
20
700-SN50
Load Current (A)
Load Current (A)
8
4
700-SN50(V)HC
25
700-SN50HC
700-SN10
5
15
10
No heatsink
2
No heatsink
5
6
0
0
-20
-10
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
-20
-10
0
10
20
Ambient temperature (ºC)
30
40
50
60
70
80
Ambient temperature (ºC)
Load current vs. ambient temperature characteristics for 700-SH5…..
Load current vs. ambient temperature characteristics for 700-SH75….
6
80
7
700-SN50(V) HC
700-SN50VHC
70
5
700-SN50HC
60
700-SN10
700-SN25
700-SN50
50
700SN10
40
700-SN25
Load Current (A)
Load Current (A)
4
700-SN50
8
No heatsink
3
30
2
20
9
1
10
No heatsink
0
0
-20
-10
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
-20
80
-10
0
10
20
40
50
60
70
80
10
Load current vs. ambient temperature characteristics for 700-SH50….
Load current vs. ambient temperature characteristics for 700-SH100….
60
120
100
50
700-SN50
700-SN50HC
700-SN50VHC
700-SN50VHC
80
11
40
Load Current (A)
Load Current (A)
30
Ambient temperature (ºC)
Ambient temperature (ºC)
60
700-SN10
700-SN25
40
700-SN10
700-SN25
700-SN50
700-SN50HC
30
12
20
20
10
No heatsink
No heatsink
0
-20
-10
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
0
-20
Ambient temperature (ºC)
-10
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
Ambient temperature (ºC)
www.ab.com/catalogs
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
9-187
13
Bulletin 700-SH
Solid-State Relays
Approximate Dimensions
Mounting Considerations1‡§♣
All units are in mm's unless otherwise indicated. To convert to inches multiply by 0.0394. Dimensions are not intended for manufacturing purposes.
45.5
24.5
30.0
0
1
Mounting Holes
(Bottom View)
5.3
Load
2 x M5
Screws
2
47.5
47.5
58.2
Terminal Arrangement/
Internal Connections
(Top View)
Two Ø 4.4
or M4 Holes
Load
T1
L1
A2
2 x M3
Screws
3
Load
Power
Supply
Input
A1
13.0
4
25
45.5
Cat. No. 700-SH5F…
5
44.8
28.8
Two Ø 4.4
or M4 Holes
6
12.3
2 X M5
Screws
7
8.6
47.5
58.2
Operating
Indicator
8
47.5
APPLY
HEATSINK
COMPOUND
2 X M3
Screws
5.2
5.25
9
25
45.5
10
Cat. No. 700-SH10, -SH25, -SH50, -SH75, -SH100
1 The proper mounting orientation of the heat sink is so the heat fins run perpendicular to the floor (vertical) to maximize ventilation flow. If the fins do not run
11
perpendicular to the floor, a 30% current derating is required.
‡ When attaching a heat sink to Bulletin 700-SH, apply a thin layer of heat conductive grease (approximately 0.002 in. thick) on the heat sink to maximize heat
transfer between the SSR and the heat sink. Recommended types: Silicon based, Dow Corning 340, Toshiba YG6240; Non-silicon based, AOS company type
53300 (Cat. No. 46801-010-01).
§ Tighten the SSR panel/heat sink mounting screws to a torque of 0.78…0.98 N•m (6.9…8.7 lb•in).
♣ Tighten the SSR terminal wiring screws as follows M4: 0.98…1.37 N•m (8.67…12.12 lb•in), M5: 1.57…2.35 N•m (13.89…20.8 lb•in).
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
9-188
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
Bulletin 700-SH
Solid-State Relays
Approximate Dimensions
700-SN10
700-SN25
0
1
2
3
700-SN50
4
700-SN50HC
5
6
7
8
700-SN50VHC
9
10
11
12
® Tighten the heat sink mounting screws (M4) to a torque of 0.98…1.37 N•m (8.67…12.12 lb•in).
Heat sink weight: Cat. Nos. 700-S10 = 200 g, 700-S20 = 400 g, 700-S30 = 560 g.
www.ab.com/catalogs
13
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
9-189
Bulletin 700-SH
Solid-State Relays
Approximate Dimensions/ Basic Applications Considerations
0
12
67
27
47
45
1
2
27,5
28,5
3
Cat. No. 700-SHCOV
Cat. No.700-SHTRMA
Load Connection
4
For an AC load, use a power supply rated at 50 or 60 Hz. The maximum operating frequency is 10 Hz.
The Bulletin 700-SH has a built-in varistor for surge/inrush protection of AC loads. If additional suppression is required, connect an external
varistor across the load device terminals. Select a varistor which meets the load voltage condition outlined in the table below.
5
Load Voltage [V AC]
Varistor Voltage [V]
100…120
240…270
200…240
440…470
380…480
820…1000
Varistor Surge Resistance
1000 A min.
Zero Cross Function
6
A SSR with a zero cross function operates when an AC load voltage reaches the zero point or its vicinity. This reduces clicking noises when
the load is switched and minimizes the influence of an inductive load, (e.g., lamp, heater, or motor) on the power supply because the inrush
current of the load is reduced. This can also minimize the scale of the inrush current protection circuit.
7
Output (load voltage)
8
Input
9
ON
OFF
At a low applied voltage (e.g., 24V AC) the load current is not fully supplied. When the unit is switched ON, the voltage required to power the
unit deprives the output signal of the necessary voltage level and thus creates loss time. The lower the load voltage is, the greater the loss
time is. This condition, however, will not create any serious problems.
10
Loss time
For a DC inductive load, a diode should be connected parallel to the load to absorb the counter electromotive force (OFF) of the load.
11
Load
12
Input
SSR
Load power
supply
Note: For additional details when using Solid-State Relays, refer to pub. 700-AT001*, Solid-State Relay Application Guide.
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
9-190
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
Bulletin 700-SK
Solid-State Relays
Overview/Product Selection/Accessories
Bulletin 700-SK — Slim Line Relay
Table of Contents
High-response speed models
Input sensor module to sllow high voltage 100…240V AC or 12…24V
DC sensor
Product Selection ...... this page
0
Accessories.................. this page
Interface to low voltage (logic) device such as a PC output module for
typical SSR applications
LED indicator
Input modules and output modules can be used with the Bulletin 700HN121 or 700-HN221 sockets
Specifications.............. 9-192
Approximate
Dimensions................... 9-194
1
Standards Compliance and
Certifications
See page 9-193.
2
Product Selection
Input/Sensor Module
Input-to-Output
Isolation Method
Photocoupler
Logic Level
Status Indicator
Response Frequency
Supply Voltage
10 Hz
Yes
Supply Current
4…32V DC
1 kHz
0.1…100 mA
3
Rated Input Sensor
Voltage
Cat. No.
100…240V AC1
700-SKICA18
12…24V DC
700-SKICZ24
Output/SSR Module
Input-to-Output Isolation
Method
Phototriac
Photocoupler
Zero Cross Function
Status Indicator
Yes
Output (Load) Max.
Continuous Current and
Rated Voltage Range
Rated Input Control
Voltage
2 A @ 100…240V AC1
No
Yes
2 A @ 5…48V DC
Not Applicable
Cat. No.
700-SKOZ2Z25
5…24V DC
1.5 A @ 48…200V DC
4
5
700-SKON2Z25
700-SKOC2Z25
700-SKOC1Z25
6
1 47…63 Hz
Accessories
Description
Screw Terminal Socket — Panel or DIN Rail Mounting 5-blade
miniature socket with 10 A rating for use with 1-pole, Bulletin 700-HK
relays. Accepts forked lug conductors. Socket includes a retainer clip.
Pcs./Pkg.
Cat. No.
7
10
700-HN121
8
Screw Terminal Socket — Panel or DIN Rail Mounting 5-blade
miniature socket with 16 A rating for use with 1-pole, Bulletin 700-HK
relays. Retainer clips are packaged separately with socket. Guarded
terminal construction and compatible with optional plug-in module
accessories.
10
700-HN221
DIN (#3) symmetrical hat rail
35 x 7.5 x 1 m
10
199-DR1
Pre-Printed Identification Tags — contains 10 sheets of pre-printed
and blank tags. Each sheet contains 13 sets of the markings
CR…9CR, TR…9TR, M…9M, F, R, 1S, and 117 blank tags. Tags are
peel-off with sticky backing for easy placement on relays.
10
700-N40
Blank Identification Tags — contains 10 sheets of blank identification
tags for customer specialized printing. Each sheet contains 546 blank
tags. Tags are peel-off with sticky backing for easy placement on
relays.
10
9
10
700-N41
11
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
9-191
Bulletin 700-SK
Solid-State Relays
Specifications
Input Sensor Module
0
1
Input Sensor Ratings
Cat. No.
Rated Input Voltage
Max. Operating Input
Voltage Range
Input Current
Pick-up Voltage
Drop-out Voltage
700-SKICZ24
12…24V DC
6.6…32V DC
8 mA max.
6.6V DC max.
3.6V DC min.
700-SKICA18
100…240V AC
60…264V AC
15 mA max.
60V AC max.
20V AC min.
Output Logic Ratings
Cat. No.
Logic Level Supply Voltage
Logic Level Supply Current Draw
4…32V DC
0.1…100 mA
Cat. No. 700-SKICA18
Cat. No. 700-SKICZ24
700-SKICZ24
2
700-SKICA18
Characteristics
Description
3
Pick-up time
20 ms max.
0.1 ms max.
Drop-out time
20 ms max.
0.1 ms max.
Response frequency
10 Hz
1 kHz
Output ON voltage drop
4
5
1.6V max.
5 μA max.
Leakage current
Output VDRM, VCEO (V)
80 (ref. value)
80 (ref. value)
Output di/dt (A/uS)
—
—
Output dv/dt (V/uS)
—
—
Output I2t (A2S)
—
—
150
150
Output Tj (°C) Max.
Insulation Resistance
100 MΩ min. between input and output
Dielectric Strength
4000V AC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between input and output
Vibration Resistance (Max.)
6
10…55 Hz, 1.5 mm double amplitude (10 G)
Shock Resistance (Max.)
Ambient Temperature
1000 m/s2 (100 G)
Operating
–30…+80 °C (–22…+176 °F) with no icing or condensation
Storage
–30…+100 °C (–22…+212 °F) with no icing or condensation
Standards Compliance
7
UL 508, CSA C22.2 No. 14, EN/IEC 60950
Certifications
cURus Recognized (File No. E96956, Guide NMFT2/NMFT8), CE Marked, TÜV Certified
Ambient humidity
Operating
45…85% (no condensation)
Weight
8
Approx. 18 g
Output SSR Module
Control/Input Ratings
Cat. No.
Rated Control Voltage
Max. Operating Control
Voltage Range
Max. Reverse
Control Voltage
Impedance1
-32V DC
15 mA max.
at 25 °C
(77 °F)
700-SKOZ2Z25
9
700-SKON2Z25
5…24V DC
4…32V DC
700-SKOC2Z25
Pick-up
Voltage
Drop-out
Voltage
4V DC
max.
1V DC min.
8 mA max.
700-SKOC1Z25
Load/Output Ratings
10
Cat. No.
700-SKOZ2Z25
11
700-SKON2Z25
Rated Load
Voltage
Maximum
Load Voltage Range
100…240V AC
Continuous Load Current
(Resistive) [A]
Min.
Max.‡
Max. Inrush Current
75…264V AC
0.05
2
30 A (@50/60 Hz, 1
cycle)
700-SKOC2Z25
5…48V DC
4…60V DC
0.1
2
8 A (10 ms)
700-SKOC1Z25
48…200V DC
40…200V DC
0.1
1.5
8 A (10 ms)
1 With a constant current input system. SSR impedance varies with a change in input voltage.
12
If the SSR operation is continuous ON/OFF, this value should be reduced by 50%. Refer to the “Inrush Current Resistivity” graphs on page 9-193 for more
details.
‡ Refer to "Load Current vs. Ambient Temperature Characteristics" graphs on page 9-193 for additional details.
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
9-192
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
Bulletin 700-SK
Solid-State Relays
Specifications
Output Module, Continued
Characteristics
0
Description
Cat. No. 700-SKOZ2Z25
Load Switching Method/Device
Cat. No. 700-SKON2Z25
Cat. No. 700-SKOC2Z25
Cat. No. 700-SKOC1Z25
Triac
Transistor
Pick-up Time
1/2 cycle of load power source cycle time1
+ 1 ms max.
1 ms max.
Drop-out Time
1/2 of load power source cycle time1 + 1 ms max.
2 ms max.
20 Hz
100 kHz
Response Frequency
Output ON Voltage Drop
1
1.6V max.
Leakage Current
2.5V max.
1.5 mA max.
Output VDRM, VCEO (V)
1 mA max.
600 (ref.value)
600 (ref.value)
80 (ref.value)
400 (ref.value)
30
30
—
—
—
Output di/dt (A/uS)
Output dv/dt (V/uS)
300
300
—
Output I2t (A2S)
10.4
10.4
—
—
Output Tj (°C) Max.
125
125
150
150
Insulation Resistance
2
3
100 MΩ min. between input and output
Dielectric Strength
4000V AC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between input and output
Vibration Resistance (Max.)
10…55 Hz, 1.5 mm double amplitude (10 G)
Shock Resistance (Max.)
Ambient Temperature
1000 m/s2 (100 G)
Operating
–30…+80 °C (–22…+176 °F) with no icing or condensation
Storage
–30…+100 °C (–22…+212 °F) with no icing or condensation
Standards Compliance
4
UL 508, CSA C22.2 No. 14, EN/IEC 60950
Certifications
cURus Recognized (File No. E96956, Guide NMFT2/NMFT8), CE Marked, TÜV Certified
Ambient Humidity
Operating
5
45…85% (no condensation)
Weight
Approx. 18 g
1 60 Hz cycle time = 16.6 ms, 50 Hz cycle time = 20 ms.
Load Current vs. Ambient Temperature Characteristics
6
8
700-SKOC2
9
9
8
8
4
3
2
100
80
6
4
3
2
Energizing Time (ms)
10
2000
1000
300
500
0
100
1
0
30
50
1
Energizing Time (ms)
11
5
12
2000
5
7
1000
6
10
300
500
7
100
Inrush Current (A)
10
10
Inrush Current (A)
5000
1000
500
100
200
30
50
10
Inrush Current (A)
30
700-SKOZ/SKOC1
10
30
50
Inrush Current Resistivity
700-SKOZ/SKON
10
9
Ambient Temperature [° C]
Ambient Temperature [° C]
20
60
-20
0.5
100
80
60
40
20
0
0.5
1
40
1
1.5
20
1.5
7
2
0
Maximum Load Current (A)
2
-20
Maximum Load Current (A)
For 2 A Versions
Energizing Time (ms)
Inrush current resistivity is the ability of an SSR to withstand a large surge current for a short period of time. Surges are considered non-repetitive (max.
repeatability once every 2…5 seconds). Keep the inrush current to half the rated value if it occurs repetitively. Exceeding the non-repetitive inrush current will
damage the SSR.
www.ab.com/catalogs
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
9-193
13
Bulletin 700-SK
Solid-State Relays
Approximate Dimensions
All units are in millimeters unless otherwise indicated. To convert to inches multiply by 0.0394. Dimensions are not to be used for
manufacturing purposes.
0
Note: The input module ( Bul. 700-SKI) and output module (Bul. 700-SKO) are compatible with the Cat. No. 700-HN121 socket.
1
5.2
1
Terminal Arrangement/
Internal Connections
(Bottom View)
3
17.4
4.75
2
1
13 max.
28 max.
3
(+)
4
9.6
0.5
29 max.
5
7.5
4
Load
5
4.7
Input
0.5 4.75
4
10
4
(–)
3
1
5
(–)
(+)
2
20
Application Considerations of Bulletin 700-SK
Connection
5
For DC load switching, Bulletin 700-SK SSR will operate properly if the load is connected to either the positive or negative SSR load terminal.
The load can be connected to either positive or negative output terminals of the SSR.
Protective Element (to extend SSR life)
6
Since the SSR does not incorporate a surge absorption component, be sure to connect a surge absorption component when using the SSR
to control an inductive load.
For additional details applying solid-state relays, refer to pub. 700-AT001A*, Solid-State Relay Application Guide.
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
9-194
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
Bulletin 900-TC
Digital Temperature Controller
Overview/Product Selection
Table of Contents
Bulletin 900-TC — Temperature/Process Controllers
Bulletin
900-TC32
Bulletin
900-TC16
Bulletin
900-TC8
Single-loop, high value, ON/OFF, or analog output controllers
1/8 DIN (Bulletin 900-TC8), 1/16 DIN (Bulletin 900-TC16), and 1/32
DIN (Bulletin 900-TC32) sizes
Various sensor inputs
– Thermocouple and 0…50 mV
– Platinum RTD
– Non-contact temperature sensor
– Analog input 4...20 mA, 0...20 mA, 1...5, 0...5 or 0...10V DC and
0…50 mV (TC8 & TC16)
Auto-tuning and self-tuning available to simplify startup
Heating, cooling, or heating/cooling control available
Manual output control (TC8 and TC16)
High visibility 4-digit, 11-segment LED displays, easy to see in high
levels of ambient light
Integral keypad with tactile feedback for setup and modification of
parameters
Security modes/levels
Event input (TC8 and TC16) for multiple SP selection, controller
RUN/STOP and auto/manual mode change
Water-resistant construction, IP66 for indoor use
On-board wiring diagrams to simplify startup
Product Selection ...... 9-196
Specifications §.......... 9-199
Approximate
Dimensions................... 9-205
0
1
Standards Compliance
UL 61010-1
CSA C22.2, No. 1010.1
2
Certifications
cULus Listed (File No.
E 197887,
Guide No. QUYX, QUYX7)
CE Marked
3
4
Bulletin No.
Item
Dimensions
900-TC8
900-TC16
900-TC32
48 x 96 x 78 mm
48 x 48 x 78 mm
48 x 24 x 99 mm
Sample Rate
250 ms
Indication Accuracy
Thermocouple: ±0.3% of PV; RTD: ±0.2% of PV; Analog: ±0.2% of F.S.
Heating/Cooling Control Mode
Yes
Control
Output
1 Type
Control
Output
2 Types
Yes
Yes
ON/OFF or 2-PID (auto-tune and self-tune) with time proportioning ON/OFF
outputs or Analog Output
Control Method
Inputs
5
Thermocouple Input and 0...50 mV
Yes
Yes
Yes
Platinum Resistance Temperature Sensor
Yes
Yes
Yes
Analog Input 0...20 mA, 4...20 mA,
1...5V DC, 0...5V DC, 0...10V DC
—
—
—
Non-Contact Temperature Sensor
Yes
Yes
Yes
ON/OFF Relay Output (Electro-Mechanical)
Yes
Yes
Yes
ON/OFF Voltage Output for Solid-State Relay
Yes
Yes
Yes
ON/OFF Triac (AC Only)
Yes
Yes
No
4…20 and 0...20 mA (DC) Analog
Yes
Yes
No
ON/OFF Relay
No No No ON/OFF Triac
Yes ®
No
No
ON/OFF Voltage SSR
Yes ®
Yes ‡
No
—
—
—
—
—
Yes
—
None
Maximum 1 Point
Number of
2 Points
Alarms
3 Points
—
—
Yes
Yes
—
RS-232C Communications Function
Yes §
No
No
RS-485 Communications Function
Yes §
Yes §
Yes ®
Event Input
Yes §
Yes§
No
Yes
Yes
Keypad
Keypad
Run/Stop via Keypad or Interrupts
Multiple SP Selection via Keypad or Interrupts
Yes ♣
Yes ♣
Manual Output Control via Keypad or Interrupts
Yes ♣
Yes ♣
No
Yes
Yes
No
Transfer Output Function (Requires Analog Output)
Heater Burnout and Heater Short Alarm (1- or 3-Phase)
Product Selection
7
8
9
10
11
Yes
Yes
No
Page 9-196
Page 9-197
Page 9-197
When RS-485 communication is required.
‡ Requires an option unit with an SSR output. Refer to Option Unit table on page 9-198
§ Requires an option unit. Refer to Option Unit table on page 9-198.
♣ Interrupts require an event input option unit. Refer to Option Unit table on page 9-198
® Determined by controller catalog number.
One of the controller alarm relays can be used as a second control output (e.g., a heating and cooling application).
Requires addition of hardware. One current transformer (900-CT1 or 900-CT2) for single-phase and two current transformers for 3-phase detection. For the
900-TC16, the appropriate option unit must be purchased. Refer to Option Units on page 9-198.
www.ab.com/catalogs
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
6
9-195
12
13
Bulletin 900-TC
Digital Temperature Controller
Product Selection
Bulletin 900-TC8 Controller Models
0
1
Bulletin
No.
DIN Size
Sensor Input
Type
Power
Supply
Voltage
Max No. of
Auxiliary
Outputs
Supported
®
Control Output 1 Type
Relay
2
Thermocouple
or RTD
3
100…
240V AC
3
Voltage (for driving SSR)
4
900-TC8
1
5
1/8 DIN
48 mm
(W) x 96
mm (H) x
78 mm
(D)
0...20 or 4...20 mA Analog
Output
Relay
Thermocouple
or RTD
24V AC/DC
3
Analog
Current &
Voltage 0...20
and 4...20 mA
0...5, 1...5,
and 0...10V
DC
7
8
100…
240V AC
3
—
No
900-TC8RGTZ25
—
Yes
(1-Phase)
900-TC8RGTH1Z25
Voltage (for
driving SSR)
No
900-TC8RVGTZ25
—
Yes
(3-Phase)
900-TC8RGTH3Z25
—
No
900-TC8VGTZ25
—
Yes
(1-Phase)
900-TC8VGTH1Z25
TRIAC ♣
No
900-TC8VYGTZ25
Voltage (for
driving SSR)
No
900-TC8VVGTZ25
—
Yes
(3-Phase)
900-TC8VGTH3Z25
Controller Cat. No.
—
No
900-TC8ACGTZ25
TRIAC ♣
No
900-TC8ACYGTZ25
Voltage (for
driving SSR)
No
900-TC8ACVGTZ25
—
No
900-TC8RGTU25
—
Yes
(1-Phase)
900-TC8RGTH1U25
—
No
900-TC8VGTU25
—
Yes
(1-Phase)
900-TC8VGTH1U25
0...20 or 4...20 mA Analog
Output
—
No
900-TC8ACGTU25
Relay
—
Yes
(1-Phase)
900-TC8RABH1Z25
Relay
—
No
900-TC8RABZ25
Voltage (for driving SSR)
—
Yes
(1-Phase)
900-TC8VABH1Z25
Voltage (for driving SSR)
—
No
900-TC8VABZ25
Voltage (for driving SSR)
TRIAC ♣
No
900-TC8VYABZ25
0...20 or 4...20 mA Analog
Output
—
No
900-TC8ACABZ25
Voltage (for driving SSR)
6
Control Output
2 Type
Supports
Heater
Burnout
(Open) and
Heater ShortCircuit Alarm
1 A current transformer (CT) is not provided with the unit.
9
When the heating and cooling function or the heater burnout alarm is used, one of the relay alarm outputs will be disabled for each function used.
♣ For AC voltage operation only
® Typically used for alarms or cooling output in a heat/cool application
10
11
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
9-196
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
Bulletin 900-TC
Digital Temperature Controller
Product Selection
Bulletin 900-TC16 Controller Models
Bulletin
No.
DIN Size
Sensor Input Type
Thermocouple or
RTD
Thermocouple or
RTD
Power
Supply
Voltage
®
100…
240V AC
2
24V AC/DC
2
1/16 DIN
900-TC16
48 mm (W) x 48 mm
1
(H) x 78 mm (D)
Analog Current &
Voltage 0...20 and
4...20 mA 0...5,
1...5, and 0...10V
DC
100…
240V AC
2
24V AC/DC
0
Control Output Type §
Supports
Heater
Burnout
(Open) and
Heater ShortCircuit Alarm
Controller Cat. No.
Relay Output
Yes‡
900-TC16RGTU25
TRIAC ♣
Yes‡
900-TC16YGTZ25
Voltage output (for driving SSR)
Yes‡
900-TC16VGTZ25
0...20 or 4...20 mA
Analog Output
No
900-TC16ACGTZ25
Max No. of
Auxiliary
Outputs
Supported
Relay Output
Yes‡
900-TC16RGTU25
Voltage output (for driving SSR)
Yes‡
900-TC16VGTU25
0...20 or 4...20 mA
Analog Output
No
900-TC16ACGTZ25
Relay
Yes ‡
900-TC16RABZ25
TRIAC ♣
Yes ‡
900-TC16YABZ25
Voltage (for driving SSR)
Yes ‡
900-TC16VABZ25
0...20 or 4...20 mA Analog
Output
No
900-TC16ACABZ25
Relay
Yes ‡
900-TC16RABU25
Voltage (for driving SSR)
Yes ‡
900-TC16VABU25
0...20 or 4...20 mA Analog
Output
No
900-TC16ACABU25
1 A current transformer (CT) is not provided with the unit.
When the heating and cooling function or the heater burnout alarm is used, one of the relay alarm outputs can be used as the heating or cooling output or
heater burnout alarm.
‡ To implement the single-phase or three-phase heater burnout and heater short alarm function, an option module must be inserted into the 900-TC16 controller.
For a list of 900-TC16 option modules, refer to the Option Units table, page 9-198 The heater burnout and heater short alarm is available by mounting the
appropriate option module into any 900-TC16 controller that supports (yes) the heater burnout (open) or heater short-circuit feature.
§ The Bulletin 900-TC16 can have a second ON/OFF control output (SSR) by adding an option unit to the controller. Refer to Option Units table on page 9-198.
♣ For AC voltage operation only
® Typically used for alarms or cooling output in a heat/cool application
Bulletin 900-TC32 Controller Models
Bulletin
No.
DIN Size
Power
Supply
Voltage
Max No. of
Alarms
Supported
100…
240V AC
1/32 DIN
900-TC32
48 mm (W) x 24 mm
(H) x 100 mm (D)
Relay Output
1
24V AC/DC
Control Output Type
Supports
Heater
Burnout
(Open) and
Heater ShortCircuit Alarm
Voltage output (for driving SSR)
Relay Output
1
Voltage output (for driving SSR)
100…
240V AC
RS485
24V AC/DC
RS485
Relay Output
Voltage output (for driving SSR)
Relay Output
Voltage output (for driving SSR)
No
No
No
No
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Controller Cat. No.with
Thermocouple and Platinum
RTD Support
900-TC32RGTZ25
8
900-TC32VGTZ25
900-TC32RGTU25
900-TC32VGTU25
900-TC32CRGTZ25
9
900-TC32CVGTZ25
900-TC32CRGTU25
900-TC32CVGTU25
10
If the heating/cooling function is used, ALM1 will be used for the cooling control output and so the alarm output relay will not be available.
Cat. Nos. with a C designator (e.g., Cat. No. 900-TC32C___) include RS-485 communications, but do not have an alarm (or cooling) output.
Typically used for alarms or cooling output in a heat/cool application
11
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
9-197
Bulletin 900-TC
Digital Temperature Controller
Product Selection/ Accessories
Option Units (Bulletins 900-TC8 and 900-TC16 — Only One Option Unit per Controller)
0
The unit provides communications or event input functionality.
Bulletin No.
1
900-TC8
2
900-TC16
3
4
5
6
Name
Communications Unit
Function
Cat. No.
RS-232C communications‡
900-TC8232(B)
RS-485 communications
900-TC8COM(B)
Event Input Unit
Event input
900-TC8EIM
Communications and 1-Phase Heater
Burnout Unit and Heater Short
RS-485 communications with single-phase heater burnout (open) and heater
short-circuit failure detection
900-TC16NCOM(B)♠§
Event Input Unit with 1-Phase Heater
Burnout and Heater Short
Event Input with single-phase heater burnout (open) and heater short-circuit
failure detection
900-TC16NEIM(B)♠
Event Input Unit
Event Input
900-TC16NACEIM(B)♠
Communications Unit
RS-485 communications
900TC16NACCOM(B)♠§
Communications and 3-Phase Heater
Burnout and Heater Short Unit
RS-485 communications with 3-phase heater burnout (open) and heater shortcircuit failure detection
900TC16NCOMP3(B)♠§
Communications and Second Voltage
(SSR) Output Unit
RS-485 communications and a second voltage (SSR) output
900TC16NCOMV2(B)♠§
1-Phase Heater Burnout and second
voltage (SSR) output
1-Phase Heater burnout (open) and heater short-circuit failure detection with a
second control voltage (SSR) output
900-TC16P1V2(B)♠
‡ Enables direct RS-232 connection to personal computer using 900Builder™ Lite software. A Cat. No. 900-CP1X cable or equivalent is also required.
Provides two event inputs. Allows selecting up to 4 different pre-configured set points, controller Run/Stop or Auto/Manual mode, from 2 external inputs.
Heater burnout is not available for 0...20 or 4…20 mA analog output style 900-TC16 controllers such as the 900-TC16AC.
To obtain 57.6 k baud rate, Series B communication units must be used with any 900-TC8 controller catalog number from the Product Selection table on the
previous page.
♠ Series B option units must be used with Series B 900-TC16 controllers. Series A option units cannot be used with Series B controllers and vice versa.
§ Series B provides 57.6 K baud rate.
Accessories
Current Transformer (Use with Bulletins 900-TC8 and 900-TC16 Only for Heater Burnout or Heater Short)
For Use With Bulletin No.
Hole Diameter1
Cat. No.
5.8
900-CT1
12.0
900-CT2
900-TC8, 900-TC16
7
1 The hole diameter is the only functional difference between the Cat. No. 900-CT1 and the Cat. No. 900-CT2. Current output to controller is the same.
Interface Converter (RS-232/USB to RS-485) Model
8
Converts personal computer RS-232 or USB (Ser. B or later) communications to RS-485. Use for interface with a single Bulletin 900-TC8, or
Bulletin 900-TC16 with a Cat. No. 900-TCxxCOM unit installed or a single Cat. No. 900-TC32C_ designated controller. Also allows interface
to up to 31 controllers connected on a RS-485 link/network. See 900-CONV for additional details.
Bulletin No.
9
900-CONV
Size
30 mm (W) x 80 mm (H) x 78 mm (D)
Power Supply Voltage
Cat. No.
100…240V AC
900-CONVZ25
24V AC/DC
900-CONVU25
RS-232 Interface Cable
10
Allows connection between a 900-TC8 with a 900-TC8232 option unit and a PC using 900Builder Lite software or PC with software and a
900-CONV RS232-to-RS485 converter.
Accessory
Cat. No.
RS-232 cable with 9-pin female D shell and 3 flying leads (3 m)
900-CP1X
11
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
9-198
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
Bulletin 900-TC
Digital Temperature Controller
General Functions
900Builder™ Lite Personal Computer Configuration Software for Bulletin 900-TC Controllers
Free software. Allows online configuration and monitoring (direct or network) plus program upload/download capability to/from PC disk media
for any Bulletin 900-TC8, 900-TC16, or 900-TC32 controller.
Note 1: To obtain the free software, go to http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Sensors-Switches/Temperature-Sensors/900Builder-LiteTemperature-Controller-Software
Note 2: Version 1.2 of 900Builder Lite is required to configure 900-TC8 and 900-TC16 Series B controllers. 900 BuilderLite Version 1.1 saved
parameter cannot be downloaded to a Series B controller and 900Builder Lite Version 1.1 cannot be used with Series B controllers.Version
1.3 must be used for 900-TC32 Series B. Version 1.2 or latermust be used with the Series B 900-TC8 and 900-TC16. Version 1.1must be
used with Series A 900-TC8 and 900-TC16.
Accessory
Free configuration software for Bulletin 900-TC8, 900-TC16, and 900-TC32 controllers.
0
1
2
Cat. No.
900-BLDLTSW1
3
USB Direct Communication Cable
This cable allows direct 1-to-1 (no network capability) communication between a PC USB port and the 4-pin serial port located at the bottom
of a Bulletin 900-TC16 or a 900-TC8 controller. No communication option unit is required. The cable can be used with the 900Builder™ Lite
software to modify parameters, monitor controller operation, and upload or download parameters to/from PC disk media.
4
Note: Series B controllers allow simultaneous use of this cable and controller network communications.
Accessory
Cat. No.
USB-Serial Conversion Cable
900-CPOEM1
5
USB-Serial Conversion Cable (900-CPOEM1)
250
(2,100)
LED indicator (SD)
USB connector (type A plug)
6
1,765
LED indicator (RD)
Serial connector
Note: To use the cable you must first download a USB driver (free download). To get the driver, go to http://www.ab.com and use the A-Z
Product Directory under "Resources" to locate the Temperature Controller home page. When the Bulletin 900-TC Single-Loop Controller
website is displayed, go to "Get Software" selection in the upper right and click on 900-CPOEM1 driver. Follow the instructions.
Do not connect or disconnect the Conversion Cable connector repeatedly over a short period of time. The computer may malfunction.
7
8
Do not connect the Conversion Cable through a USB hub. Doing so may damage the Conversion Cable.
Do not use an extension cable to extend the Conversion Cable length when connecting to the computer. Doing so may damage the
Conversion Cable.
When using this cable with 900 BuilderLite software, the software communication settings (ComSet) must be as follows:
Communications Parameter
9
Set-up Value
Unit No.
.01
Baud Rate
38.4 (kbps
Data Length
7 (bits)
Stop Bits
2
Parity
Even
10
11
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
9-199
Bulletin 900-TC
Digital Temperature Controller
Specifications
0
Specifications §
General Functions
Bulletin 900-TC8
Temperature Unit
Operation Indicators
1
2
No. 1 Display (Green, Red, Amber)
Displays the process value or parameter type.
Temperature units are displayed when
the display unit parameter is configured for
temperature. Indication is determined by the
currently selected temperature unit parameter
set value. When this parameter is set to °C, c
is displayed, and when set to °F, f is displayed.
1. SUB 1 - Lights when auxiliary 1 output is ON
SUB 2 - Lights when auxiliary 2 output is ON
SUB 3 - Lights when auxiliary 3 output is ON
2. HA (red heater burnout alarm display) - Lights when a heater
burnout is detected. The heater burnout alarm remains ON by
setting the heater burnout latch. To reset, turn the power supply
OFF and then ON or set the heater burnout alarm value to 0.0 A.
No. 2 Display (Green)
Displays the set point, manipulated vairable, or
configured value (setup) of the parameter.
No. 3 Display (Amber)
3. OUT1, OUT2 (amber control output 1, control output 2) - lights
when control output 1 and or control output 2 are ON.
3
Displays manipulated variable soak time
remaining or multi SP.
4. STOP (amber stop) - lights when control of the Bulletin 900-TC8
has stopped. During control, this indicator lights when an event or
run/stop function has become stopped. Otherwise, this indicator is out.
57$
57$
*#
57$
Up Key
Each press of this key increases values displayed on
the No. 2 display. Holding down this key continuously
increases values.
PV
5. CMW (amber communications writing control) - Lights when
communications writing is enabled and is out when it is disabled.
6. MANU (Manual Mode) - Lights when the controller mode is in manual
4
7.
SV
(Key) - Lights when the settings change protection in ON
Keys disabled.
176
5612
176
%/9
Down Key
Each press of this key decreases values displayed on
the No. 2 display. Holding down this key continuously
decreases values.
MV
/#07
Function Group Selection Key
5
Press this key to select the setup function
group. This setup function group is selected in
order operation function group
adjustment
function group
communications setting
function group.
2(
#/
Function Group + Mode Keys
6
This key combination sets the Bulletin 900-TC8
to the protect function group.
Mode Key
Press this key to select parameters within each function group.
4-pin Serial Port for
USB Cable (900-CPOEM 1)
7
Operation Indicators
8
9
10
1. SUB 1 - Lights when auxiliary 1 output is ON
SUB 2 - Lights when auxiliary 2 output is ON
2. HA (red heater burnout alarm display) - Lights when a heater
burnout is detected. The heater burnout alarm remains ON by
setting the heater burnout latch. To reset, turn the power
supply OFF and then ON or set the heater burnout alarm
value to 0.0 A.
Temperature Unit
No. 1 Display (Green, Red, Amber)
Temperature units are displayed when
the display unit parameter is configured for
temperature. Indication is determined by the
currently selected temperature unit parameter
set value. When this parameter is set to °C, c is
displayed, and when set to °F, f is displayed.
Displays the process value or parameter type.
No. 2 Display (Green)
Displays the set point, manipulated vairable, or
configured value (setup) of the parameter.
3. OUT1, OUT2 (amber control output 1, control output 2) - lights
when control output 1 and or control output 2 are ON.
4. STOP (amber stop) - lights when control of the Bulletin
900-TC16 has stopped. During control, this indicator lights
when an event or run/stop function has become stopped.
Otherwise, this indicator is out.
Up Key
Each press of this key increases values displayed
on the No. 2 display. Holding down this key
continuously increases values.
SUB
SUB
5. CMW (amber communications writing control) - Lights when
communicationswriting is enabled and is out when it is disabled.
11
7.
12
Down Key
Each press of this key decreases values displayed on
the No. 2 display. Holding down this key continuously
decreases values.
6. MANU (Manual Mode) - Lights when the controller mode is in
manual
(Key) - Lights when the settings change protection in ON
Keys disabled.
Mode Key
Press this key to select parameters within each
function group.
Function Group Selection Key
Press this key to select the setup function
group. This setup function group is selected in order
operation function group
adjustment function group
communications
setting function group.
Function Group + Mode Keys
This key combination sets the Bulletin 900-TC16
to the protect function group.
13
4-pin Serial Port For USB Cable (900-CPOEM 1)
www.ab.com/catalogs
9-200
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
Bulletin 900-TC
Digital Temperature Controller
Specifications
Bulletin 900-TC32
0
1
2
3
Cat. No. 900-TC8, 900-TC16, and 900-TC32 Input Ranges
Input
type
Platinum resistance
thermometer
Name
Pt100
Infrared temperature
sensor
Thermocouple
JPt100
K
J
T
E
L
U
N
R
S
B
W
PL
II
10 ...
70°C
60 ...
120
°C
115
...
165
°C
140
...
260
°C
Analog
input
4
0 ...
50 mV
2300
2300
1800
1800
5
1700 1700
1700
1600
1500
Temperature range (°C)
1400
1300
1300
1300
1300
Usable
in the
following
ranges
by
scaling:
−1999 to
9999 or
−199.9
to 999.9
1200
1100
1000
900
850
850
850
800
700
600
600
500.0
500
500.0
500.0
400.0
400
400
400.0
400
400.0
200
100.0
100
100.0
120
165
90
8
100
0
0.0
−100.0
Setting
number
7
260
300
−200.0
6
0.0
−20.0 −100 −20.0
−200 −199.9
0
1
−199.9
2
3
−200
4
5
7
8
0
16
17
0
0
0
0
0
0
24
25
19
20
21
22
−100
−200 −199.9 −200
6
0
9
10
11
−200 −199.9 −200
12
13
14
15
18
23
1 Applicable standards by input type are as follows:
K, J, T, E, N, R, S, B: JIS C1602-1995
L: Fe-CuNi, DIN 43710-1985
U: Cu-CuNi, DIN 43710-1985
W:W5Re/W26Re, ASTM E998-1990
PLII: According to Platinel ll electromotive force charts from BASF (previously Engelhard)
JPt100: JIS C1604-1989, JIS C1606-1989
Pt100: JIS C1604-1997, IEC 751
‡ The non-contact temperature sensor must be configurable for type K thermocouple output within either of the four specified ranges. For example, an OMRON
ES1A or Calex EL Series (Convir) infrared sensor.
§ Shaded setting number indicates default setting for thermocouple or platinum RTD type 900-TC8xGT or 900-TC16xGT controllers.
Bulletin 900-TC8 and 900-TC16
Controllers with Analog Inputs 1
Input Type
Input Specification
Current
4...20 mA
Setting Number
0
10
11
Voltage
0...20 mA
1...5V DC
0...5V DC
0...10V DC
Usable in the following ranges by scaling:
-1999...9999, -199.9...999.9, -19.99...99.99 or -1.999...9.999
Setting Range
9
1
2
3
4
1 Shaded area is the default setting for analog input type 900-TC8xAB or 900-TC16xAB controllers.
www.ab.com/catalogs
13
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
12
9-201
Bulletin 900-TC
Digital Temperature Controller
Specifications
Bulletins 900-TC8, 900-TC16, and 900-TC321
0
1
2
Technical/Control Ratings
Supply Voltage (Line)
100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz
Operating Voltage Range (Line)
85…110% of rated supply voltage
900-TC8
Power
900-TC16
Consumption
900-TC32
10 VA
5.5 VA / 4 W
7.5 VA
5 VA / 3 W
5.5 VA
3 VA / 2 W
Temperature
Input
Thermocouple
J, K, T, E, L, U, N, R, S, B, W and PL11 (controller applies cold junction compensation)
Platinum Resistance
Thermometer
Pt100, JPt100 (controller RTD excitation current: approx. 1 mA) 2- or 3-wire configuration
Non-Contact Temperature
Sensor
10…70 °C, 60…120 °C, 115…165 °C, 140…260 °C
MIllivolt Input
3
0…50 mV
900-TC8 and Analog Voltage Input
900-TC16
Analog Current Input
Analog Input
Impedance
4
24 V AC, 50/60 Hz / 24 V DC
1...5V DC, 0...5V DC and 0...10V DC
4...20 mA and 0...20 mA
150 Ω max.
Current Input:
Voltage:
Electromechanical
Relay output
1 MΩ max.
900-TC8
SPST-NO, 250V AC @ 5 A, 30V DC @ 10 A (max. resistive load), electrical life: 100 000 operations, min. load
5V, 10 mA
900-TC16
SPST-NO, 250V AC @ 3 A, 30V DC @ 10 A (max. resistive load), electrical life: 100 000 operations, min. load
5V, 10 mA
900-TC32 SPST-NO, 250V AC @ 2 A, 30V DC @ 2 A (max. resistive load), electrical life: 100 000 operations
900-TC8
5
Control
Output
Voltage output
(SSR compatible)
900-TC16 12V DC ±15% (PNP), max. load current: 21 mA, with current limit protection
900-TC32 12V DC (PNP), max. load current: 21 mA, with current limit protection
900-TC8
Triac output (AC
only)
6
900-TC8
Auxiliary
Output
10
900-TC8, 900-TC16
SPST-NO, 250V AC @ 3 A, 30V DC @ 5 A (max. resistive load), electrical life: 100 000 operations, min. load 5V,
10 mA
900-TC32
SPST-NO, 250V AC @ 2 A, 30V DC @ 2 A (max. resistive load), electrical life: 100 000 operations, min. load 5V,
10 mA
Contact
ON: 1K Ω (max.)
OFF: 100K Ω (min.)
Non-contact
ON: Voltage Drop 1.5V (max.)
OFF: Leakage current 0.1 mA (max.)
Event Input ‡
Control Method
ON/OFF control or 2-PID (auto-tune and self-tune)
Configuration Method
Digital configuration using front panel keys or 900Builder Lite software for 900-TC8x and 900-TC16x, and 900TC32x
Indication Method
11-segment digital display and individual indicators: Bulletin 900-TC8 and 900-TC16, and 900-TC32.
Character
Height
900-TC8
Process Value Display: 11.8 mm; Set Point Display: 8.1 mm; MV Display: 5.8
900-TC16
Process Value Display: 11 mm; Set Point Display: 6.5 mm
900-TC32
Process Value Display: 7.5 mm; Set Point Display: 3.6 mm
±0.3 % of indicated value or ±1°C, whichever greater ±1 digit max. Thermocouple
11
Indication
Accuracy
Platinum Resistance
Thermometer (RTD)
±0.2 % of indicated value or ±1°C, whichever greater ±1 digit max.
Analog Input (900-TC8, 900TC16)
±0.2% FS±1 digit max.
CT Input (900-TC8, 900-TC16)
12
13
DC: 4...20 mA, 0...20 mA, max. load 600 ohms, resolution 10,000
900-TC16 DC: 4...20 mA, 0...20 mA, max. load 600 ohms, resolution 10,000
900-TC32 NA
7
9
SPST-No, 250V AC @ 3 A (max. resistive load)§
900-TC16 SPST-NO, 250V AC @ 3 A (max. resistive load)§
900-TC32 NA
Analog Output
8
12V DC +15%/-20% (PNP), max. load current: 40 mA, with current limit protection Output 2 max. load current
21 mA
Affect of Signal Source Resistance
±5% FS±1 digit max.
Thermocouple: 0.1°C/ohm max. (100 ohm max.)♣
Platinum RTD: 0.1°C/ohm max.
1 Unless noted, specifications apply to Bulletins 900-TC8, 900-TC16, and 900-TC32.
The indication of K thermocouples in the –200…+1300 °C range, and T and N thermocouples at a temperature of –100 °C or less, and U and L thermocouples
at any temperature is ±2 °C ±1 digit maximum. The indication of B thermocouples at a temperature of 400 °C or less is not specified. The indication of R and S
thermocouples at a temperature of 200 °C or less is ±3 °C ±1 digit maximum.
‡ Applies to 900-TC8 or 900-TC16.
§ Electrical life: 1 million operations, Load Power Supply voltage: 75 to 250V AC (NA DC), Minimum Load: 5V, 10 mA, Leakage Current:5 mA at 250V AC 60 Hz.
900-TC8 and 900-TC16, 0.1°C/ohm max. for all thermocouple types, 900-TC32,B, R, and S sensors: 0.2° C/ohm max. (100 ohm max.)
www.ab.com/catalogs
9-202
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
Bulletin 900-TC
Digital Temperature Controller
Specifications
Bulletins 900-TC8, 900-TC16, and 900-TC32, Continued
Technical/Control Ratings
R, S, B, W, PL11Thermocouple Inputs: ±1% of PV or ±10°C, whichever is great, ±1 digit max.
Other Thermocouple Inputs: ±1% of PV or ±4°C, whichever is greater ±1 digit max. Note: For a Type-K thermocouple for Influence of Ambient
100°C or less ±10°C
Temperature and Line Voltage
RTD Sensors: ±1% of PV or ±2°C, whichever is greater. ±1 digit max.
Analog Inputs: ±1% of full scale ±1 digit max.
Hysteresis (Controller with
Temperature Inputs)
0.1…999.9 EU (in units of 0.1 EU)®
Hysteresis (Controller with Analog
Inputs)
0.01 to 99.99% FS (in units of 0.01% Full Scale)
Proportional Band (P) Controller
with Temperature Inputs
0.1…999.9 EU (in units of 0.1 EU)®
Proportional Band Controller with
Analog Inputs
0.1 to 999.9% FS ( in units of 0.1% FS)
Integral Time (I)
0…3999 s (in units of 1 s)
Derivative Time (D)
0…3999 s (in units of 1 s)
Control Period
0.5, 1…99 s (in units of 1 s)
Manual Reset Value
0.0…100.0% (in units of 0.1%)
Alarm Setting Range
–1999…+9999 (decimal point position depends on input type)
Sampling Period
250 ms
Other Functions
According to Controller model
0
1
2
3
4
® Engineering Unit (EU) is used as the unit after scaling. For a temperature sensor, the EU is °C or °F.
When Robust Tuning (RT) is on, the differential is is 0.0... 999.9 in units of 0.1 sec.
Conditions: Ambient temperature: -10°C to 23°C to 55°C. Voltage Range: -15% to +10% of rated voltage.
5
General/Environmental Ratings
Weight (includes carton)
900-TC8
Approx. 360 g (12.7 oz.) with mounting bracket
900-TC16
Approx. 160 g (5.6 oz.) with mounting bracket
900-TC32
Approx. 100 g (3.5 ounces)
900-TC8232, COM, EIM
Approx. 20 g (0.7 ounces)
900-TC16COM, EIM
6
Approx. 35 g (1.2 ounces)
Ambient Temperature
–10…+55 °C (with no condensation or icing)
Ambient Humidity
25…85%
Storage Temperature
–25…+65 °C (with no condensation or icing)
Insulation Resistance
20 MΩ min. (at 500V DC)
Dielectric Strength
2300V AC, 50 or 60 Hz for 1 min. (between terminals with different charge)
Maximum Operating Vibration
10…55 Hz, 20 m/s2 (2 G) for 10 minutes each in X, Y, and Z directions
Maximum Shock Operating
100 m/s2 (10 G), 3 times each in X, Y, and Z directions.
Protective Structure
Front panel:IP66 (IEC61010-1)
Rear case: IP20, Terminals: IP00
Installation Environment
Installation category II, pollution class 2 (IEC 61010-1 compliant)
Memory Protection
EMC
7
8
EEPROM (non-volatile memory) (number of writes: 100 000)
EMI
EN 61326
Radiated Interference Electromagnetic
Field Strength
EN 55011 Group 1, class A
Noise Terminal Voltage
EN 55011 Group 1, class A
EMS
EN 61326
ESD Immunity
EN 61000-4-2
Electromagnetic Field Immunity
EN 61000-4-3
Burst Noise Immunity
EN 61000-4-4
Conducted Disturbance Immunity
EN 61000-4-6
Surge Immunity
EN 61000-4-5
Power Frequency Magnetic Field
Immunity
EN 61000-4-8
Voltage Dip/Interrupting Immunity
9
10
11
EN 61000-4-11
Conforms to EN61010-1 (IEC 61010-1) and VDE 0106/part 100 (finger
protection) when the terminal cover is installed, Pollution Level 2, Overcurrent
Category II
Conformed Standards
1 RS-232C communications is only supported for Bulletin 900-TC8 (Cat. No. 900-TC8232 option board installed). All controllers support RS-485 communications
12
(32 linked/networked devices) by appropriate option unit or correct controller catalog number.
The baud rate, data bit length, stop bit length, or vertical parity can be individually set using the communications configuration function group.
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
9-203
Bulletin 900-TC
Digital Temperature Controller
Specifications
Communications
0
Transmission Path Connection
RS485 Multiple points
Communications Method 1
1
2
900-TC8
RS-232C or RS-485 (2-wire, half duplex)
900-TC16
RS-485 (2-wire, half duplex)
900-TC32
RS-485 (2-wire, half duplex)
Synchronization Method
Start-stop synchronization
Protocol
900TC proprietary or Modbus RTU Slave
Baud Rate 1200/2400/4800/9600/19 200, 38 400, 57 600 bps
Data Bit Length 7 or 8 bits
Stop Bit Length 1 or 2 bits
Error Detection
Vertical Parity (None, even, odd) BCC or with ModBus CRC-16
Flow Control
Not available
Interface
3
900-TC8 1
RS-485/RS-232C
900-TC16 1
RS-485
900-TC32 1
RS-485
Retry Function
Not available
Communications Response Wait Time
0...99 ms (Default: 20 ms)
Communications Buffer
4
217 bytes
1 RS-232C communications is only supported for Bulletin 900-TC8 (Cat. No. 900-TC8232 option board installed). All controllers support RS-485 communications
(32 linked/networked devices) by appropriate option unit or correct controller catalog number.
The baud rate, data bit length, stop bit length, or vertical parity can be individually set using the communications configuration function group.
1 The temperature controller is mounted on the flat surface of an enclosure that is rated and marked "Type 4X for Indoor Use Only"
5
Current Transformer (Sold Separately) Ratings (Use with Bulletins 900-TC8 and 900-TC16 Only)
Dielectric Strength
1000V AC (1 min.)
Vibration Resistance
Weight (includes carton)
6
50 Hz 98 m/s2 (10 G)
900-CT1
Approx. 19 g (0.67 ounces)
900-CT2
Approx. 65 g (2.3 ounces)
Heater Burnout and Heater Short-Circuit and overcurrent Failure Alarm (Use with Bulletins 900-TC8 and 900-TC16 Only—Current Transformer Required)
Max. Heater Current
Single-Phase AC
50 A
Input Current Readout Accuracy
7
±5%FS ±1 digit max.
Alarm Setting Range
0.1…49.9 A (0.1 A units) ‡
Min. Detection ON or OFF Time
100 ms §
Approved Standards
Standards
8
UL 61010-1, CSA C22.2 No. 1010.1
§ When the heater ON/OFF time is less than 100 ms, heater current cannot be measured and the heater burnout alarm (ON) or SSR failure alarm (OFF) will not
activate.
‡ When the configured value of the alarm is 00 A, the alarm will always be OFF for heater burnout and ON for SSR failure. When the configured value is 50.0 A,
the heater burnout alarm will always be ON and the SSR failure will be OFF.
USB-Serial Cable (900-CPOEM1)
Applicable OS
9
Applicable Configuration Software 900Builder Lite
Applicable Models
10
11
12
Windows 2000, XP or Vista
Cat. No. 900-TC8, 900-TC16, and 900-TC32
USB Interface Standard
Conforms to USB Speficiation 1.1
DTE Speed
38400 bps
Connector Specifications
Computer: USB (type A plug)
Temperature Controller : 4-pin Serial
Power Supply
Bus Power (Supplied from USB host controller)
Power Supply Voltage
5V DC
Current Consumption
70 mA
Ambient Operating Temperature
0...55 °C (with no condensation or icing)
Ambient Operating Humidity
10%...80%
Storage Temperature
-20...-60 °C (with no condensation or icing)
Storage Humidity
10%...80%
Altitude
2000 m max.
Weight
Approx. 100 g
Note: A USB driver (available free, go to: http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Sensors-Switches/Temperature-Sensors/Temperature-Sensor-InterfaceConverter#/tab6) must be installed in the PC before the cable can be used.
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
9-204
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
Bulletin 900-TC
Digital Temperature Controller
Approximate Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions
Approximate dimensions are shown in millimeters unless otherwise indicated. Dimensions are not to be used for manufacturing purposes.
Bulletin 900-TC8
Mounted Separately
48
57$
57$
*#
57$
Group Mounted
+1.0
0
60 min.
(Horizontal)
79.2
6
(48 x number of units - 2.5)
1
PV
92 +0.8
0
2
SV
96
176
5612
176
%/9
112
MV
/#07
0
120 min.
(Vertical)
45 +0.5
0
Group mounting does
not allow UL Type
4X Waterproofing
2(
#/
3
92 +0.8
0
4
Panel Cutouts
Safety Terminal Cover1
Recommended panel thickness is 1…8 mm.
Group mounting is not possible in the vertical direction. (Maintain the specified mounting
space between controllers when they are group mounted. UL Type 4X is not possible when
group mounting.)
To mount the unit so that it is waterproof, apply the waterproof gasket to the unit
When two or more units are mounted together, make sure that the surrounding ambient
temperature does not exceed the allowable operating temperature specification.
10
5
44.8
6
1.2
3.2
Bulletin 900-TC16
91
99
78
6
6
48x48
SUB1
SUB2
HA
C8.8.8.8
OUT1 STOP
OUT2 CMW MANU
8.8.8.8
1.5
Mounted Separately
60 min.
(Horizontal)
91
7
Group Mounted
(48 x number +1.0
of units - 2.5) 0
PV
SV
58
44.8x
44.8 48.8
45
60 min.
(Vertical)
45
45
+0.6
0
8
+0.6
0
Group mounting does
not allow IP66 UL Type 4X
waterproofing.
9
+0.6
0
Panel Cutouts
Recommended panel thickness is 1…5 mm.
Safety Terminal Cover1
Group mounting is not possible in the vertical direction. (Maintain
the specified mounting space between Controllers when they are
group mounted. IP66 UL Type 4X is not possible when group
mounting.)
To mount the unit so that it is waterproof, apply the waterproof
gasket to the unit.
When two or more units are mounted together, make sure that the
surrounding ambient temperature does not exceed the allowable
operating temperature specification.
10
11
12
13
1 Conforms to VDE 0106 (finger protection) when installed on the controller.
Approximate dimensions are shown in millimeters unless otherwise indicated. Dimensions are not to be used for manufacturing purposes.
www.ab.com/catalogs
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
9-205
Bulletin 900-TC
Digital Temperature Controller
Approximate Dimensions
Bulletin 900-TC32
0
2
99
48
1
35
44.8
7
8
9
10
11
12
1
2
3
4
5
6
24
22
2
(48 x number of units -2.5)
60 min.
1
1
45
Horizontal Group Mounting
without Waterproofing 5
3
92
4
4
120 min.
2
92
4
3
5
Individual Mounting
(Vertical and Horizontal)
6
1
2
3
4
5
Tolerance: +1.0…–2.5 mm
Maintain the specified mounting space between each controller. Controllers must not be group mounted
vertically.
Tolerance: +0.6…0.0 mm
Tolerance: +0.8…0.0 mm
This is a configuration in which the controllers are contiguously mounted (side-by-side). Therefore, the
water-proof gasket cannot provide protection.
Panel Cutouts
7
8
Recommended panel thickness is 1…5 mm.
When carrying out maintenance on the unit, the I/O wiring terminal block can be removed from the module with the terminal leads still
attached.
Group mounting is not possible in the vertical direction. (Maintain the specified mounting space between controllers when they are group
mounted. IP66 UL Type 4X is not possible when group mounting.)
To mount the unit so that it is waterproof, apply the waterproof gasket to the unit.
When two or more units are mounted together, make sure that the surrounding ambient temperature does not exceed the allowable
operating temperature specification.
9
Current Transformer (Sold Separately) (Bulletins 900-TC8 and 900-TC16 Only)
2.36 diameter
12 diameter
10
5.8 diameter
11
Two, M3 depth:4
Two, 3.5 diameter
12
Cat. No. 900-CT2
Cat. No. 900-CT1
13
Note: The hole diameter is the major functional difference between Cat. Nos. 900-CT1 and 900-CT2. The current output signal is the same.
www.ab.com/catalogs
9-206
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
Bulletin 900-TC
Digital Temperature Controller
Ratings
Ratings
Dielectric Strength
1000V AC for 1 min.
Vibration Resistance
0
50 Hz, 98 m/s2
Weight
900-CT1: Approx. 11.5 g, 900-CT2: Approx. 50 g
1
2
900-CT1 Thru-current (Io) vs. Output Voltage (Eo) Reference Values
3
Output Voltage (Eo) V (r.m.s.)
100 V 50 Hz
∞
10
Distortion
factor 10%
1 kΩ
1
4
3%
1%
100 mV
100 Ω
10
5
RL = 10 Ω
1
1,000 A
10
1
100 mA
1
10
10
100
100 mV
6
Thru-Current (Io) A (r.m.s.)
7
900-CT2 Thru-current (Io) vs. Output Voltage (Eo) Reference Values
Output voltage (Eo) V (r.m.s.)
8
100 V
50 Hz
Distor
tion
factor
10%
∞
10
1 kΩ
500 Ω
3%
1%
1
9
100 mV
100 Ω
50 Ω
10
10
RL = 10 Ω
1
100 μV
10
1
10
100 mA
1
10
11
100 1,000 A
Thru-current (Io) A (r.m.s.)
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
9-207
Bulletin 900-TC
Digital Temperature Controller
Wiring Terminals
0
1
2
Wiring Terminals — General Guidelines
Bulletins 900-TC8 and 900-TC16
The voltage output (SSR control output) is not electrically isolated from the controller’s internal circuits. When using a grounded
thermocouple, do not connect the control output terminals to earth ground. If the control output terminals are connected to earth ground,
errors will occur in the measured temperature values as a result of ground loop leakage current.
Standard insulation ratings exist between any of the following: power supply terminals, input terminals, output terminals, and
communication terminals. If reinforced insulation is required, provide additional insulation, such as spacial distance or material insulation,
as defined by IEC 60664.
Separate input leads and power lines to protect the Bulletin 900-TC8/900-TC16 and its lines from external noise.
Solderless lugs are recommended when wiring to the Bulletin 900-TC8/900-TC16 wire terminals. However, if lugs are not used, the
controller’s screw terminals will accept two solid or stranded wires (no mixing) 14…24 AWG.
Tighten the terminal screws using a torque 0.74…0.90 N•m.
Use a 7.2 mm open or round solderless lug for M3.5 screws.
Never attempt to remove the controller terminal block from the controller case. Damage may result.
Note: Input power supply available: 100…240 V AC, or 24 V AC/DC
3
Bulletin 900-TC8 — Wiring Terminals
Option Unit Terminals, refer to page 9-211.
• 100 to 240 VAC
• 24 VAC/VDC (no polarity)
RS-232C
4
Relay output
250 VAC, 5A
(resistive load)
Voltage output
(for driving SSR)
12 VDC, 40 mA
Current output
0 to 20 mA DC
4 to 20 mA DC
Load: 600 W max.
5
1
Input Power Supply
B(+)
RD
A(-)
SG
DO NOT USE
EV 2
12
3
13
4
14
5
15
6
16
7
17
DO NO T
US E
8
18
DO NO T
US E
9
19
10
20
EV 1
CT1/CT2
Control Output 2
+
CT1
Control output 2
DO NO T
US E
CT2
Auxiliary Output 3
Auxiliary Output 2
Auxiliary Output
1, 2, 3
Relay outputs
250 VAC, 3 A
(resistive load)
7
Event Inputs
2
Control Output 1
Control Output 2
Voltage output
(for driving SSR)
12 VDC, 21 mA
Long-life relay output
250 VAC, 3 A
(resistive load)
6
11
RS-485
SD
Control Output 1
A
DO NO T
US E
mA
B
Auxiliary Output 1
V
B
TC/Pt Multi-input
DO NO T
US E
Analog Input
Bulletin 900-TC16 — Wiring Terminals
Current Output
8
9
+
1
4 to 20 mA DC/
Control
Output 1 2 0 to 20 mA DC
−
Voltage Output
Triac Output
1
1
2
2
+
1
2
Relay Output
12 VDC
21 mA
−
A
+
Analog Input
10
Auxiliary Outputs
mA
−
B
V
−
B
+
+
Pt
TC
Platinum
Infrared
Resistance Temperature
Thermometer Sensor
11
The input power supply depends on the power
supply specification of the Controller and is either
100 to 240 VAC or 24 VAC/DC (no polarity).
12
1
11
6
6
2
12
7
7
3
13
8
8
4
14
9
5
15
10
Aux 2
Input Power Supply
Option Unit
Terminals
7.2 mm
maximum
13
7.2 mm
maximum
www.ab.com/catalogs
9-208
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
Aux1/
Heater burnout alarm/
Input error output
Bulletin 900-TC
Digital Temperature Controller
Wiring Terminals
Wiring Terminals — General Guidelines
Bulletin 900-TC16 Option Unit Terminals, refer to Option Unit Wiring
0
Bulletin 900-TC32 — Wiring Terminals
The voltage output (SSR control output) is not electrically isolated from the controller’s internal circuits. When using a grounded
thermocouple, do not connect the control output terminals to earth ground. If the control output terminals are connected to earth ground,
errors will occur in the measured temperature values as a result of ground loop leakage current.
Standard insulation ratings exist between any of the following: power supply terminals, input terminals, output terminals, and
communication terminals. If reinforced insulation is required, provide additional insulation, such as spacial distance or material insulation,
as defined by IEC 60664.
Separate input leads and power lines to protect the Bulletin 900-TC8/900-TC16 and its lines from external noise.
1
Note: Input power supply available: 100…240 V AC, or 24 V AC/DC
2
Bulletin 900-TC32
3
Control Output 1
Relay Output 250 VAC, 2 A
(resistive load)
RS-495
Communications B(+)
Voltage Output
12 VDC, 21 mA
(for driving SSR)
7
1
Auxillary Output 1
DO NOT
USE
8
9
2
3
Input
Power
Supply
Relay Output 250 VAC, 2 A
(resistive load)
B
B
A
A(-)
DO NOT
USE
10
Control
Output 1
4
12
11
5
4
Universal
+ TC/Pt Input
6
5
Auxillary
Output 1
6
Option Units
Bulletin 900-TC8 — Option Unit Wiring
❄
7
Cat. No. 900-TC8COM
RS-485 Communications Unit (Series B) ‡§
Cat. No. 900-TC8232
Cat. No. 900-TC8EIM
RS-232C Communications Unit (Series B) § Event Input Unit
11
Personal
Computer
RS-232C *
8
EV2
12
EV
13
CT1/CT2
9
1 With 900Builder Lite Software
900-CP1x or equivalent cable provides the physical connection between the PC and controller.
‡ Typically, an RS-232 to RS-485 converter such as the Cat. No. 900-CONVZ25 (see page 9-213) will be required between the personal computer (with
900Builder Lite software) and the Bulletin 900-TCx controller. In that case, a 900-CPx or equivalent cable provides the physical connection between the
converter and the PC. RS-485 allows linking up to 31 controllers with a single personal computer.
§ Series B provides baud rates up to 57.6 K bps.
10
Bulletin 900-TC16 — Option Unit Wiring
900-TC16NCOM
Communications/
CT §
+
B
900-TC16NEIM
Event inputs/
CT
11
11
12
12
RS-485
−
A
900-TC16NACCOM
Communications §
+
B
900-TC16NACEIM 900-TC16NCOMP3
Event inputs
Communications/
Two CTs §
11
11
+
12
12
−
RS-485
Do not
use. 13
EV1
EV2
14
CT1
13
14
CT1
15
15
−
A
B
11
+
12
−
RS-485
EV1
Do not
13
use.
Do not
14
use.
Do not
15
use.
EV2
A
13
Do not
14
use.
Do not
15
use.
900-TC16NCOMV2
Communications/
Control output 2 §
B
13
11
11 Voltage
output
Control
output 2
12 VDC,
12 21 mA
−
Do not
use. 13
+
11
RS-485
A
900-TC16PIV2
Control output 2/
CT
12
Do not
use. 13
12
CT2
14
CT1
15
+
14
−
15
Control
output 2
Voltage
output CT1
12 VDC,
21 mA
14
15
Attach the appropriate terminal labels.
13
§ Series B provides baud rates up to 57.6 K bps.
www.ab.com/catalogs
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
9-209
Bulletin 900-TC
Digital Temperature Controller
Installation
0
1
Installation
Bulletin 900-TC8
Panel Mounting
Bulletin 900-TC16
Panel Mounting
1. Insert the Bulletin 900-TC8 into the mounting hole in the panel
from the front (panel thickness:1 to 8 mm). Ensure the waterproof
gasket is in place if this is a UL Type 4X enclosure.
2. Push the mounting bracket along the Bulletin 900-TC8 body from
the rear terminals up to the panel, and secure it temporarily.
3. Tighten the screws on each mounting bracket alternately until the
ratchet stops tightening.
2
Safety Terminal
Cover
Panel Adapter
Panel
Waterproof
Gasket
Mounting bracket
Panel
Mounting the Bulletin 900-TC16 in a Panel/Enclosure
1. Insert the Bulletin 900-TC16 into the mounting hole in the panel
(panel thickness:1 to 8 mm).
3
2. Ensure the waterproof gasket is in place if this is a IP66
UL Type 4X
3. Push the panel adapter along the Bulletin 900-TC16 body from
the rear terminals up to the panel, and secure it temporarily.
4
4. Tighten the two screws on the adapter. When tightening the two
screws, tighten them alternately, keeping the torque to 0.29...0.39
N•m (2.57…3.45 lb•in).
Waterproof
Gasket
Bulletin 900-TC8
5
Attaching the Safety Terminal Cover
Removing the Unit from its Case
Make sure that the UP arrow mark is facing up, and then fit the
terminal cover into the holes on the top and bottom of the controller.
All Bulletin 900-TC16 controllers are provided with a terminal cover.
1. Insert a flat blade screwdriver into the two tool insertion holes
(one on the top and one on the bottom) to release the hooks.
6
7
8
2. Insert the flat blade screwdriver in the gap between the front
panel and rear case (two on the top and two on the bottom),and use
it to pry and pull out the front panel slightly. Then, pull out on the
front panel gripping both sides. Be sure not to impose excessive
force on the panel.
Installing the Option Units
3. When inserting the body of the Temperature Controller into the
case, make sure the printed circuit boards are parallel to each other,
make sure that the sealing rubber is in place, and press the 900TC8 toward the rear case until it snaps into position. While pressing
the 900-TC8 into place, press down on the hooks on the top and
bottom surfaces of the rear case so that the hooks securely lock in
place. Make sure that electronic components do not come into
contact with the case.
Assembly Directions
If communications, event input, or heater burnout functions are
required, mount the applicable option unit into the controller. The
heater burnout function is supported on either the 900-TC16EIM or
900-TC16COM units. One option unit (max.) per controller.
Front
Case
Rear
Case
Flat-Blade Screwdriver
20
mm
9
10
1. Insert the tools (see drawing above) into the slots (one on the top
and one on the bottom) and release the case hooks
11
2. Insert the tool in the space between the front and rear case
selections and slightly pull out the front case. Hold the top and
bottom of the front case and pull it toward yourself to remove it.
3. Mount the option unit in the center position. Match the upper and
lower option unit (board) retaining claws with the connection points
and insert/lock the option unit in place.
12
4. Before inserting the unit into the panel/enclosure, confirm that the
waterproof gasket is in place. Insert the front case into the rear case
until you hear a click. When inserting the front case, press down the
hooks on the top and bottom of the rear case so that they firmly
hook together. Make sure that electronic parts do not come in
contact with the case.
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
9-210
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
Bulletin 900-TC
Digital Temperature Controller
Installation
Bulletin 900-TC32
Panel Mounting
Wiring Precautions
Bulletin 900-TC32
Note: For waterproof mounting, waterproof packing must be
installed on the controller. Waterproofing is not possible when group
mounting several controllers. Waterproof packing is not necessary
when there is no need for the waterproofing function.
Connect the terminals as specified below.
1. For waterproof mounting: Install waterproof packing on the
controller.
0
Terminal No.
Cables
All
AWG 24…18
The exposed current-carrying part to be inserted into terminals must
be 6…8 mm.
2. Insert the 900-TC32 into the mounting hole in the panel.
3. Push the adapter from the terminals up to the panel, and
temporarily fasten the 900-TC32
1
2
4. Tighten the two fastening screws on the adapter. Alternately
tighten the two screws little by little to maintain a balance. Tighten
the screws to a torque of 0.29...0.39 N·m.
3
Tighten the terminal screws to the torque specified below.
Terminal No.
Screw
Maximum Tightening Torque
All
M3
0.5 N•m
4
5
Removing and Attaching the Wiring Terminal Cover Plate
6
A damaged Bulletin 900-TC32 can quickly be replaced by removing
the field terminal plate.
1.Insert a flat-blade screwdriver into the tool holes (one on the top
and one on the bottom) to release the hooks. Do not apply
excessive force.
7
8
9
10
11
12
2. Pull the terminal block out while the hooks are released.
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
9-211
Bulletin 900-TC
Digital Temperature Controller
Installation
Electrical Life Expectancy Curve for Electro-Mechanical Relays (Reference Values)
500
300
100
100
Life (× 104 operations)
300
50
30
10
900-TC16
250 VAC, 30V DC
(resistive load)
cosφ = 1
10
5
4
6
5
0
Switching Current (A)
4
1
6
5
4
3
2
0
30
3
1
3
50
3
3
900-TC8
250 VAC, 30 VDC
(resistive load)
cosf = 1
2
5
1
2
Life (× 104 Operations)
1
500
1
0
Switching Current (A)
Peripheral Devices
Temperature Controller Connection to a Solid-State Relay (SSR)
The 12V DC output of a temperature controller is typically used to interface to an SSR, such as the Allen-Bradley Bulletin 700-Sx line. An SSR
provides high current (e.g., 40 A) switching capability plus longer life than a mechanical relay. See the Relays and Timers Selection Guide
(Publication 700-SG003x-EN-P) for additional information.
SSR
Temperature Controller
5
Voltage Output
Terminal
(for driving SSR)
INPUT
Load
LOAD
Heater
Load Power
6
Bulletin 700-SX
Controller Configuration from Keypad
7
Controller configuration of parameters can be done using the four keys on the bottom of the controller along with the two LED displays. The
configuration system is structured, which means a set path must be followed to get from one parameter to another.
User manuals, which provide details about configuring the Bulletin 900-TCx controllers, are available on-line at the Literature Library web site
http://literature.rockwellautomation.com/idc/groups/public/documents/webassets/browse_category.hcst:
Bulletin 900-TC8, -TC16, and -TC32: Series B, Publication 900-UM007*
8
9
10
11
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
9-212
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
Bulletin 900-CONV
Interface Controller
Overview/Product Selection
Bulletin 900-CONV — Interface Converter
Table of Contents
Enables RS-232 or USB 1 (ser. B or later converter) to RS-485
Communications between a Personal Computer (PC) using
900Builder™ Lite (900-TC8/ 900-TC16) or 900Builder™ (900-TC32)
Software and up to 31 Bulletin 900-TCx Controllers — ideal for
industrial applications
All signal lines have 1500V AC insulation at the RS-232C (USB: 500
V AC) and RS-485 sides using opto-couples; power supply lines
have 1500V AC insulation using a transformer
Diagnostic LEDs indicate power available and active data
transmission
On-Board wiring and data configuration diagrams simplify startup
DIN Rail or panel mountable
1 Use of the USB mode requires the download of free software onto
your PC. This software is FREE can be found online at:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Sensors-Switches/TemperatureSensors/900Builder-Lite-Temperature-Controller-Software
Product Selection ...... this page
Specifications.............. this page
Approximate
Dimensions................... 9-214
External
Connections/Front
Display Operations.... 9-215
UL 508
CSA C22.2, No. 14
CE Marked
2
Certifications
cURus Listed (File No. E
113724, Guide No. NRAQ2,
NRAQ8)
3
4
Bulletin No.
Size
Power Supply Voltage
Cat. No.
100…240V AC
900-CONVZ25
24V AC/DC
900-CONVU25
30 mm (W) x 80 mm (H) x 78 mm (D)
900-CONV
Converts personal computer RS-232/USB communications to RS-485. Use for interface with a single Bulletin 900-TCx, or multiple (up to 31) controllers with
RS-485 communications.
Specifications
Master Device (PC)
RS-232C
Slave Device (900-TCx Controller)
Synchronization Method
RS-485 (2-wire, half duplex) (selectable)
Start-stop synchronization
Max. transmission
RS-232C distance
Interface Max. number of
connectable units
Master Device (PC)
Max. transmission
distance
7
15 m
1 unit
5 m or when the total time (hub delay time plus the cable delay time) is less than or equal to 70 ns
USB
Max. number of
Interface
1 unit
connectable slave units
Slave Device (900-TCx) RS-485
Interface
5
6
Technical/Control Ratings
USB Standard
V1.1
Max. transmission
distance
500 m
Max. number of
connectable
slave units
31 units (for multi-drop connection)
1200/2400/4800/9600/19 200/38 400 bps (Default setting: 9600)
Data Bit Length
7 or 8 bits (Default setting: 7)
Stop Bit Length
1 or 2 bits (Default setting: 2)
Communications Parity
None, even, odd (Default setting: Even)
Echoback Selection
Echoback: With/without (Default setting: Without)
Selection Switch Response Delay
Approx. 30 ms
10
11
General/Environmental Ratings
Supply Voltage
100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz
Operating Voltage Range
85…110% of rated supply voltage
Power Consumption
8
9
Baud Rate
Ambient Temperature
1
Standards Compliance
Product Selection
Standard Models
Communications
Method
0
5 VA max.
24 V AC, 50/60 Hz or 24 V DC
24 V AC: 3 VA max., 24 V DC: 3 W max.
RS-232C
–10…+55 °C (with no icing)
USB
0...+55 °C (with no icing)
Ambient Humidity
25…85% (with no condensation)
Storage Temperature
–20…+65 °C
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
9-213
Bulletin 900-CONV
Interface Controller
Specifications
Specifications, Continued
General/Environmental Ratings
0
20 MΩ min. measured at 500V DC between the following:
External terminals ↔ casing
RS-232C terminals ↔ RS-485 terminals power supply terminals
Insulation Resistance
Isolation Method
1
2
4
5
Power supply
Phototransistor coupler
Isolating transformer
1,500 V AC for 1 min. between the external terminal and case, and between the RS-232C
RS-485 block power supply terminal
Dielectric Strength
Noise Immunity
500 V AC for 1 min. between the RS-232C/USB block and RS-485 block
Vibration (Max.)
10…55 Hz, 0.5 mm single amplitude for 10 min. each in X, Y, and Z directions (1 G)
Shock (Max.)
98 m/s2 (10 G), 3 times each in X, Y, and Z directions
Weight
Approx. 150 g
Enclosure Rating
3
Communications
Conforms to IEC standards, equivalent to IP20 (when terminal cover mounted) 1
Front Panel Operation Parts
Equivalent to VDE 0106/100 (when terminal cover mounted) 1
Terminals
No protective functions (communications data is not protected for power interruptions
during communications)
Memory Protection
EMC
Radiated Emission
EN61326 class A
Conducted Emission
EN61326 class A
Immunity ESD
EN61000-4-2: 4 kV contact discharge (level 2); 8 kV air discharge (level 3)
Immunity RF-Interference
EN61000-4-3: 10V/m (amplitude modulated, 80 MHz…1 GHz) (level 3)
10V/m (pulse modulated, 900 MHz)
Immunity Conducted Disturbance
EN61000-4-6: 10V (0.15…80 MHz) (level 3)
Immunity Burst
EN61000-4-3: 2 kV power-line (level 3); 2 kV I/O signal-line (level 4)
UL508, CSA C22.2 No. 14-95
Conforms to EN50081-2, EN50082-2, EN61010-1 (IEC 61010-1)
Conforms to VDE 0106/part 100 (Finger Protection), when the terminal cover is mounted.
Conformity to Standards
1 When USB communication is used, the cover must be removed
6
Approximate Dimensions
Approximate dimensions are shown in millimeters unless otherwise indicated. Dimensions are not to be used for manufacturing purposes.
Cat. No. 900-CONVZ25
7
Mounting Hole Dimensions
(For Direct Mounting)
8
Two, M4 or 4.3 diameter holes
9
10
Note: DIN rail mounting is also possible.
11
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
9-214
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
Bulletin 900-CONV
Interface Controller
External Connections
External Connections
RS-485 Connection
0
RS-485 slave (e.g.,
Bulletin 900-TC8)
device
1
RS-232C master (personal
computer with 900Builder)
AbbrePin number (for 9-pin
viation
computer connector)
2
Input power supply
❄
1 If RS-485 is selected as the communications method (i.e., pin 9 of the DIP switch is set to OFF), terminals 8 and 9, and terminals 11 and 12 are connected
internally.
A 100…240 V AC, 24 V AC, or 24 V DC (not polarity sensitive) input power supply is required.
Function
Terminal
Number
Name
Signal
Direction
For connecting the operating power supply
1 and 4
PWR
—
100…240V AC or 24 V AC/DC model
3
SG
—
Connect to signal ground.
Connection terminals for RS-232C
communications with master device (DIP
switch pin 8: OFF)
Used for RS-485 communications with
slave device (DIP switch pin 9: OFF)
Explanation
4
5
SD
Input
6
RD
Output
Sends data to RD of the master device.
Input/
output
SD and RD for RS-485 (cold side)
Terminals 8 and 9 are connected internally when pin 9 of the DIP switch is set to
OFF.
Input/
output
SD and RD for RS-485 (hot side)
Terminals 11 and 12 are connected internally when pin 9 of the DIP switch is set to
OFF.
8
RDA (–)
9
SDA (–)
11
RDB (+)
12
SDB (+)
3
Receives data from SD of the master device.
5
6
Note: Terminals 2 and 10 are not used.
Connection to an RS-232C Master Device
Set the same communications conditions (baud rate, stop bits, data length, and parity) for the master device, the Interface Converter, and
slave devices.
Devices connected via
RS-485 (example) ‡§
7
8
Unit 1
Unit X
9
or
Computer with
900 Builder Lite or
900 Builder Software
‡ With RS-485 communications, connect a terminating resistance (120Ω, 1/2 W recommended) to both ends of the communications link/network.
§ The Bulletin 900-TCx communications number must be set.
♣ A pre-fabricated 3 m RS-232 cable with a 9-pin female D-shell connector on one end and three flying leads at the other is available from Allen-Bradley (Cat. No.
900-CP1X).
® RS-485 allows connecting 32 devices.
Use a commercially available USB cable
To use the USB mode requires the download of "free" software into your PC. This software can be found at: http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/SensorsSwitches/Temperature-Sensors/900Builder-Lite-Temperature-Controller-Software
10
11
12
Terminal Specifications
Make sure to check the input and output specifications for the signal pins of connected devices before connecting the terminals.
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
9-215
Bulletin 900-CONV
Interface Controller
Front Display/Operations
Bulletin 900-CONV Front Display/Operations
0
Terminal Cover
Bulletin 900-CONVx
without Terminal Cover
Power Indicator
Lights (green) when line power is supplied.
Communications Setting Switch
Used to set the communications
conditions for connected devices
1
Switch
Communications Status Indicators
RD: Amber lights when receiving RS-485 communications
SD: Amber lights when sending RS-485 communications
Setting
Baud Rate
2
Data Length
3
Master Device
Slave Device
Echoback
USB Port
Parity
4
Note: Cover the terminals
to prevent electric shock.
M3.5 Terminal Screw
Caution: Make sure to use the Bulletin 900-CONV with the terminal cover mounted when using in machinery that must conform to EN/IEC
standards.
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
9-216
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
Bulletin 900
900 Builder™ Lite Software
Overview/Product Selection
Bulletin 900 — 900Builder™ Lite Software (Version 1.31)
FREE Personal Computer (PC) Configuration Software for
Bulletin 900-TC8, 900-TC16, and 900-TC32 Series B
Temperature/Process Controllers.
Table of Contents
Product Selection ...... this page
Provides a tabular fill-in-the-blanks on-line configuration and
monitoring option to using the 900-TC8, 900-TC16, 900-TC32
controller’s keypad and LED display
L
0
1
Simplifies controller configuration
Ability to save parameters to PC storage devices and retrieve as
required
Configuration and monitoring can be done via direct or RS485
networked connection
2
Parameters can be saved as a .CSV format for use by Excel
1
Version 1.3 must be used for 900-TC32 Series B. Version 1.2 or later
must be used with the Series B 900-TC8 and 900-TC16. Version 1.1
must be used with Series A 900-TC8 and 900-TC16.
3
Product Selection
Description
Cat. No.
900Builder Lite Personal Computer Configuration Software for
Bulletin 900-TC8 and 900-TC16 Temperature/Process Controllers with Enhanced Features
900-BLDLTSW1 1
4
1 This software is a FREE and can be found online at: http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Sensors-Switches/Temperature-Sensors/900Builder-Lite-Temperature-
Controller-Software
5
Minimum Computer Hardware Requirements
300 MHz CPU
650 MB free disk space
SVGA resolution monitor (XGA recommended)
Microsoft Windows supported mouse
Available serial 9-pin COM port (COM address 1 to 8) for connection to RS-232 option unit of 900-TC8 or RS-232 to RS-285 converter
(Bulletin -CONVxx) for network connection to 31 Bulletin 900-TC8 and/or 900-TC15 controllers
Available USB port for a direct connection to the 4-pin serial port of a Bulletin 900-TC8 or 900-TC16 using the 900-CPOEM1 to serial
communication cable.
6
7
Computer Operating System Requirements
The following systems can be used with 900BuilderLite software:
Microsoft Windows 2000/XP/Vista
8
9
10
11
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
9-217
Relays, Timers, & Temperature Controllers
Notes
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs
9-218
Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.
Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P